Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 4, 2014

Securities Act File No. 333-195070

 

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1

Post-Effective Amendment No.   

 

 

THL CREDIT, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (800) 450-4424

James K. Hunt

THL Credit, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

(Name and address of agent for service)

 

 

COPIES TO:

Cynthia M. Krus

Lisa A. Morgan

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW Suite 700

Washington, DC 20001

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

 

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.   x

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

  ¨ when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered    Amount
Being Registered
   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)
   Amount of
Registration Fee (1)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (2)

              

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (2)

              

Warrants (2)

              

Subscription Rights (3)

              

Debt Securities (4)

              

TOTAL

        $300,000,000 (5)    $20,737 (6)

 

 

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purposes of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this registration statement.
(2) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of shares of common stock, preferred stock, or warrants as may be sold, from time to time. Warrants represent rights to purchase common stock, preferred stock or debt securities.
(3) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of subscription rights as may be sold, from time to time, representing rights to purchase common stock.
(4) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of debt securities as may be sold, from time to time. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in an aggregate price to investors not to exceed $300.0 million.
(5) In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this registration statement exceed $300.0 million.
(6) Previously paid.

 

 

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No. 333-

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

June 4, 2014

$300,000,000

THL Credit, Inc.

Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Warrants

Subscription Rights

Debt Securities

 

 

This prospectus relates to the offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 of shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities, which we refer to, collectively, as the “securities.” We may sell our common stock through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus.

We may offer shares of common stock at a discount to net asset value per share in certain circumstances. On June 3, 2014, our common stockholders voted to allow us to issue up to 25% of our outstanding common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period ending on June 3, 2015. Sales of common stock at prices below net asset value per share dilute the interests of existing stockholders, have the effect of reducing our net asset value per share and may reduce our market price per share. For offerings of common stock made after June 3, 2014, the offering price per share will not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time we make the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our voting securities and approval of our board of directors, or (3) under such circumstances as the Securities and Exchange Commission may permit. Sales of common stock below net asset value per share are at the discretion of management with the approval of our board of directors but there is no maximum discount on the amount of dilution of existing stockholders. See “Risks” for more information.

We are an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. We are managed by our investment adviser, THL Credit Advisors LLC, which also provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We are a direct lender to middle-market companies and invest in subordinated, or mezzanine, debt and second lien secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans as well as residual interests, or equity of collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, from time to time. We also may provide advisory services to managed funds.

Substantially all of the debt securities in which the Company invests are below investment grade debt securities and are often referred to as “high yield” or “junk” securities. Exposure to below investment grade securities involves certain risk, and those securities are viewed as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. A material amount of our debt investments contain interest reset provisions that may make it more difficult for the borrowers to make debt repayments. Further, our debt investments generally will not pay down principal during their term which could result in a substantial loss to us if the portfolio company is unable to refinance or repay the debt at maturity.

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TCRD.” On June 2, 2014, the last reported sale price of a share of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $13.30. The net asset value per share of our common stock at March 31, 2014 (the last date prior to the date of this prospectus on which we determined net asset value) was $13.34.

Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. It contains important information about us that a prospective investor ought to know before investing in our securities. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information is available free of charge by contacting us THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st floor, Boston, MA 02110, or by calling us at (800) 450-4424 or on our website at www.thlcredit.com. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website at www.sec.gov where such information is available without charge upon request. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk, including credit risk and the risk of the use of leverage. Before buying any securities, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock in “ Risks ” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement.

 

 

 

The date of this prospectus is [            ], 2014.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Fees and Expenses

     10   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     13   

Risks

     15   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     42   

Use of Proceeds

     43   

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     44   

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     47   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     48   

Senior Securities

     80   

Portfolio Companies

     81   

The Company

     88   

Management of the Company

     100   

Certain Relationships

     111   

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115   

The Advisor

     118   

Determination of Net Asset Value

     129   

Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value

     132   

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     137   

Description of Our Capital Stock

     139   

Description of Our Preferred Stock

     142   

Description of Our Subscription Rights

     144   

Description of Warrants

     146   

Description of Our Debt Securities

     148   

Regulation

     162   

Tax Matters

     168   

Plan of Distribution

     175   

Custodian

     177   

Transfer Agent

     177   

Brokerage Allocations and Other Practices

     177   

Legal Matters

     177   

Experts

     177   

Additional Information

     178   

Privacy Principles

     178   

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     178   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement to this prospectus. We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to provide you with different information or to make representations as to matters not stated in this prospectus or any accompanying prospectus supplement. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus and any such supplement do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities by any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful for that person to make such an offer or solicitation or to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. The information in this prospectus and any such supplement is accurate only as of its date, and under no circumstances should the delivery of this prospectus and any such supplement or the sale of any common stock imply that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any later date or that the affairs of THL Credit, Inc. have not changed since such date. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement will be updated to reflect material changes.

 

i


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, which constitutes a delayed offering in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we may offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities on the terms to be determined at the time of the offering. We may sell our securities through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker, into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. Please carefully read this prospectus and any such supplements together with the additional information described under “Additional Information” and “Risks” sections before you make an investment decision.

A prospectus supplement may also add to, update or change information contained in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider before investing in our securities. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risks.” Throughout this prospectus, we refer to THL Credit, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries as the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our;” THL Credit Advisors LLC as “THL Credit Advisors,” the “Advisor” or the “Administrator”, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. as “THL Partners”.

THL Credit, Inc.

We are an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company incorporated in Delaware on May 26, 2009, that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. In addition, we have elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Our investment activities are managed by THL Credit Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of THL Credit Advisors and its affiliates. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations. We are also registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We are a direct lender to middle-market companies and invest in subordinated, or mezzanine, debt and second lien secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans as well as residual interests, or equity of collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, from time to time. We also may provide advisory services to managed funds.

We define middle market companies to mean both public and privately-held companies with annual revenues of between $25 million and $500 million. We expect to generate returns through a combination of contractual interest payments on debt investments, equity appreciation (through options, warrants, conversion rights or direct equity investments) and origination and similar fees. We can offer no assurances that we will achieve our investment objective.

Since April 2010, after we completed our initial public offering and commenced principal operations, we have been responsible for making, on behalf of ourselves and our managed funds, over an aggregate $1,260 million in commitments into 69 separate portfolio companies through a combination of both initial and follow-on investments. Since inception, we received $531 million from paydowns and sales of investments. The Company alone has received $432 million from paydowns and sales of investments.

As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations. We are generally required to invest at least 70% of our total assets primarily in securities of private and certain U.S. public companies (other than certain financial institutions), cash, cash equivalents and U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We are permitted to borrow money from time to time within the levels permitted by the 1940 Act (which generally allows us to incur leverage for up to one half of our assets). We have used, and expect to continue to use, our credit facilities, along with proceeds from the rotation of our portfolio and proceeds from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment objectives. See “Regulation” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations.

We are also registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act.

Organizational Overview

The Company was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 26, 2009 and initially funded on July 23, 2009. We commenced principal operations on April 21, 2010. The Company has formed wholly owned subsidiaries which serve as tax blockers, which includes THL Credit Holdings, Inc., THL Credit AIM Media Holdings, Inc. and THL Credit YP Holdings, Inc., and hold equity or equity-like investments in portfolio companies organized as limited liability companies or other forms of pass-through entities. The Company also has formed wholly owned subsidiaries which serve as the administrative agents on certain investment transactions, which includes THL Corporate Finance, Inc. and THL Corporate Finance, LLC.

 

LOGO

 

(1)  

THL Credit Advisors LLC is owned and controlled by certain of the THL Credit Investment Principals (defined below) and a partnership consisting of certain of the partners of THL Partners (defined below).

(2)  

THL Credit SLS Senior Loan Strategies LLC, a majority-owned subsidiary of THL Credit Advisors, focuses principally on broadly syndicated senior loans.

(3)  

Greenway I is an investment fund with $150 million of capital committed by affiliates of a single institutional investor, together with a nominal amount committed by the Company, all of which has been paid in and invested by Greenway I, which is managed by us.

(4)  

Greenway II is an investment fund and, together with a related vehicle, has $187 million of capital committed by third party investors, together with a nominal amount committed by the Company, which is managed by us.

THL Credit Advisors LLC

Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, THL Credit Advisors. THL Credit Advisors is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research on prospective investments,

 

 

2


Table of Contents

analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments, and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. We pay THL Credit Advisors a management fee as a percentage of our gross assets and incentive fees as a percentage of our ordinary income and capital gains. THL Credit Advisors was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on June 26, 2009 and is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. THL Credit Advisors is led by James K. Hunt, W. Hunter Stropp, Sam W. Tillinghast and Christopher J. Flynn who, along with Terrence W. Olson and Stephanie Paré Sullivan, constitute its principals, collectively the THL Credit Principals. Messrs. Hunt, Stropp, Tillinghast and Flynn constitute the investment principals of THL Credit Advisors, which we refer to as THL Credit Investment Principals.

The THL Credit Investment Principals and other investment professionals make up our investment team. THL Credit Advisors is owned and controlled by certain of the THL Credit Principals and a partnership consisting of certain of the partners of THL Partners. The THL Credit Investment Principals have worked together over the past six and one half years and in the past investing through multiple business and credit cycles, across the entire capital structure. We believe the THL Credit Investment Principals bring a unique investment perspective and skill set by virtue of their complementary, collective experience as both debt and equity investors. In addition, we believe they bring an active equity ownership mentality and focus on adding value to portfolio companies through board representation, when possible, active monitoring and direct dialogue with management. See “The Advisor.”

The Advisor is an investment manager for both direct lending and broadly syndicated high yielding investments through public and private vehicles, collateralized loan obligations, separately managed accounts and co-mingled funds. The Advisor maintains a variety of advisory or sub-advisory relationships across its investment platform. For example the Advisor may serve as an investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds and presently serves as an investment adviser to a collateralized loan obligation (CLO), THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF).

THL Credit Advisors also serves as our Administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. The tasks of the Administrator include overseeing our financial records, preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC and generally monitoring the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. THL Credit Senior Loan Strategies LLC (“THL Credit SLS”), a subsidiary of THL Credit Advisors, focuses principally on broadly syndicated senior loans. THL Credit SLS provides access to greater credit resources, including, but not limited to, origination sources, credit analysis and industry specialization that the THL Credit SLS team has developed over the years. The Company does not expect to co-invest with THL Credit SLS on transactions, except in limited circumstances on identical terms.

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL Partners”)

Founded in 1974, THL Partners is a leading private equity firm based in Boston, MA. THL Partners focuses on identifying and obtaining substantial ownership positions in large growth-oriented companies where it can add managerial and strategic expertise to create value for its partners. As one of the oldest and most experienced private equity firms, THL Partners has raised approximately $20 billion of equity capital and invested in more than 100 businesses with an aggregate purchase price of more than $150 billion. THL Partners seeks to build companies of lasting value while generating superior returns for its investors and operating partners. We benefit from THL Credit Advisors’ relationship with THL Partners. THL Credit Advisors has access to the contacts and industry knowledge of THL Partners’ investment team to enhance its transaction sourcing capabilities and consults with the THL Partners team on specific industry issues, trends and other matters to complement our investment process.

Investment Approach

Our investment approach consists of the following four separate and distinct phases: (1) sourcing; (2) selecting; (3) structuring; and (4) supervising investments. Sourcing involves our efforts to generate as vast a universe of relevant and actionable investment opportunities as possible. Selecting represents our decision-

 

 

3


Table of Contents

making process regarding which of those investments to pursue. Structuring summarizes our creative approach to deploying capital on a case by case basis in a way that maximizes value. Supervising is a reference to our ongoing rigorous credit monitoring.

Sourcing

The elements of our sourcing efforts include: (i) determining the market in which we intend to participate; (ii) identifying the opportunities within that market; (iii) having a clear strategy; (iv) knowing the competition; and (v) distinguishing our competitive advantages.

Determining the Market

We invest primarily in debt securities of sponsored and unsponsored issuers, including subordinated or mezzanine debt and second lien secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock and other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans as well as residual interests, or equity, of CLOs from time to time. We also may provide advisory services to managed funds.

It is also our belief that a combination of sponsored and unsponsored investments in debt securities is important to having the most attractive opportunities across investment cycles. To that end, our nationwide origination efforts target both private equity sponsors and referral sources of unsponsored companies.

Market opportunity

We believe the environment for investing in middle market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:

Improved company fundamentals creating favorable lending trends. Middle market companies are experiencing improved fundamentals driven by a stabilizing economy and an increase in confidence.

Consolidation among commercial banks has reduced the focus on middle market business.  We believe that many senior lenders have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle market companies in favor of lending to large corporate clients, managing capital markets transactions and providing other non-credit services to their customers.

Middle market companies are increasingly seeking lenders with long-term capital for debt and equity capital.  We believe that many middle market companies prefer to execute transactions with private capital providers such as us, rather than execute high-yield bond or equity transactions in the public markets, which may necessitate increased financial and regulatory compliance and reporting obligations.

The current market environment may mean more favorable opportunities for investing in lower middle market companies. We believe that as part of the path of economic recovery following the credit crisis, select market participants such as hedge funds and CLO vehicles are not as active as lenders in the middle market, a space in which we focus, resulting in fewer lender participants and a greater opportunity for us to originate proprietary investment opportunities in the lower middle market.

Investment strategy

We believe a strategy focused primarily on debt securities in middle market companies has a number of compelling attributes. First, the market for these instruments is relatively inefficient, allowing an experienced investor an opportunity to produce high risk-adjusted returns. Second, downside risk can be managed through an extensive credit-oriented underwriting process, creative structuring techniques and intensive portfolio

 

 

4


Table of Contents

monitoring. We believe private debt investments generally require the highest level of credit and legal due diligence among debt or credit asset classes. Lastly, compared with equity investments, returns on debt loans tend to be less volatile given the substantial current return component and seniority in the capital structure relative to equity.

Competition

Our primary competitors to providing financing to middle market companies will include other BDCs, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, CLO funds, commercial finance companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us.

Competitive advantages

We believe that, through THL Credit Advisors, we possess the following competitive advantages over many other debt lenders to middle market companies:

Experienced management team. As stated above, the THL Credit Investment Principals are experienced and have worked together extensively through multiple business and credit cycles, investing across the entire capital structure with the objective of generating attractive, long-term, risk-adjusted returns. Each of the THL Credit Investment Principals brings a unique investment perspective and skill-set by virtue of their complementary collective experiences as both debt and equity investors.

Proactive Sourcing Platform. We take a proactive, hands-on, and creative approach to investment sourcing. Our disciplined origination process includes proprietary tools and resources and employs a national platform with a regional focus. With offices in Boston, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles and New York, the THL Credit Investment Principals have a deep and diverse relationship network in the debt capital and private equity markets. These activities and relationships provide an important channel through which we generate investment opportunities consistent with our investment strategy.

Ability to execute unsponsored transactions. We believe we are one of the few credit market participants that actively seeks unsponsored investments and possesses the experience and resources, as a result of the long-standing relationships of the THL Credit Investment Principals and ongoing development of new relationships with referral sources and equity sponsors, to source unsponsored transactions. Furthermore, we have the capability to perform the rigorous in-house due diligence, structuring and monitoring activities necessary to execute such transactions.

Affiliation with THL Partners and THL Credit SLS. We are managed by THL Credit Advisors, the credit affiliate of THL Partners and parent of THL Credit SLS. As such, we have access to the relationship network and industry knowledge of both THL Partners and THL Credit SLS to enhance transaction sourcing capabilities. This provides us with the opportunity to consult with the THL Partners investment teams on specific industry issues, trends and other complementary matters.

Selecting

Selecting investments to pursue requires us to have an employable investment philosophy, know our key metrics, have a process to consistently measure those metrics and adhere to a repeatable underwriting process that enables our investment committee to make well reasoned decisions.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Investment Philosophy

Our investment philosophy will focus on capital preservation, relative value, and establishing close relationships with portfolio companies. It is our expectation that this multifaceted focus should generate consistent, attractive, risk-adjusted returns coupled with low volatility.

Key Investment Metrics

Our value-oriented investment philosophy is primarily focused on maximizing yield relative to risk. Upon identifying a potential opportunity, THL Credit Advisors performs an initial screen to determine whether pursuing intensive due diligence is merited. As part of this process, we have identified several criteria we believe are important in evaluating and investing in prospective portfolio companies, which include, among other things: (i) value orientation/positive cash flow; (ii) seasoned management team with significant equity ownership; (iii) strong competitive position; and (iv) exit strategy.

Due Diligence and Investment Process

We employ a rigorous and disciplined underwriting and due diligence process. Our process includes a comprehensive understanding of a portfolio company’s industry, market, operational, financial, organizational and legal position and prospects.

Investment Committee

The purpose of the investment committee is to evaluate and approve, as deemed appropriate, all investments by THL Credit Advisors. The committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of every investment. The committee also serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to THL Credit Advisors’ investment philosophies and policies. The investment committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.

Structuring

Our approach to structuring involves us choosing the most appropriate variety of security for each particular investment and negotiating the best and most favorable terms.

Investment Structure

We invest primarily in debt securities, including subordinated, or mezzanine debt, and second lien senior secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien, subordinated loans and residual interests, or equity, of CLOs. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans from time to time.

Investment Terms

We tailor the terms of each investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan and improve its profitability.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Supervising

Successful supervision of our investments involves employing active monitoring methods and developing strong underlying management teams at each portfolio company.

Active Monitoring

We employ the use of board observation rights, regular dialogue with portfolio company management and sponsors, and detailed internally generated monitoring reports to actively monitor performance. Additionally, we have developed a monitoring template that is used by the investment committee to assess investment performance relative to its plan.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan for our stockholders. This is an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted in” to our dividend reinvestment plan will receive cash dividends, rather than having their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received their distributions in cash. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

Taxation

We elected to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or a RIC, under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends, which allows us to reduce or eliminate our corporate level tax. See “Tax Matters.” To maintain the federal income tax benefits of RIC status, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually an amount equal to at least 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of assets legally available for distribution. There is no assurance that we will meet these tests and be eligible to make a RIC election. If we do not qualify or do not make a RIC election, we would be taxed as a C corporation and the resulting corporate-level income tax could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from selling our securities for investing in debt and equity securities, repayment of any outstanding indebtedness and other general corporate purposes. The supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more fully identify the use of proceeds from such offering.

Leverage

We borrow funds to make additional investments, and we have granted, and may in the future grant, a security interest in our assets to lenders in connection with any such borrowings, including any borrowings by any of our subsidiaries. We use this practice, which is known as “leverage,” to attempt to increase returns to our common stockholders. However, leverage involves significant risks. See “Risks.” With certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowing. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had $305.4 million of borrowings outstanding. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facility.”

Distributions

As a RIC, we are required to distribute annually to our stockholders at least 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. We are not subject to corporate level income taxation on income we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends. See “Tax Matters.” We intend to continue to distribute quarterly dividends to our common stockholders, however, we may not be able to maintain the current level of dividend payments, including due to regulatory requirements. Our quarterly dividends, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. We pay regular quarterly dividends based upon an estimate of annual taxable income available for distribution to stockholders and the amount of taxable income carried over from the prior year for distribution in the current year. For more information, see “Distributions.”

We may issue preferred stock from time to time, although we have no immediate intention to do so. If we issue shares of preferred stock, holders of such preferred stock will be entitled to receive cash dividends at an annual rate that will be fixed or will vary for the successive dividend periods for each series. In general, the dividend periods for fixed rate preferred stock will be quarterly. To the extent we issue preferred stock, the payment of dividends to holders of our preferred stock will take priority over payment of dividends to our common stockholders. See “Description of Our Preferred Stock.”

Risks

Investing in our common stock may be speculative and involves certain risks relating to our structure and our investment objective that you should consider before deciding whether to invest. Certain of these risks are referenced below:

Capital markets are currently functional, but may experience periods of disruption and instability, which could have a negative impact on our business and operations.

There are numerous risks relating to our business, including credit losses on our investments, the risk of loss associated with leverage, illiquidity and valuation uncertainties in our investments, possible lack of appropriate investments, the lack of experience of our investment adviser and our dependence on such investment adviser.

There are also numerous risks relating to our investments, including the risky nature of the securities in which we invest, the subordinated nature of select investments, our potential lack of control over our portfolio companies, our limited ability to invest in public or foreign companies and the potential incentives in our investment adviser to invest more speculatively than it would if it did not have an opportunity to earn incentive fees. The inability of our portfolio companies to pay interest and principal when due may contribute to a reduction in the net value per share of our common stock, affect our ability to pay dividends and service our contractual obligations, and may negatively impact the market price of shares of our common stock.

We also have various risks relating to our status as a BDC, including limitations on raising additional capital, failure to qualify as a BDC and loss of tax status as a RIC.

There are also risks relating to this offering, including volatility in our stock price and the anti-takeover effect of certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation. You may lose all or part of your investment in our securities.

See “Risks” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus for a more detailed discussion of these and other material risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price for our common stock. See “Description of Our Capital Stock.”

General Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Federal Street, 31st floor, Boston, MA 02110, and we can be reached by telephone at (800) 450-4424. We maintain a website on the Internet at www.thlcredit.com. Information contained in our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.

We file annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act. This information is available at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the SEC’s public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, at www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including us, who file documents electronically with the SEC.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries that an investor in our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table and example should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company. In the event that shares to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, a corresponding prospectus supplement will restate the information included in this table and example to reflect the applicable sales load and applicable fees and expenses.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses

  

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (1)  

Offering Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (2)  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

     —   % (3)  

Debt Securities and/or Preferred Stock Offering Expenses Borne by Holders of Common Stock

     —   % (4)  
  

 

 

 

Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (4)  
  

 

 

 

Annual Expenses (as a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares) (5)

  

Base Management Fees

     2.23 % (6)  

Incentive Fees Payable Under the Investment Management Agreement (20% of ordinary income and capital gains)

     2.38 % (7)  

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds (including Cost of Servicing Debt Securities and/or Preferred Stock)

     2.76 % (8)  

Other Expenses

     1.90 % (9)  

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

     0.02 % (10)  
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Expenses

     9.29 % (11)  
  

 

 

 

 

 

(1) In the event that the securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, a corresponding prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable sales load and the Example will be updated accordingly.
(2) The related prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses.
(3) The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Other Expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(4) The prospectus supplement corresponding to each offering will disclose the applicable offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses. Although we have no definitive plans to do so at this time, we could determine, if market conditions are favorable and our board of directors determined that it was in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders, to issue debt securities. Accordingly, we have estimated debt securities offering expenses, based on our most recent debt financing, which are included in the “Interest Payment on Borrowed Funds (including Cost of Servicing Debt Securities and/or Preferred Stock)” line item.
(5) The consolidated net assets attributable to common shares used to calculate the percentages in this table is our net assets of $452.4 million as of March 31, 2014.
(6)

Our base management fee under the investment management agreement is based on our gross assets without deduction for any liabilities and is payable quarterly in arrears. See “The Advisor—Investment Management Agreement.” The management fee referenced in the table above is based upon the actual amounts incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014, annualized for a full year. See “Management’s Discussion

 

 

10


Table of Contents
  and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources” and footnote 7 below. We do not expect to have significant expense accruals at the end of each quarter and accordingly do not expect our other liabilities will have an impact on our base management fee rate in relation to net assets attributable to our common stock.
(7) Assumes incentive fee earned by the Advisor remains consistent with the amounts earned for the three months ended March 31, 2014, annualized for a full year. For more detailed information about incentive fees related to capital gains incurred by us that are not payable to the Advisor under the terms of the Investment Management Agreement, please see Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The incentive fee consists of two components, ordinary income and capital gains:

The ordinary income component, which is payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20.0% of the excess, if any, of our “Preincentive Fee Net Investment Income” over a 2.0% quarterly (8.0% annualized) hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, and a “catch-up” provision, measured as of the beginning of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, our investment adviser receives no incentive fee until our net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0% but then receives, as a “catch-up,” 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such preincentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if preincentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, our investment adviser will receive 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. The ordinary income component of the incentive fee will be computed on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the sum of preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate.

The capital gains component of the incentive fee will equal 20.0% of our “Incentive Fee Capital Gains,” if any, which will equal our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. The second component of the incentive fee will be payable, in arrears, at the end

 

 

11


Table of Contents

of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of this fee, see “The Advisor—Investment Management Agreement.”

(8) We may borrow funds from time to time to make investments to the extent that the economic situation is conducive to doing so. The costs associated with our borrowings are indirectly borne by our common stockholders. Interest payments on borrowed funds represents interest expense, non-use commitment fees related to our revolving credit facility and amortization of deferred financing costs. Interest expense is calculated based upon the amounts outstanding on our credit facility at a weighted average interest rate of 3.66% as of March 31, 2014. Non-use commitment fees related to our revolving credit facility is              based upon unused commitments as of March 31, 2014. Amortization of deferred financing costs is based upon actual amounts incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014, annualized for the year.
(9) Other expenses include overhead expenses for the current fiscal year based on amounts incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014, annualized for the year, including payments under the administration agreement based on our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement. The Administrator performs services under the Administration Agreement at cost. See “The Advisor—Administration Agreement.”
(10) Acquired fund fees and expenses assumes estimated annualized management fees, other expenses and incentive fees incurred at Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P. and Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP. Such fees and expenses are netted against distributions received by the Company.
(11) Total annual expenses as a percentage of consolidated net assets attributable to common stock are higher than the total annual expenses would be for a company that is not leveraged.

Example

The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The incentive fee under the investment management agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or would have a de minimis effect, is nonetheless included in the example for illustrative purposes based upon the estimated annual expenses relating thereto as set forth above. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our expenses and returns to our investors would be higher. For example, if we assumed that we received our 5% annual return completely in the form of net realized capital gains on our investments, computed net of all cumulative unrealized depreciation on our investments, the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses set forth in the above illustration would be as follows:

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return

   $82    $240    $387    $715

In addition, the example assumes no sales load. Also, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to a participant by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the dividend payment date, which may be at, above or below net asset value. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Senior Securities,” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein. Financial information is presented for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for the period from May 26, 2009 (inception) through December 31, 2009 in thousands, except per share data. The Statement of Operations, Per share and the Statement of Assets and Liabilities data for the years ending 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for the period from May 26, 2009 (inception) through December 31, 2009 have been derived from our financial statements that were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The historical data are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. The selected financial and other data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 and other quarterly financial information is derived from our unaudited financial statements, and in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary to present fairly the results of such interim periods. Interim results as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014.

 

    For the
three months
ended
March 31,
2014
    For the
three months
ended
March 31,
2013
    For the years ended     At and for the period from
May 26, 2009 (inception)
through December 31, 2009
 
        2013     2012     2011     2010    

Statement of Operations data:

             

Total investment income

  $ 20,895      $ 14,423      $ 74,650      $ 53,125      $ 37,409      $ 12,325      $ —     

Incentive fees

    2,745        2,312        10,682        7,017        4,790        —          —     

Base management fees

    2,524        1,523        7,521        4,943        4,012        2,697        —     

All other expenses

    4,368        3,182        14,547        10,392        7,550        3,598        172   

Income tax provision and excise tax

    558        —          511        581        22        —          —     

Net investment income

    10,700        7,406        41,389        30,192        21,035        6,030        (172

Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net

    (113     (104     (433     (180     —          —          —     

Net realized gain on investments

    299        —          2,604        353        979        —          —     

Provision for taxes on realized gain on investments

    (321     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

    (609     1,699        309        (1,241     2,121        1,760        —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative

    54        142        769        (1,053     —          —          —     

Provision for taxes on unrealized gain on investments

    971        (529     (1,960     (454     —          —          —     

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

    10,981       
8,614
  
    42,678        27,617        24,135        7,790        (172

Per share data:

             

Net asset value (net deficit) per common share at end of period

  $ 13.34      $ 13.36      $ 13.36      $ 13.20      $ 13.24      $ 13.06      $ (10.61

Market price at end of period

    13.80        14.98        16.49        14.79        12.21        13.01        n/a   

Net investment income (loss)

    0.32        0.28        1.37        1.38        1.04        0.31        (25.61

Net realized gain on investments

    —          —          0.09        0.01        0.05        —          —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

    (0.03     0.06        0.01        (0.06     0.11        0.08        —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative

    —          0.01        0.01        (0.06     —          —          —     

Benefit (provision) for taxes on unrealized gain on investments

    0.03        (0.02     (0.07     (0.02     —          —          —     

Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net

    —          —          (0.01     —          —          —          —     

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

    0.32        0.33        1.41        1.26        1.20        0.39        (25.61

Dividends declared

    0.34        0.33        1.43        1.34        1.02        0.30        —     

 

 

13


Table of Contents
    As of
March 31,
2014
    As of
March 31,
2013
    For the years ended     At and for the
period from

May 26, 2009
(inception)
through
December 31, 2009
 
        2013     2012     2011     2010    

Statement of Assets and Liabilities data at period end:

             

Total investments at fair value

  $ 739,027      $ 431,058      $ 648,867      $ 394,349      $ 266,993      $ 153,529      $ —     

Cash and cash equivalents

    13,951        828        7,829        4,819        5,573        110,141        101   

Other assets

    16,754        13,074        16,195        7,090        4,583        719        370   

Total assets

    769,732        444,960        672,891        406,258        277,149        264,389        471   

Loans payable

    305,350        89,850        204,300        50,000        5,000        —          —     

Other liabilities

    11,987        7,695        15,649        8,774        4,532        4,373        541   

Total liabilities

    317,337        97,545        219,949        58,774        9,532        4,373        541   

Total net assets (deficit)

    452,395        444,960        452,942        347,484        267,617        260,016        (70

Other data:

             

Weighted average annual yield on debt investments

    10.7     13.6     11.4     13.7     13.8     15.8     —     

Weighted average annual yield on debt and income-producing equity securities

    11.0     13.7     11.7     13.9     14.0     16.6     —     

Number of portfolio investments at year/quarter end

    58        40        54        34        24        13        —     

 

Quarter Ended

  Investment
Income
    Net Investment
Income
    Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments
    Net Realized
Gain on
Investments
    Net Realized/
Unrealized
Gain

(Loss) on
Interest Rate
Derivative
    Benefit
(provision) for
taxes on realized/
unrealized gain
on

investments
    Net Increase
In Net
Assets From
Operations
 
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
 

March 31, 2014

  $ 20,895      $ 0.62      $ 10,700      $ 0.32      $ (609   $ (0.03   $ 299      $ 0.00      $ (59   ($ 0.00   $ 650      $ 0.03      $ 10,981      $ 0.32   

December 31, 2013

    18,491        0.55        9,109        0.27        2,431        0.07        212        0.01        (83     0.00        (977     (0.03     10,692        0.32   

September 30, 2013

    19,064        0.56        11,602        0.34        (3,141     (0.10     707        0.02        (361     (0.01     (1,050     (0.03     7,757        0.23   

June 30, 2013

    22,672        0.84        13,273        0.49        (681     (0.02     1,685        0.06        742        0.03        596        0.02        15,615        0.58   

March 31, 2013

    14,423        0.55        7,406        0.28        1,699        0.06        —          0.00        38        0.01        (529     (0.02     8,614        0.33   

Quarter Ended

  Investment
Income
    Net  Investment
Income
    Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments
    Net Realized
Gain on
Investments
    Net Realized/
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Interest Rate
Derivative
    Provision for
taxes on unrealized
gain on
investments
    Net Increase
In Net
Assets From
Operations
 
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
    Total     Per
Share
 

December 31, 2012

  $ 16,379      $ 0.62      $ 9,028      $ 0.34      $ 886      $ 0.03      $ 353      $ 0.01      $ (38   $ 0.00      $ (454   ($ 0.01   $ 9,775      $ 0.37   

September 30, 2012

    14,237        0.69        8,477        0.41        (1,687     (0.07     —          —          (621     (0.03     —          —          6,169        0.31   

June 30, 2012

    11,759        0.58        6,515        0.32        26        —          —          —          (574     (0.03     —          —          5,967        0.29   

March 31, 2012

    10,750        0.53        6,172        0.31        (466     (0.03     —          —          —          —          —          —          5,706        0.28   

 

 

14


Table of Contents

RISKS

Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, and any prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face, but they are the principal risks associated with an investment in us. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below, together with those set forth in any prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus, are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in our securities, as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.

R ISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

We may suffer credit losses.

Investment in middle market companies is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk of credit loss, and therefore our securities may not be suitable for someone with a low tolerance for risk. These risks are likely to increase during an economic recession.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

Our investments generally are made in private companies. Substantially all of these securities are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will be otherwise less liquid than publicly traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded our investments. Further, we may face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we or an affiliated manager have material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

There will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

A large percentage of our portfolio investments are in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable. We value these securities on a quarterly basis in accordance with our valuation policy, which is at all times consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting policies (“GAAP”). Our board of directors utilizes the services of third-party valuation firms to aid it in determining the fair value of these securities. The board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value in good faith based on the input of our investment adviser and the respective third-party valuation firms. The factors that may be considered in fair value pricing our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons to publicly traded companies, discounted cash flow and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend on our ability to manage future growth effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our ability to acquire suitable investments and monitor and administer those investments, which depends, in turn, on our investment adviser’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria.

 

15


Table of Contents

Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of the structuring of our investment process and the ability of our investment adviser to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us. Our executive officers and the members of our investment adviser’s investment committee have substantial responsibilities in connection with their roles at THL Credit and with the other THL Credit funds, as well as responsibilities under the investment advisory and management agreement. They may also be called upon to provide significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. These demands on their time, which will increase as the number of investments grow, may distract them or slow the rate of investment. In order to grow, THL Credit will need to hire, train, supervise, manage and retain new employees. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so effectively. Any failure to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, as we grow, we may open up new offices in new geographic regions that may increase our direct operating expenses without corresponding revenue growth.

We may experience fluctuations in our periodic operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our periodic operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rates payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rates on such securities, the level of our expenses (including the interest rates payable on our borrowings), the dividend rates payable on preferred stock we issue, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates, including fluctuations in interest rates which could adversely affect our profitability.

General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities, and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our investment objective and rate of return on investment capital. A portion of our income will depend upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the interest rate on the debt securities in which we invest. Because we will borrow money to make investments and may issue debt securities, preferred stock or other securities, our net investment income is dependent upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay interest or dividends on such debt securities, preferred stock or other securities and the rate at which we invest these funds. Typically, we anticipate that our interest earning investments will accrue and pay interest at both variable and fixed rates, and that our interest-bearing liabilities will accrue interest at variable rates. The benchmarks used to determine the floating rates earned on our interest earning investments are LIBOR with maturities that range between one and twelve months and alternate base rate, or ABR, (commonly based on the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate), with no fixed maturity date. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. We use a combination of equity and long-term and short-term borrowings to finance our investment activities.

A significant increase in market interest rates could harm our ability to attract new portfolio companies and originate new loans and investments. We expect that a portion of our investments in debt will be at floating rates with a floor. However, in the event that we make investments in debt at variable rates, a significant increase in market interest rates could also result in an increase in our non-performing assets and a decrease in the value of our portfolio because our floating-rate loan portfolio companies may be unable to meet higher payment obligations. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, resulting in a decrease in our net investment income. In addition, a decrease in interest rates may reduce net income, because new investments may be made at lower rates despite the increased demand for our capital that the decrease in interest rates may produce. We may, but will not be required to, hedge against the risk of adverse movement in interest rates in our short-term and long-term borrowings relative to our portfolio of assets. If we engage in hedging activities, it may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse

 

16


Table of Contents

developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Any failure on our part to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we fail to continue to qualify as a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility and could significantly increase our costs of doing business. Furthermore, any failure to comply with the requirements imposed on BDCs by the 1940 Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us.

To the extent we use debt or preferred stock to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

To the extent we borrow money, or issue preferred stock, to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay dividends on preferred stock and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, except to the extent we issue fixed rate debt or preferred stock, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to our investment adviser with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Because we borrow money, there could be increased risk in investing in our company.

Lenders have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of stockholders, and we have granted, and may in the future grant, lenders a security interest in our assets in connection with borrowings. In the case of a liquidation event, those lenders would receive proceeds before our stockholders. In addition, borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increase the risks associated with investing in our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged.

Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to decline more than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our revenue in excess of interest expense on our borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would without the leverage. Any decrease in our revenue would cause our net income to decline more than it would have had we not borrowed funds and could negatively affect our ability to make distributions on common stock. Our ability to service any debt that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. We and, indirectly, our stockholders will bear the cost associated with our leverage activity.

As of March 31, 2014, there was $232.0 million of commitments under our revolving credit agreement, or Revolving Facility, and $93.0 million of commitments under our term loan agreement, or Term Loan Facility. On April 30, 2014, we closed on an additional $85 million of commitments to our credit facilities, which increased the commitments on the Revolving Facility from $232.0 to $303.5 million and commitments on the Term Loan

 

17


Table of Contents

Facility from $93.0 to $106.5 million. We also extended the final maturity of the Revolving Facility from May 2017 to May 2018 and reduced pricing from LIBOR plus 3.00% to LIBOR (with no floor) plus 2.50%. We also extended the final maturity of the Term Loan Facility from May 2018 to May 2019 and reduced pricing from LIBOR plus 4.00% to LIBOR (with no floor) plus 3.25%.

The Revolving Facility has a maturity date of May 2018 (with a one year term out period beginning in May 2016). The one year term out period is the one year anniversary between the revolver termination date, or the end of the availability period, and the maturity date. During this time, we are required to make mandatory prepayments on our loans from the proceeds we receive from the sale of assets, extraordinary receipts, returns of capital or the issuances of equity or debt.

The Term Loan Facility has a maturity date of May 2019. Each of the Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility, together the Facilities, includes an accordion feature permitting us to expand the Facilities, if certain conditions are satisfied; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of the Facilities, collectively, is capped at $400.0 million. ING serves as administrative agent, lead arranger and bookrunner under each of the Facilities. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 there was $305.4 million and $204.3 million of borrowings outstanding against the Facilities at a weighted average interest rate of 3.66% and 3.63%, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2103, our asset coverage ratio was over 200%. Accordingly, to cover the annual interest on our borrowings outstanding at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, at the then current rates, we would have to receive an annual yield of at least 1.45% and 1.10% (net of expenses), respectively. This example is for illustrative purposes only, and actual interest rates on our Facility borrowing are likely to fluctuate. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital resources—Credit Facility” for additional information about the Facilities.

As a BDC, generally we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). In addition, we may not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on our outstanding common shares, or purchase any such shares, unless, at the time of such declaration or purchase, we have asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price. If this ratio declines below 200%, we may not be able to incur additional debt and may need to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so, and we may not be able to make distributions.

The following table is designed to illustrate the effect on return to a holder of our common stock on the leverage created by our use of borrowing at March 31, 2014 of $305.4 million at an average interest rate at the time of 3.66%, and assuming hypothetical annual returns on our portfolio of minus 10 to plus 10 percent. The table also assumes that we maintain a constant level of leverage and a constant weighted average interest rate. The amount of leverage we use will vary from time to time. As can be seen, leverage generally increases the return to stockholders when the portfolio return is positive and decreases return to stockholders when the portfolio return is negative. Actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table below.

 

Assumed return on portfolio (net of expenses) (1)

    (10.00 %)      (5.00 %)      0.00     5.00     10.00

Corresponding return to common stockholders (2)

    (17.32 %)      (9.90 %)      (2.47 %)      4.96     12.39

 

(1) The assumed portfolio return is required by regulation of the SEC and is not a prediction of, and does not represent, our projected or actual performance.
(2) In order to compute the “corresponding return to common stockholders,” the “assumed return on the portfolio” is multiplied by the total value of our assets at the beginning of the period ($672.9 million as of December 31, 2013) to obtain an assumed return to us. From this amount, all interest expense expected to be accrued during the period ($11.2 million) is subtracted to determine the return available to stockholders. The return available to stockholders is then divided by the total value of our net assets as of the beginning of the period ($452.9 million) to determine the “corresponding return to common stockholders.”

 

18


Table of Contents

We may default under the Facilities or any future borrowing facility we enter into or be unable to amend, repay or refinance any such facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

As of March 31, 2014, all of our assets were pledged as collateral under the Facilities. In the event we default under the Facilities or any other future borrowing facility, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell all or a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under the Facilities or such future borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under the Facilities or such future borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Substantially all of our assets are subject to security interests under the Facilities and if we default on our obligations under the Facilities we may suffer adverse consequences, including foreclosure on our assets.

As of March 31, 2014, all of our assets were pledged as collateral under the Facilities. If we default on our obligations under the Facilities, the lenders may have the right to foreclose upon and sell, or otherwise transfer, the collateral subject to their security interests or their superior claim. In such event, we may be forced to sell our investments to raise funds to repay our outstanding borrowings in order to avoid foreclosure and these forced sales may be at times and at prices we would not consider advantageous. Moreover, such deleveraging of our company could significantly impair our ability to effectively operate our business in the manner in which we have historically operated. As a result, we could be forced to curtail or cease new investment activities and lower or eliminate the dividends that we have historically paid to our stockholders.

In addition, if the lenders exercise their right to sell the assets pledged under the Facilities, such sales may be completed at distressed sale prices, thereby diminishing or potentially eliminating the amount of cash available to us after repayment of the amounts outstanding under the Facilities.

Because we use debt to finance our investments and may in the future issue senior securities including preferred stock and debt securities, if market interest rates were to increase, our cost of capital could increase, which could reduce our net investment income.

Because we borrow money to make investments and may in the future issue senior securities including preferred stock and debt securities, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates would not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. In addition, a rise in the general level of interest rates typically leads to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees payable to THL Credit Advisors. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

We may in the future determine to fund a portion of our investments with preferred stock, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss and the risks of investing in us in the same way as our borrowings.

Preferred stock, which is another form of leverage, has the same risks to our common stockholders as borrowings because the dividends on any preferred stock we issue must be cumulative. Payment of such dividends and repayment of the liquidation preference of such preferred stock must take preference over any dividends or other payments to our common stockholders, and preferred stockholders are not subject to any of our expenses or losses and are not entitled to participate in any income or appreciation in excess of their stated preference.

Our use of borrowed funds to make investments exposes us to risks typically associated with leverage.

We borrow money and may issue additional debt securities or preferred stock to leverage our capital structure. As a result:

 

   

our common shares would be exposed to incremental risk of loss; therefore, a decrease in the value of our investments would have a greater negative impact on the value of our common shares than if we did not use leverage;

 

   

any depreciation in the value of our assets may magnify losses associated with an investment and could totally eliminate the value of an asset to us;

 

   

if we do not appropriately match the assets and liabilities of our business and interest or dividend rates on such assets and liabilities, adverse changes in interest rates could reduce or eliminate the incremental income we make with the proceeds of any leverage;

 

   

our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be restricted if our asset coverage ratio, as provided in the 1940 Act, is not at least 200%, and any amounts used to service indebtedness or preferred stock would not be available for such dividends;

 

   

any credit facility would be subject to periodic renewal by our lenders, whose continued participation cannot be guaranteed;

 

   

such securities would be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility or affecting our investment or operating policies, and may require us to pledge assets or provide other security for such indebtedness;

 

   

we, and indirectly our common stockholders, bear the entire cost of issuing and paying interest or dividends on such securities;

 

   

if we issue preferred stock, the special voting rights and preferences of preferred stockholders may result in such stockholders’ having interests that are not aligned with the interests of our common stockholders, and the rights of our preferred stockholders to dividends and liquidation preferences will be senior to the rights of our common stockholders;

 

   

any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common shares; and

 

   

any custodial relationships associated with our use of leverage would conform to the requirements of the 1940 Act, and no creditor would have veto power over our investment policies, strategies, objectives or decisions except in an event of default or if our asset coverage was less than 200%.

Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a BDC, to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test and we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our senior securities at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

 

20


Table of Contents

There is a risk that we may not make distributions and consequently will become subject to corporate-level income tax.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or periodically increase our dividend rate.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized depreciation in our investment portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s potential inability to meet its repayment obligations to us. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods.

To maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. The annual distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. To the extent we use debt financing or preferred stock, we may become subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements and other financial covenants under the terms of our debt or preferred stock, and could in some circumstances also become subject to similar requirements under the 1940 Act, that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements as the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because we anticipate that most of our investments will be in private companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, or otherwise prohibited from making distributions, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate-level income tax, the resulting corporate-level income taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

To the extent original issue discount and PIK interest constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash representing such income.

Our investments may include original issue discount, or OID, instruments and contractual PIK, interest, which represents contractual interest added to a loan balance and due at the end of such loan’s term. To the extent OID or PIK interest constitute a portion of our income, we are exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash. Such risks include:

 

   

The higher interest rates of OID and PIK instruments reflect the payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with these instruments, and OID and PIK instruments generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans.

 

   

Even if the accounting conditions for income accrual are met, the borrower could still default when our actual collection is supposed to occur at the maturity of the obligation.

 

   

OID and PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because their continuing accruals require continuing judgments about the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral. OID and PIK income may also create uncertainty about the source of our cash distributions.

 

   

For accounting purposes, any cash distributions to shareholders representing OID and PIK income are not treated as coming from paid-in capital, even though the cash to pay them comes from the offering proceeds. As a result, despite the fact that a distribution representing OID and PIK income could be paid out of amounts invested by our stockholders, the 1940 Act does not require that stockholders be given notice of this fact by reporting it as a return of capital.

 

21


Table of Contents
   

PIK interest has the effect of generating investment income at a compounding rate, thereby further increasing the incentive fees payable to the Adviser. Similarly, all things being equal, the deferral associated with PIK interest also decreases the loan-to-value ratio at a compounding rate.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we may include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount, which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan or possibly in other circumstances, or PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of PIK arrangements are included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. In addition, the PIK interest of many subordinated loans effectively operates as negative amortization of loan principal, thereby increasing credit risk exposure over the life of the loan because more will be owed at the end of the term of the loan than was owed when the loan was initially originated. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we do not receive in cash.

Since we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the tax requirement to distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our status as a RIC. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements.

We may pay an incentive fee on income we do not receive in cash.

That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan, it is possible that accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Consequently, while we may make incentive fee payments on income accruals that we may not collect in the future and with respect to which we do not have a formal clawback right against our investment adviser per se, the amount of accrued income written off in any period will reduce the income in the period in which such write-off was taken and thereby reduce such period’s incentive fee payment, but only to the extent that such an incentive fee is payable for that period because the write-off will not be carried forward to reduce any incentive fee payable in subsequent quarters.

The highly competitive market in which we operate may limit our investment opportunities.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we make. We compete with other BDCs, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, CLO funds, commercial finance companies, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Additionally, because competition for investment opportunities generally has increased among alternative investment vehicles such as hedge funds, entities have begun to invest in areas in which they had not traditionally invested. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities intensified in recent years and may intensify further in the future. Some of our existing and potential competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC and that the Code imposes on us as a RIC. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this existing and potentially increasing competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

 

22


Table of Contents

We are dependent upon senior management personnel of our investment adviser for our future success, and if our investment adviser is unable to retain qualified personnel or if our investment adviser loses any member of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We depend on the members of senior management of THL Credit Advisors, particularly its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer, James K. Hunt, its Co-Presidents, W. Hunter Stropp Sam W. Tillinghast, and Christopher J. Flynn, its Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Terrence W. Olson, and its Chief Legal Officer, Stephanie Paré Sullivan, collectively, the THL Credit Principals. Messrs. Hunt, Stropp, Tillinghast and Flynn constitute the investment principals of THL Credit Advisors, or the THL Credit Investment Principals. The THL Credit Investment Principals and other investment professionals make up our investment team and are responsible for the identification, final selection, structuring, closing and monitoring of our investments. These investment team members have critical industry experience and relationships that we will rely on to implement our business plan. Our future success depends on the continued service of the THL Credit Principals and the rest of our investment adviser’s senior management team. The departure of any of the members of THL Credit Advisors’ senior management or a significant number of the members of its investment team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective. As a result, we may not be able to operate our business as we expect, and our ability to compete could be harmed, which could cause our operating results to suffer. In addition, we can offer no assurance that THL Credit Advisors will remain our investment adviser or our administrator.

Our investment adviser has the right to resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

THL Credit Advisors has the right, under our investment management agreement, to resign at any time upon not more than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a new replacement or not. If our investment adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by our investment adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our net investment income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we will need additional capital to finance our growth and such capital may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

We have elected to be taxed for federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. If we meet certain requirements, including source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements, and if we continue to qualify as a BDC, we will continue to qualify to be a RIC under the Code and will not have to pay corporate-level income taxes on income we distribute to our stockholders as dividends, allowing us to substantially reduce or eliminate our corporate-level income tax liability. As a BDC, we are generally required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which includes all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200% at the time we issue any debt or preferred stock. This requirement limits the amount that we may borrow. Because we will continue to need capital to grow our investment portfolio, this limitation may prevent us from incurring debt or preferred stock and require us to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. We cannot assure you that debt and equity financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all, and debt financings may be restricted by the terms of any of our outstanding borrowings. In addition, as a BDC, we are generally not permitted to issue common

 

23


Table of Contents

stock priced below net asset value without stockholder approval. If additional funds are not available to us, we could be forced to curtail or cease new lending and investment activities, and our net asset value could decline.

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval (except as required by the 1940 Act). However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results or value of our stock. Nevertheless, the effects could adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Our investment adviser and its affiliates, senior management and employees have certain conflicts of interest.

Our investment adviser, its senior management and employees serve or may serve as investment advisers, officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business. For example, THL Credit Advisors serves as investment adviser to one or more registered closed-end funds. In addition, our officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more registered closed-end funds. Accordingly, these individuals may have obligations to investors in those entities or funds, the fulfillment of which might not be in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. In addition, certain of the personnel employed by our investment adviser or focused on our business may change in ways that are detrimental to our business. Any affiliated investment vehicle formed in the future and managed by THL Credit Advisors or its affiliates may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. As a result, THL Credit Advisors may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between us and such other entities. Although THL Credit Advisors will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in such investments. In any such case, if THL Credit Advisors forms other affiliates in the future, it is possible we may co-invest on a concurrent basis with such other affiliates, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance, as well as applicable allocation procedures. In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments may be made only if we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. We, THL Credit Advisors and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by THL Credit Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that any such exemptive order will be obtained at all.

There are potential conflicts of interest between us and the funds managed by us which could impact our investment returns.

THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway, and THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC, or Greenway II, are portfolio companies and are managed by us. As contemplated in the Greenway II LLC limited liability agreement, we established a related investment vehicle and entered into an investment management agreement with an account set up by an unaffiliated third party investor to invest alongside Greenway II LLC pursuant to similar economic terms. The account is also managed by us. References to “Greenway II” herein include Greenway II LLC and the accounts of related investment vehicles.

Certain of our officers serve or may serve in an investment management capacity to Greenway and Greenway II. As a result, investment professionals may allocate such time and attention as is deemed appropriate and necessary to carry out operations of Greenway and Greenway II. In this respect, they may experience diversions of their attention from us and potential conflicts of interest between their work for us and their work for Greenway and Greenway II in the event that the interests of Greenway and Greenway II run counter to our interests.

 

24


Table of Contents

Greenway and Greenway II invests in the same or similar asset classes that we target. These investments may be made at the direction of the same individuals acting in their capacity on behalf of us, Greenway and Greenway II. As a result, there may be conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities between us, Greenway and Greenway II. We may or may not participate in investments made by funds managed by us or one of our affiliates.

We are dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends.

Our business is dependent on our and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control and adversely affect our business. There could be:

 

   

sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;

 

   

natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;

 

   

disease pandemics;

 

   

events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and

 

   

cyber-attacks.

These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Our base management fee may induce our investment adviser to incur leverage.

Our base management fee is calculated on the basis of our total assets, including assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage. This may encourage the Advisor to use leverage to increase the aggregate amount of and the return on our investments, even when it may not be appropriate to do so, and to refrain from delevering when it would otherwise be appropriate to do so. Under certain circumstances, the use of increased leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would impair the value of our common stock. Given the subjective nature of the investment decisions made by our investment adviser on our behalf, we will not be able to monitor this conflict of interest.

Our incentive fee may induce our investment adviser to make certain investments, including speculative investments.

The incentive fee payable by us to THL Credit Advisors may create an incentive for THL Credit Advisors to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee payable to THL Credit Advisors is determined, which is calculated separately in two components as a percentage of the interest and other ordinary income in excess of a quarterly minimum hurdle rate and as a percentage of the realized gain on invested capital, may encourage our THL Credit Advisors to use leverage or take additional risk to increase the return on our investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor the holders of our common stock, or of securities convertible into our common stock or warrants representing rights to purchase our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock. In addition, THL Credit Advisors receives the incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike the portion of the incentive fee based on ordinary income, there is no minimum level of gain applicable to

 

25


Table of Contents

the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, THL Credit Advisors may have an incentive to invest more in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities or to advance or delay realizing a gain in order to enhance its incentive fee. This practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns. A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to certain of our debt investments and may accordingly result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to our investment adviser with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income.

We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and instruments of other investment companies, including private funds, and, to the extent we so invest, we will bear our ratable share of any such investment company’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We will also remain obligated to pay management and incentive fees to THL Credit Advisors with respect to the assets invested in the securities and instruments of other investment companies. With respect to each of these investments, each of our common stockholders will bear his or her share of the management and incentive fee of THL Credit Advisors as well as indirectly bear the management and performance fees and other expenses of any investment companies in which we invest.

We may be obligated to pay our investment adviser incentive compensation payments even if we have incurred unrecovered cumulative losses from more than three years prior to such payments and may pay more than 20% of our net capital gains as incentive compensation payments because we cannot recover payments made in previous years.

Our investment adviser will be entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our investment income for that quarter (before deducting incentive compensation) above a threshold return for that quarter and subject to a total return requirement. The general effect of this total return requirement is to prevent payment of the foregoing incentive compensation except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. Consequently, we may pay an incentive fee if we incurred losses more than three years prior to the current calendar quarter even if such losses have not yet been recovered in full. Thus, we may be required to pay our investment adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. If we pay an incentive fee of 20.0% of our realized capital gains (net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis) and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

R ISKS RELATED TO OUR INVESTMENTS

We invest primarily in debt and equity securities of middle market companies and we may not realize gains from our equity investments.

We are a direct lender to middle market companies, and invest in subordinated, or mezzanine, debt and second lien senior secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans from time to time. From time to time, we will also make direct equity investments in equity of collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs. Investments in CLOs can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices,

 

26


Table of Contents

interest rates and other risks associated with the assets. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Our investments in prospective private and middle market portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Investment in private and middle market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we are required to rely on the ability of THL Credit Advisors’ investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Middle market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, middle market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us. Middle market companies also generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and our investment adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies.

Our investments in lower credit quality obligations are risky and highly speculative, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Most of our debt investments are likely to be in lower grade obligations. The lower grade investments in which we invest may be rated below investment grade by one or more nationally-recognized statistical rating agencies at the time of investment or may be unrated but determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality. Debt securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The debt in which we invest typically is not rated by any rating agency, but we believe that if such investments were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, lower than “BBB-” by Fitch Ratings or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s). We may invest without limit in debt of any rating, as well as debt that has not been rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

Investment in lower grade investments involves a substantial risk of loss. Lower grade securities or comparable unrated securities are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and principal and are susceptible to default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments. The market values for lower grade debt tend to be very volatile and are less liquid than investment grade securities. For these reasons, your investment in our company is subject to the following specific risks: increased price sensitivity to a deteriorating economic environment; greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality; adverse company specific events are more likely to render the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments; and if a negative perception of the lower grade debt market develops, the price and liquidity of lower grade securities may be depressed. This negative perception could last for a significant period of time.

 

27


Table of Contents

We may not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

We do not generally intend to take controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. To the extent that we do not hold a controlling equity interest in a portfolio company, we are subject to the risk that such portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the stockholders and management of such portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity for the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company, and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors.

Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.

Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

The portfolio companies in which we have invested debt capital usually have, or may be permitted to incur with certain limitations, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

 

28


Table of Contents

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the mezzanine, or subordinated, loans and second lien loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

If the assets securing the loans that we make decrease in value, then we may lack sufficient collateral to cover losses.

We will at times take a security interest in the available assets of these portfolio companies, including the equity interests of their subsidiaries and, in some cases, the equity interests of our portfolio companies held by their stockholders. There is a risk that the collateral securing these types of loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of a portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. Additionally, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for these types of loans. Moreover, in the case of most of our investments, we do not have a first lien position on the collateral. Consequently, the fact that a loan may be secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

Economic downturns or recessions could impair the value of the collateral for our loans to our portfolio companies and consequently increase the possibility of an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Many of our portfolio companies are susceptible to economic recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments.

Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of the portfolio company’s loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, if a portfolio company goes bankrupt, even though we may have structured our investment as mezzanine debt, or senior secured debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided significant “managerial assistance,” if any, to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. These events could harm our financial condition and operating results.

 

29


Table of Contents

We may suffer a loss if a portfolio company defaults on a loan and the underlying collateral is not sufficient.

In the event of a default by a portfolio company on a secured loan, we will only have recourse to the assets collateralizing the loan. If the underlying collateral value is less than the loan amount, we will suffer a loss. In addition, we often make loans that are unsecured, which are subject to the risk that other lenders may be directly secured by the assets of the portfolio company. In the event of a default, those collateralized lenders would have priority over us with respect to the proceeds of a sale of the underlying assets. In cases described above, we may lack control over the underlying asset collateralizing our loan or the underlying assets of the portfolio company prior to a default, and as a result the value of the collateral may be reduced by acts or omissions by owners or managers of the assets.

In the event of bankruptcy of a portfolio company, we may not have full recourse to its assets in order to satisfy our loan, or our loan may be subject to equitable subordination. In addition, certain of our loans are subordinate to other debt of the portfolio company. If a portfolio company defaults on our loan or on debt senior to our loan, or in the event of a portfolio company bankruptcy, our loan will be satisfied only after the senior debt receives payment. Where debt senior to our loan exists, the presence of intercreditor arrangements may limit our ability to amend our loan documents, assign our loans, accept prepayments, exercise our remedies (through “standstill” periods) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to the portfolio company. Bankruptcy and portfolio company litigation can significantly increase collection losses and the time needed for us to acquire the underlying collateral in the event of a default, during which time the collateral may decline in value, causing us to suffer losses.

If the value of collateral underlying our loan declines or interest rates increase during the term of our loan, a portfolio company may not be able to obtain the necessary funds to repay our loan at maturity through refinancing. Decreasing collateral value and/or increasing interest rates may hinder a portfolio company’s ability to refinance our loan because the underlying collateral cannot satisfy the debt service coverage requirements necessary to obtain new financing. If a borrower is unable to repay our loan at maturity, we could suffer a loss which may adversely impact our financial performance.

Our loans could be subject to equitable subordination by a court which would increase our risk of loss with respect to such loans.

Courts may apply the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim or lien of a lender against a borrower to claims or liens of other creditors of the borrower, when the lender or its affiliates is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct. The courts have also applied the doctrine of equitable subordination when a lender or its affiliates is found to have exerted inappropriate control over a client, including control resulting from the ownership of equity interests in a client. We have made direct equity investments or received warrants in connection with loans representing approximately 0.70% of the aggregate amortized cost basis of our portfolio as of March 31, 2014. Payments on one or more of our loans, particularly a loan to a client in which we also hold an equity interest, may be subject to claims of equitable subordination. If we were deemed to have the ability to control or otherwise exercise influence over the business and affairs of one or more of our portfolio companies resulting in economic hardship to other creditors of that company, this control or influence may constitute grounds for equitable subordination and a court may treat one or more of our loans as if it were unsecured or common equity in the portfolio company. In that case, if the portfolio company were to liquidate, we would be entitled to repayment of our loan on a pro-rata basis with other unsecured debt or, if the effect of subordination was to place us at the level of common equity, then on an equal basis with other holders of the portfolio company’s common equity only after all of its obligations relating to its debt and preferred securities had been satisfied.

 

30


Table of Contents

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments in order to: (1) increase or maintain in whole or in part our equity ownership percentage; (2) exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or (3) attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our initial investment. We have the discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. We may elect not to make follow-on investments or otherwise lack sufficient funds to make those investments. Our failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make such follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our concentration of risk, because we prefer other opportunities, because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements or because we desire to maintain our tax status.

Our ability to invest in public companies may be limited in certain circumstances.

To maintain our status as a BDC, we are not permitted to acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange may be treated as a qualifying asset only if such issuer has a market capitalization that is less than $250 million at the time of such investment and meets the other specified requirements.

A failure or the perceived risk of a failure to raise the statutory debt limit of the United States could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the future, the federal government may not be able to meet its debt payments unless the federal debt ceiling is raised. In such circumstance, if legislation increasing the debt ceiling is not enacted in a timely manner and the debt ceiling is reached, the federal government may stop or delay making payments on its obligations. A failure by Congress to raise the debt limit would increase the risk of default by the United States on its obligations, as well as the risk of other economic dislocations. In addition, if the U.S. Government fails to complete its budget process or to provide for a continuing resolution before the expiration of a then-in-place continuing resolution, a federal government shutdown may result. Such a failure or the perceived risk of such a failure consequently could have a material adverse effect on the financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and throughout the world. It could also limit our ability and the ability of our portfolio companies to obtain financing, and it could have a material adverse effect on the valuation of our portfolio companies. Consequently, the continued uncertainty in the general economic environment, including the government shutdown in October 2013 and potential debt ceiling implications, as well in specific economies of several individual geographic markets in which our portfolio companies operate, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Uncertainty about the financial stability of the United States and of several countries in the European Union (EU) could have a significant adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Due to federal budget deficit concerns, S&P downgraded the federal government’s credit rating from AAA to AA+ for the first time in history on August 5, 2011. Further, Moody’s and Fitch have warned that they may downgrade the federal government’s credit rating. Further downgrades or warnings by S&P or other rating agencies, and the government’s credit and deficit concerns in general, could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact both the perception of credit risk associated with our debt portfolio

 

31


Table of Contents

and our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. In addition, a decreased credit rating could create broader financial turmoil and uncertainty, which may weigh heavily on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

In 2010, a financial crisis emerged in Europe, triggered by high budget deficits and rising direct and contingent sovereign debt in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, which created concerns about the ability of these nations to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations. Risks and ongoing concerns resulting from the debt crisis in Europe could have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, sovereign and non-sovereign debt in these countries and the financial condition of European financial institutions. Market and economic disruptions have affected, and may continue to affect, consumer confidence levels and spending, personal bankruptcy rates, levels of incurrence and default on consumer debt and home prices, among other factors. We cannot assure you that the market disruptions in Europe, including the increased cost of funding for certain governments and financial institutions, will not spread, and we cannot assure you that future assistance packages will be available, or if available, sufficient to stabilize the affected countries and markets in Europe or elsewhere. To the extent uncertainty regarding any economic recovery in Europe continues to negatively impact consumer confidence and consumer credit factors, our business and results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected.

On December 18, 2013, the U.S. Federal Reserve announced that it would scale back its bond-buying program, or quantitative easing, which is designed to stimulate the economy and expand the Federal Reserve’s holdings of long-term securities until key economic indicators, such as the unemployment rate, show signs of improvement. The Federal Reserve signaled it would reduce its purchases of long-term Treasury bonds and would scale back on its purchases of mortgage-backed securities. It is unclear what effect, if any, the incremental reduction in the rate of the Federal Reserve’s monthly purchases will have on the value of our investments. However, it is possible that absent continued quantitative easing by the Federal Reserve, these developments, along with the European sovereign debt crisis, could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms.

Our investments in foreign securities may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

Our investment strategy contemplates that a portion of our investments may be in securities of foreign companies in order to provide diversification or to complement our U.S. investments although we are required generally to invest at least 70% of our assets in companies organized and having their principal place of business within the U.S. and its possessions. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. These risks many be more pronounced for portfolio companies located or operating primarily in emerging markets, whose economies, markets and legal systems may be less developed.

Although it is anticipated that most of our investments will be denominated in U.S. dollars, our investments that are denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency may change in relation to the U.S. dollar. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we can offer no assurance that we will, in fact, hedge currency risk or, that if we do, such strategies will be effective. As a result, a change in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our profitability.

 

32


Table of Contents

Hedging transactions may expose us to additional risks.

While we may enter into transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek or be able to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations. On May 10, 2012, we entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement, or swap agreement, with ING Capital Markets, LLC in connection with our Term Loan Facility. Under the swap agreement, with a notional value of $50.0 million, we pay a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receive a floating rate based upon the current three-month LIBOR rate. We entered into the swap agreement to manage interest rate risk and not for speculative purposes.

We may incur greater risk with respect to investments we acquire through assignments or participations of interests.

Although we originate a substantial portion of our loans, we may acquire loans through assignments or participations of interests in such loans. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to such debt obligation. However, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and we may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under an assigned debt obligation and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest and not directly with the borrower. Sellers of participations typically include banks, broker-dealers, other financial institutions and lending institutions. In purchasing participations, we generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the borrower, and we may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which we have purchased the participation. As a result, we will be exposed to the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation. In addition, to the extent that the lead institution fails and any borrower collateral is used to reduce the balance of a participated loan, we will be regarded as a creditor of the lead institution and will not benefit from the exercise of any set-off rights by the lead institution or its receiver. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, we will not be able to conduct the same level of due diligence on a borrower or the quality of the loan with respect to which we are buying a participation as we would conduct if we were investing directly in the loan. This difference may result in us being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to such loans than we expected when initially purchasing the participation.

R ISKS IN THE CURRENT ENVIRONMENT

Capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability. Such market conditions could materially and adversely affect debt and equity capital markets in the United States and abroad, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability. For example, we believe that beginning in 2007, and continuing into 2010, the global capital markets entered into a period of disruption as evidenced by a lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of certain major financial institutions. Despite actions of the United States federal government and foreign governments, these events contributed to worsening general economic conditions that materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. Such a period of economic disruption and instability could occur again, having a similar or worse impact

 

33


Table of Contents

on the broader financial and credit markets. Such conditions could also continue for a prolonged period of time. If these conditions occur and then persist, we and other companies in the financial services sector may be required to, or may choose to, seek access to alternative markets for debt and equity capital. Equity capital may then be difficult to raise if our board of directors does not approve an offering in which we would issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. In addition, the debt capital that would be available, if at all, may be at a higher cost, and on less favorable terms and conditions at such time. Conversely, the portfolio companies in which we may invest may not be able to service or refinance their debt, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition as we would experience reduced income or even losses. In a period of such adverse conditions, the inability to raise capital and the risk of portfolio company defaults may have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

R ISKS RELATED TO OUR OPERATIONS AS A BDC

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted.

Because we have elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, we are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. We, THL Credit Advisors and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by THL Credit Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that any such exemptive order will be obtained. We are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC may limit our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may in the future require a substantial amount of capital. We may acquire additional capital from the issuance of senior securities (including debt and preferred stock) or the issuance of additional shares of our common stock. However, we may not be able to raise additional capital in the future on favorable terms or at all. Additionally, we may only issue senior securities up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act permits us to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such issuance or incurrence. If our assets decline in value and we fail to satisfy this test, we may be required to liquidate a portion of our investments and repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales or repayment may be disadvantageous, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

Senior Securities (including debt and preferred stock) . As a result of issuing senior securities, we would also be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If we issue preferred securities, such securities would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, resulting in preferred stockholders having separate voting rights, dividend and liquidation rights, and possibly other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those granted to holders of our common stock. Furthermore, the issuance of preferred securities could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stockholders or otherwise be in your best interest.

 

34


Table of Contents
   

Additional Common Stock . Our board of directors may decide to issue common stock to finance our operations rather than issuing debt or other senior securities. As a BDC, we are generally not able to issue our common stock at a price below net asset value without first obtaining required approvals from our stockholders and our independent directors. At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below the Company’s net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors of the offering. Except in connection with the exercise of warrants or the conversion of convertible securities, in any such case the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price, that in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities at the relevant time. We may also make subscription rights offerings or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our securities to our stockholders at prices per share less than the net asset value per share, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and such stockholders may experience dilution.

Additionally, if we do raise additional capital in one or more subsequent financings, until we are able to invest the net proceeds of such any financing in suitable investments, we will invest in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, which we expect will earn yields lower than the interest, dividend or other income that we anticipate receiving in respect of investments in debt and equity securities of our target portfolio companies. As a result, our ability to pay dividends in the years of operation during which we have such net proceeds available to invest will be based on our ability to invest our capital in suitable portfolio companies in a timely manner. Further, the management fee payable to our investment adviser, THL Credit Advisors, will not be reduced while our assets are invested in such temporary investments.

Changes in the laws or regulations governing our business, or changes in the interpretations thereof, and any failure by us to comply with these laws or regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in the laws or regulations or the interpretations of the laws and regulations that govern BDCs, RICs or non-depository commercial lenders could significantly affect our operations and our cost of doing business. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations and are subject to judicial and administrative decisions that affect our operations, including our loan originations, maximum interest rates, fees and other charges, disclosures to portfolio companies, the terms of secured transactions, collection and foreclosure procedures and other trade practices. If these laws, regulations or decisions change, or if we expand our business into jurisdictions that have adopted more stringent requirements than those in which we currently conduct business, we may have to incur significant expenses in order to comply, or we might have to restrict our operations. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws, regulations and decisions, we may lose licenses needed for the conduct of our business and may be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.

Pending legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

As a BDC, under the 1940 Act generally we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). Legislation recently was introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives intended to revise certain regulations applicable to BDCs. The legislation provides for (i) modifying the asset coverage ratio from 200% to 150%, (ii) permitting BDCs to file registration statements with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that incorporate information from already-filed reports by reference, (iii) utilizing other streamlined registration processes afforded to operating companies, and (iv) allowing BDCs to own investment adviser subsidiaries. As a result, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and therefore your risk of an investment in us may increase. There are no assurances as to when the legislation will be enacted by Congress, if at all, or, if enacted, what final form the legislation would take.

 

35


Table of Contents

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation.” We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could be found to be in violation of the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs and possibly lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inopportune times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it may be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. For example, we may have difficulty in finding a buyer and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss.

If we are unable to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we will be subject to corporate-level income tax, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We intend to continue to qualify as a RIC under the Code. As a RIC we do not have to pay federal income taxes on our income (including realized gains) that is distributed to our stockholders, provided that we satisfy certain distribution and other requirements. Accordingly, we are not permitted under accounting rules to establish reserves for taxes on our unrealized capital gains. If we fail to qualify for RIC status in any year, to the extent that we had unrealized gains, we would have to establish reserves for taxes, which would reduce our net asset value and the amount potentially available for distribution. In addition, if we, as a RIC, were to decide to make a deemed distribution of net realized capital gains and retain the net realized capital gains, we would have to establish appropriate reserves for taxes that we would have to pay on behalf of stockholders. It is possible that establishing reserves for taxes could have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. See “Tax Matters.”

To maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code, which is required in order for us to distribute our income without being taxed at the corporate level, we must maintain our status as a BDC and meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements and including:

 

   

The annual distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, on an annual basis. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and we may be subject to certain financial covenants under our debt arrangements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and, thus, become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

   

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources.

 

   

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. To satisfy these requirements, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Internal Revenue Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of

 

36


Table of Contents
 

certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and, therefore, will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

Satisfying these requirements may require us to take actions we would not otherwise take, such as selling investments at unattractive prices to satisfy diversification, distribution or source of income requirements. In addition, while we are authorized to borrow funds in order to make distributions, under the 1940 Act we are not permitted to make distributions to stockholders while we have debt obligations or other senior securities outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become or remain subject to corporate-level income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial conditions, and thus, our stockholders.

R ISKS RELATED TO AN INVESTMENT IN OUR SECURITIES

Our common stock price may be volatile and may fluctuate substantially.

As with any stock, the price of our common stock will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. Our common stock is intended for long-term investors and should not be treated as a trading vehicle. Shares of closed-end management investment companies, which are structured similarly to us, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. Our shares may trade at a price that is less than the offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the offering.

The market price and liquidity of the market for our common shares may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

   

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in the sector in which we operate, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

   

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

 

   

loss of RIC status;

 

   

changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

   

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

   

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

 

   

departure of key personnel from our investment adviser;

 

   

operating performance of companies comparable to us;

 

   

general economic trends and other external factors; and

 

   

loss of a major funding source.

 

37


Table of Contents

Certain provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation contain provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Among other provisions, our directors may be removed for cause only by the affirmative vote of 75% of the holders of our outstanding capital stock. Our board of directors also is authorized to issue preferred stock in one or more series. In addition, our certificate of incorporation requires the favorable vote of a majority of our board of directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of common stock, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions, including mergers and the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of our assets with 10% or greater holders of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates or associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of our board of directors, in which case approval by “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) will be required. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders and could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices. See “Description of Our Capital Stock—Anti-takeover provisions.”

Our common stock may trade below its net asset value per share, which limits our ability to raise additional equity capital.

If our common stock is trading below its net asset value per share, we will generally not be able to issue additional shares of our common stock at its market price without first obtaining the approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. Shares of BDCs, including shares of our common stock, have traded at discounts to their net asset values. As of March 31, 2014, our net asset value per share was $13.34. The last reported sale price of a share of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 2, 2014 was $13.30. At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below our then-current net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors for the offering. The authorization expires on June 3, 2015. Our stockholders also approved a proposal to authorize us to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that, at the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below our then-current net asset value per share. If our common stock trades below net asset value, the higher the cost of equity capital may result in it being unattractive to raise new equity, which may limit our ability to grow. The risk of trading below net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether shares of our common stock will trade above, at or below our net asset value.

The net asset value per share of our common stock may be diluted if we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock or securities to subscribe for or convertible into shares of our common stock.

At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below the Company’s net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors of the offering. Although any such sale must be approved by our board of directors, there is no limit on the amount of dilution that may occur as a result of such sale. If we were to issue shares at a price below net asset value, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to existing common stockholders, which would include a reduction in the net asset value per share as a result of the issuance. This dilution would also include a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance.

In addition, at our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, our stockholders authorized us to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that, at

 

38


Table of Contents

the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below our then current net asset value.

Any decision to sell shares of our common stock below its then current net asset value per share or securities to subscribe for or convert into shares of our common stock would be subject to the determination by our board of directors that such issuance is in our and our stockholders’ best interests.

If we were to sell shares of our common stock below its then current net asset value per share, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to the net asset value per share of our common stock. This dilution would occur as a result of the sale of shares at a price below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock and a proportionately greater decrease in the stockholders’ interest in our earnings and assets and their voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. Because the number of shares of common stock that could be so issued and the timing of any issuance is not currently known, the actual dilutive effect cannot be predicted.

In addition, if we issue warrants or securities to subscribe for or convert into shares of our common stock, subject to certain limitations, the exercise or conversion price per share could be less than net asset value per share at the time of exercise or conversion (including through the operation of anti-dilution protections). Because we would incur expenses in connection with any issuance of such securities, such issuance could result in a dilution of the net asset value per share at the time of exercise or conversion. This dilution would include reduction in net asset value per share as a result of the proportionately greater decrease in the stockholders’ interest in our earnings and assets and their voting interest than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance.

Further, if our current stockholders do not purchase any shares to maintain their percentage interest, regardless of whether such offering is above or below the then current net asset value per share, their voting power will be diluted. For example, if we sell an additional 10% of our common shares at a 10% discount from net asset value, a stockholder who does not participate in that offering for its proportionate interest will suffer net asset value dilution of up to 0.9% or $9 per $1000 of net asset value. For additional information and hypothetical examples of these risks, see “Sale of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value” and the prospectus supplement pursuant to which such sale is made.

We incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

As a publicly traded company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and other rules implemented by the SEC.

If we issue preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt securities, the net asset value and market value of our common stock may become more volatile.

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value and market value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for our common stock.

 

39


Table of Contents

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios which may be required by the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or of a downgrade in the ratings of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. If we do not maintain our required asset coverage ratios, we may not be permitted to declare dividends. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund redemption of some or all of the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt may have different interests than holders of common stock and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

Holders of any preferred stock that we may issue will have the right to elect members of the board of directors and have class voting rights on certain matters.

The 1940 Act requires that holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred stockholders could veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Your interest in us may be diluted if you do not fully exercise your subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of your shares.

In the event we issue subscription rights, stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights should expect that they will, at the completion of a rights offering pursuant to this prospectus, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. We cannot state precisely the amount of any such dilution in share ownership because we do not know at this time what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering.

In addition, if the subscription price is less than the net asset value per share of our common stock, then our stockholders would experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of their shares as a result of the offering. The amount of any decrease in net asset value is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price and net asset value per share will be on the expiration date of a rights offering or what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. Such dilution could be substantial.

The trading market or market value of our publicly issued debt securities may fluctuate.

Our publicly issued debt securities may or may not have an established trading market. We cannot assure you that a trading market for our publicly issued debt securities will ever develop or be maintained if developed. In addition to our creditworthiness, many factors may materially adversely affect the trading market for, and market value of, our publicly issued debt securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

the time remaining to the maturity of these debt securities;

 

   

the outstanding principal amount of debt securities with terms identical to these debt securities;

 

   

the ratings assigned by national statistical ratings agencies;

 

   

the general economic environment;

 

 

40


Table of Contents
   

the supply of debt securities trading in the secondary market, if any;

 

   

the redemption or repayment features, if any, of these debt securities;

 

   

the level, direction and volatility of market interest rates generally; and

 

   

market rates of interest higher or lower than rates borne by the debt securities.

You should also be aware that there may be a limited number of buyers when you decide to sell your debt securities. This too may materially adversely affect the market value of the debt securities or the trading market for the debt securities.

Terms relating to redemption may materially adversely affect your return on any debt securities that we may issue.

If your debt securities are redeemable at our option, we may choose to redeem your debt securities at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In addition, if your debt securities are subject to mandatory redemption, we may be required to redeem your debt securities also at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In this circumstance, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as your debt securities being redeemed.

Our credit ratings may not reflect all risks of an investment in our debt securities.

Our credit ratings are an assessment by third parties of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of our debt securities. Our credit ratings, however, may not reflect the potential impact of risks related to market conditions generally or other factors discussed above on the market value of or trading market for the publicly issued debt securities.

 

41


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to factors previously identified elsewhere in this prospectus, including the “Risks” section of this prospectus, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance:

 

   

the introduction, withdrawal, success and timing of business initiatives and strategies;

 

   

changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or financial and capital markets, which could result in changes in the value of our assets;

 

   

the relative and absolute investment performance and operations of our investment adviser;

 

   

the impact of increased competition;

 

   

the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;

 

   

the unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the impact, extent and timing of technological changes and the adequacy of intellectual property protection;

 

   

the impact of legislative and regulatory actions and reforms and regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions of government agencies relating to us or THL Credit Advisors;

 

   

the ability of THL Credit Advisors to identify suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

   

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

   

any future financings by us;

 

   

the ability of THL Credit Advisors to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

   

the impact of changes to tax legislation and, generally, our tax position.

This prospectus and any prospectus supplement, and other statements that we may make, may contain forward-looking statements with respect to future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “trend,” “opportunity,” “pipeline,” “believe,” “comfortable,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “current,” “intention,” “estimate,” “position,” “assume,” “potential,” “outlook,” “continue,” “remain,” “maintain,” “sustain,” “seek,” “achieve” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we assume no duty to and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements do not meet the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance.

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities for general corporate purposes, which include investing in debt and equity securities, repayment of any outstanding indebtedness, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. The supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more fully identify the use of proceeds from such offering.

We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds from any offering of our securities will be used as described above within twelve months, but in no event longer than two years, depending on the availability of attractive opportunities and market conditions. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve this goal.

Pending such uses and investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. The management fee payable by us to our investment adviser will not be reduced while our assets are invested in such securities. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds of any offering, pending full investment, are held in lower yielding short-term instruments.

 

43


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TCRD.” The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the sales price as a percentage of net asset value for each fiscal quarter. The stock quotations are interdealer quotations and do not include markups, markdowns or commissions.

 

            Sales Price      Premium or
(Discount) of
High
Sales Price to
NAV (2)
    Premium or
(Discount) of
Low
Sales Price to
NAV (2)
 
     NAV (1)      High      Low       

Year Ended December 31, 2012

             

First Quarter

   $ 13.18       $ 13.49       $ 12.12         2     (8 )% 

Second Quarter

   $ 13.17       $ 13.50       $ 12.20         3     (7 )% 

Third Quarter

   $ 13.21       $ 14.74       $ 12.88         12     (2 )% 

Fourth Quarter

   $ 13.20       $ 15.07       $ 13.03         14     (1 )% 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

             

First Quarter

   $ 13.20       $ 16.08       $ 14.49         22     10

Second Quarter

   $ 13.58       $ 15.77       $ 14.00         16     3

Third Quarter

   $  13.38       $ 16.17       $ 14.75         21     10

Fourth Quarter

   $ 13.36       $ 17.00       $ 15.27         27     14

2014

             

First quarter

   $ 13.34       $ 16.61       $ 13.78         25     3

Second quarter (through June 2, 2014)

     *       $ 14.09       $ 12.80         *        *   

 

(1) NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The NAVs shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.
(2) Calculated as of the respective high or low sales price premium or discount divided by NAV.
* NAV for this period has not been determined.

The last reported price for our common stock on June 2, 2014 was $13.30 per share.

Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. At times, our shares of common stock have traded at a premium to net asset value and at times our shares of common stock have traded at a discount to the net assets attributable to those shares. It is not possible to predict whether the shares offered hereby will trade at, above, or below net asset value.

Dividends

We have elected to be taxed as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain our status as a regulated investment company, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income. To avoid a 4% excise tax on undistributed earnings, we are required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of our net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax. We intend to make distributions to stockholders on a quarterly basis of substantially all of our net investment income. Although we intend to make distributions of net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually, out of assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment. In addition, the extent and timing of special dividends, if any, will be determined by our board of directors and will largely be driven by portfolio specific events and tax considerations at the time.

 

44


Table of Contents

In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the BDC asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

The following table summarizes our dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares including dividends reinvested, if any:

 

Date Declared    Record Date    Payment Date    Amount Per Share

August 5, 2010

   September 2, 2010    September 30, 2010    $0.05

November 4, 2010

   November 30, 2010    December 28, 2010    $0.10

December 14, 2010

   December 31, 2010    January 28, 2011    $0.15

March 10, 2011

   March 25, 2011    March 31, 2011    $0.23

May 5, 2011

   June 15, 2011    June 30, 2011    $0.25

July 28, 2011

   September 15, 2011    September 30, 2011    $0.26

October 27, 2011

   December 15, 2011    December 30, 2011    $0.28

March 6, 2012

   March 20, 2012    March 30, 2012    $0.29

March 6, 2012

   March 20, 2012    March 30, 2012    $0.05

May 2, 2012

   June 15, 2012    June 29, 2012    $0.30

July 26, 2012

   September 14, 2012    September 28, 2012    $0.32

November 2, 2012

   December 14, 2012    December 28, 2012    $0.33

December 20, 2012

   December 31, 2012    January 28, 2013    $0.05

February 27, 2013

   March 15, 2013    March 29, 2013    $0.33

May 2, 2013

   June 14, 2013    June 28, 2013    $0.34

August 2, 2013

   September 16, 2013    September 30, 2013    $0.34

August 2, 2013

   September 16, 2013    September 30, 2013    $0.08

October 30, 2013

   December 16, 2013    December 31, 2013    $0.34

March 4, 2014

   March 17, 2014    March 31, 2014    $0.34

May 7, 2014

   June 16, 2014    June 30, 2014    $0.34

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of our status as a regulated investment company. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions at a particular level.

We maintain an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, unless stockholders specifically elect to have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, stockholders will receive all such dividends in cash. There were no dividends reinvested for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 under the dividend reinvestment plan. Stockholders who received distributions in the form of common shares will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received cash distributions, but will not have received cash from us with which to pay such taxes.

Under the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan, dividends will primarily be paid in newly issued shares of common stock. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the plan. This feature of the plan means that, under certain circumstances, we may issue shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which could cause our stockholders to experience dilution.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated profits and earnings would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions will be made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. Therefore,

 

45


Table of Contents

a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of our distributions for a full year. If the Company had determined the tax attributes of its 2014 distributions as of March 31, 2014, 80.2% would be from ordinary income, 19.8% would be from capital gains and 0% would be a return of capital. There can be no certainty to stockholders that this determination is representative of what the tax attributes of the Company’s 2014 distributions to stockholders will actually be. Each year, a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be mailed to our stockholders.

 

46


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table contains our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated, computed as set forth below. You should read these ratios of earnings to fixed charges in connection with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes to those statements, included in this prospectus.

 

    For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2014
  For the Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    For the Year Ended
December 31, 2012
    For the Year Ended
December 31, 2011
    For the Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 

Earnings to Fixed
Charges
(1)(2)

  5.4:1     7.4:1        8.0:1        15.0:1        N/A   

 

For purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent net increase in stockholders’ equity resulting from operations plus (or minus) income tax expense (benefit), including excise tax expense, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest and credit facility fees expense and amortization of deferred financing costs.

 

(1) Earnings include net realized and unrealized gains or losses. Net realized and unrealized gains or losses can vary substantially from period to period.
(2) Not applicable for year ending December 31, 2010 as the Company had no fixed charges.

 

47


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, the following discussion and other parts of this report contain forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking information due to the factors discussed under “Risks” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing elsewhere herein.

Overview

THL Credit, Inc., or the Company, was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 26, 2009 and initially funded on July 23, 2009. We commenced principal operations on April 21, 2010. Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated investments debt and equity securities of middle market companies.

We are a direct lender to middle market companies and invest in subordinated, or mezzanine, debt and second lien secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans and direct equity investments in collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, from time to time. We may also provide advisory services to managed fund.

We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940 Act, as amended, or the 1940 Act. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we generally have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities of private or thinly traded public U.S. companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

As a BDC, we must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Under the relevant U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC rules, the term “eligible portfolio company” includes all private companies, companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, and certain public companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange and have a market capitalization of less than $250 million, in each case organized in the United States.

We are also registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act.

Since April 2010, after we completed our initial public offering and commenced principal operations, we have been responsible for making, on behalf of ourselves and managed funds, over an aggregate $1,260 million in commitments into 69 separate portfolio companies through a combination of both initial and follow-on investments. Since inception, we received $531 million from paydowns of investments. The Company alone has received $432 million from paydowns of investments.

We have elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements. Pursuant to these elections, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level income taxes on any income we distribute to our stockholders.

 

48


Table of Contents

Portfolio Composition and Investment Activity

Portfolio Composition

As of March 31, 2014, we had $739.0 million of portfolio investments (at fair value), which represents a $90.1 million, or 13.9% increase from the $648.9 million (at fair value) as of December 31, 2013. We also increased our portfolio to fifty-eight investments, including THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway, and THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC, or Greenway II, as of March 31, 2014, from fifty-four portfolio investments, including Greenway and Greenway II, as of December 31, 2013.

At March 31, 2014, our average portfolio company investment, exclusive of Greenway, Greenway II and portfolio investments where we only have an equity investment, at amortized cost and fair value was approximately $14.4 million and $14.4 million, respectively and our largest portfolio company investment by both amortized cost and fair value was approximately $31.7 million. At December 31, 2013, our average portfolio company investment at both amortized cost and fair value was approximately $14.0 million and $13.9 million, respectively, and our largest portfolio company investment by both amortized cost and fair value was approximately $26.6 million.

At March 31, 2014, 67.3% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR, and 32.7% bore interest at fixed rates. At December 31, 2013, 59.1% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR, and 40.9% bore interest at fixed rates.

The following table shows the weighted average yield by investment category at their current cost.

 

     As of  

Description:

   March 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

First lien secured debt

     10.7     11.0

Second lien debt

     11.1     11.3

Subordinated debt

     10.3     12.1

Investments in funds (1)

     —         12.6

Investment in payment rights (2)

     17.0     17.0

CLO residual interests (2)

     14.1     14.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt and income-producing investments

     11.0     11.7

Debt investments

     10.7     11.4

 

(1)  

As of December 31, 2013, investment in funds includes only our investment in LCP Capital Fund LLC, which is the only investment in funds where we receive regular payments.

(2)  

Yields from investments in payment rights and CLO residual interest represents the implied internal rate of return “IRR” calculation expected from cash flow streams.

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, portfolio investments, in which we have debt investments, had an average EBITDA of approximately $34 million and $30 million, respectively, based on the latest available financial information provided by the portfolio companies for each of these periods. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, our weighted average attachment point in the capital structure of our portfolio companies is approximately 4.0 times and 4.2 times EBITDA, respectively, for each of these based on our latest available financial information for each of these periods.

As of March 31, 2014, excluding investments in Greenway and Greenway II, 80.4% of our portfolio investments are in sponsored investments and 19.6% of our portfolio investments are in unsponsored investments. Our portfolio investments as of March 31, 2014 have used our capital for change of control transactions (30.4%), acquisitions/growth capital (19.6%), refinancings (14.3%), recapitalizations (19.6%) and other (16.1%). Since inception we have closed portfolio investments with 38 different sponsors.

 

49


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, excluding investments in Greenway and Greenway II, 78.8% of our portfolio investments are in sponsored investments and 21.2% of our portfolio investments are in unsponsored investments. Our portfolio investments as of December 31, 2013 have used our capital for change of control transactions (34.6%), acquisitions/growth capital (13.5%), refinancings (13.5%), recapitalizations (21.2%) and other (17.3%). Since inception we have closed portfolio investments with 34 different sponsors.

Consistent with our sourcing strategy, approximately 88% of the Company’s investments this quarter were directly originated from our relationships with private equity firms, financial advisors, banks and other lending partners.

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of investments as of March 31, 2014 (in millions).

 

Description

   Amortized Cost      Percentage
of Total
    Fair  Value (1)      Percentage of
Total
 

First lien secured debt

   $ 325.5         44.2   $ 329.3         44.4

Second lien debt

     199.7         27.1     200.0         27.1

Subordinated debt

     155.1         21.1     146.8         19.9

CLO residual interest

     36.4         4.9     37.5         5.1

Investment in payment rights

     12.2         1.7     13.9         1.9

Equity investments

     5.9         0.7     9.4         1.3

Investments in funds

     1.9         0.3     2.1         0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 736.7         100.0   $ 739.0         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of investments as of December 31, 2013 (in millions).

 

Description

   Amortized Cost      Percentage of
Total
    Fair  Value (1)      Percentage of
Total
 

First lien secured debt

   $ 261.7         40.5   $ 263.1         40.6

Subordinated debt

     162.6         25.2     156.0         24.0

Second lien debt

     157.2         24.3     157.9         24.3

CLO residual interests

     37.3         5.8     37.6         5.8

Investment in payment rights

     12.2         1.9     13.8         2.1

Investments in funds

     9.4         1.4     9.5         1.5

Equity investments

     5.5         0.9     11.0         1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 645.9         100.0   $ 648.9         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All investments are categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

50


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of March 31, 2014 (in millions).

 

Industry

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

IT services

   $ 118.8       $ 119.4         26.39

Financial services

     82.8         82.1         18.15

Industrials

     79.0         81.2         17.95

Food & beverage

     80.8         80.9         17.89

Consumer products

     62.7         62.9         13.90

Healthcare

     58.1         59.3         13.11

Business services

     58.8         57.3         12.67

Retail & grocery

     53.4         50.7         11.20

Energy / utilities

     44.8         45.4         10.03

Manufacturing

     31.6         31.0         6.86

Media, entertainment and leisure

     22.7         25.4         5.62

Restaurants

     20.8         20.9         4.61

Transportation

     18.2         18.2         4.02

Aerospace & defense

     4.2         4.3         0.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 736.7       $ 739.0         163.36
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2013 (in millions).

 

Industry

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

IT services

   $ 100.5       $ 101.0         22.31

Financial services

     91.2         90.7         20.02

Industrials

     79.4         79.7         17.61

Food & beverage

     52.8         52.3         11.55

Healthcare

     48.8         50.5         11.14

Retail & grocery

     53.4         50.2         11.07

Business services

     50.9         50.0         11.05

Manufacturing

     48.8         49.0         10.81

Consumer products

     38.1         38.4         8.47

Energy / utilities

     32.4         32.8         7.25

Media, entertainment and leisure

     24.6         29.1         6.42

Restaurants

     20.8         20.8         4.60

Aerospace & defense

     4.2         4.4         0.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 645.9       $ 648.9         143.26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

Investment Activity

The following is a summary of our investment activity, presented on a cost basis, for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions).

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
         2014             2013      

New portfolio investments

   $ 91.7      $ 55.7   

Existing portfolio investments

    

Follow-on investments

     32.1        —    

Delayed draw and revolver investments

     1.8        0.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total existing portfolio investments

     33.9        0.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio investment activity

   $ 125.6      $ 56.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of new portfolio investments

     7        5   

Number of existing portfolio investments

     5        1   

First lien secured debt

   $ 67.5      $ 12.5   

Second lien debt

     47.2        7.9   

Subordinated debt

     8.3        20.0   

Investments in funds

     0.8        —    

Equity investments

     1.8        —    

CLO residual interests

     —         16.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio investments

   $ 125.6      $ 56.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average yield of new debt investments

     10.6     13.4

Weighted average yield, including all new income-producing investments

     10.6     13.4

 

52


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the proceeds received from prepayments and sales of our investments (in millions).

 

     Three months ended March 31,  

Investment

       2014              2013      

20-20 Technologies Inc.

   $ 3.2       $ 0.1   

Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.

     0.5         —     

AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC

     —           0.3   

Copperweld Bimetallics LLC

     0.2         —     

CRS Reprocessing, LLC

     1.1         0.5   

Cydcor LLC

     0.3         0.4   

Embarcadero Technologies, Inc. (a)

     0.1         3.1   

Gold, Inc. (a)

     —           17.8   

Harrison Gypsum, LLC

     0.3         0.3   

Hart InterCivic, Inc.

     —           0.8   

HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.

     0.1         0.1   

Hostway Corporation

     0.1         —     

Ingenio Acquisition, LLC

     0.4         —     

Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC

     0.9         —     

LCP Capital Fund LLC

     8.4         —     

Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.

     —           0.8   

Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.

     1.5         —     

Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.

     0.3         —     

SeaStar Solutions (f.k.a. Marine Acquisition Corp)

     16.8         —     

Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd

     0.2         —     

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

     4.9         —     

YP Intermediate Holdings Corp.

     —           1.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (b)

   $ 39.3       $ 25.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Proceeds received for the three months period ended March 31, 2013 in connection with the sale of investments to Greenway II and co-investors.
(b) For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, proceeds included $0.3 million and $0 million, respectively, of prepayment premiums.

Our level of investment activity can vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make.

The decrease in weighted average yield of new investments is related primarily to an increase in first and second lien investments.

For both the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we had one unsponsored investment transaction.

Investment Risk

The value of our investments will generally fluctuate with, among other things, changes in prevailing interest rates, federal tax rates, counterparty risk, general economic conditions, the condition of certain financial markets, developments or trends in any particular industry and the financial condition of the issuer. During periods of limited liquidity and higher price volatility, our ability to dispose of investments at a price and time that we deem advantageous may be impaired.

 

53


Table of Contents

Lower-quality debt securities involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the credit quality of the issuer. The value of lower-quality debt securities often fluctuates in response to company, political, or economic developments and can decline significantly over short periods of time or during periods of general or regional economic difficulty. Lower-quality debt securities can be thinly traded or have restrictions on resale, making them difficult to sell at an acceptable price. The default rate for lower-quality debt securities is likely to be higher during economic recessions or periods of high interest rates.

Managed Funds

The Advisor and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, the Advisor may serve as investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds, and presently serves as an investment adviser to a collateralized loan obligation (CLO), THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF). In addition, our officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds. The Advisor and its affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, the Advisor or its affiliates may determine that we should invest side-by-side with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with the Advisor’s allocation procedures.

We do not have the ability to redeem our investment in funds but distributions are expected to be received as the underlying investments are expected to be liquidated at the dissolution of the funds, which is anticipated to be between 2014 and 2021.

Greenway

On January 14, 2011, THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Greenway is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway operates under a limited liability agreement dated January 19, 2011, or the Agreement. Greenway will continue in existence until January 14, 2021, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. Greenway had a two year investment period.

Greenway has $150 million of capital committed by affiliates of a single institutional investor, and is managed by the Company. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway is $0.02 million. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, all of the capital had been called by Greenway. Our nominal investment in Greenway is reflected in the March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 Consolidated Schedules of Investments. As of March 31, 2014, distributions representing 85.5% of the committed capital of the investor have been made from Greenway. Distributions from Greenway, including return of capital and earnings, to its members from inception through March 31, 2014 totaled $128.3 million.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company earned $0.2 million and $0.5 million in fees related to Greenway, respectively, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.3 million and $0.2 million of fees related to Greenway, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

 

54


Table of Contents

Greenway invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

Greenway II

On January 31, 2013, THL Credit Greenway Fund II, LLC, or Greenway II LLC, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company and is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway II LLC is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway II LLC operates under a limited liability agreement dated February 11, 2013, as amended, or the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC will continue in existence for eight years from the final closing date, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC has a two year investment period.

As contemplated in the Greenway II LLC Agreement, we have established a related investment vehicle and entered into an investment management agreement with an account set up by an unaffiliated third party investor to invest alongside Greenway II LLC pursuant to similar economic terms. The account is also managed by the Company. References to “Greenway II” herein include Greenway II LLC and the account of the related investment vehicle. Greenway II has $186.5 million of commitments primarily from institutional investors. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway II is $0.005 million. Our nominal investment in Greenway II LLC is reflected in the March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 Consolidated Schedules of Investments. Greenway II LLC is managed by the Company. Distributions from Greenway II to its members, including return of capital and earnings, from inception through March 31, 2014 totaled $5.4 million.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway II is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we earned $0.5 million and $0.02 million, respectively, in fees related to Greenway II, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of fees related to Greenway II were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company sold a portion of its investments in two portfolio companies at fair value, for total proceeds of $6.6 million, to Greenway II. There were no transfers to Greenway II for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Fair value was determined in accordance with the Company’s valuation policies.

Other deferred costs consist of placement agent expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of partnership interests in Greenway II. These costs are capitalized when commitments close and are recognized as an expense over the period when the Company expects to collect management fees from Greenway II. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we recognized $0.1 million and $0 million, respectively, in expenses related to placement agent expenses, which are included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively, were included in other deferred costs on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway II invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway II and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

 

55


Table of Contents

Investment in Funds

LCP Capital Fund LLC

We have invested in a membership interest of LCP Capital Fund LLC, or LCP, a private investment company that was organized to participate in investment opportunities that arise when a special purpose entity, or SPE, or sponsor thereof, needs to raise capital to achieve ratings, regulatory, accounting, tax, or other objectives. LCP is a closed vehicle which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. LCP is managed by an unaffiliated third party. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had contributed $12.0 million of capital in the form of membership interests in LCP, which is invested in an underlying SPE referred to as Series 2005-01. On May 1, 2012, we received $3.6 million in connection with a reduction in its commitment pursuant to the governing documents, which is related to the notional amount of the underlying credit default swaps.

Our contributed capital in LCP is maintained in a collateral account held by a third-party custodian, who is neither affiliated with us nor with LCP, and acts as collateral on certain credit default swaps for the Series 2005-01 for which LCP receives fixed premium payments throughout the year, adjusted for expenses incurred by LCP. The SPE purchases assets on a non-recourse basis and LCP agrees to reimburse the SPE up to a specified amount for potential losses. LCP holds the contributed cash invested for an SPE transaction in a segregated account that secures the payment obligation of LCP. We expected that Series 2005-01 would terminate on February 15, 2015 but, on February 3, 2014, LCP was liquidated pursuant to the terms of its governing documents and we received proceeds of $8.4 million, representing the remaining value of our interest.

CLO Residual Interests

As of March 31, 2014, we had investments, at amortized cost, of $36.4 million in the CLO residual interests, or subordinated notes, which can also be structured as income notes, of five CLOs. These subordinated notes are subordinated to the secured notes issued in connection with each CLO. The secured notes in each structure are collateralized by portfolios consisting primarily of broadly syndicated senior secured bank loans. The following table shows a summary of our investments in CLO residual interests (in millions):

 

Issuer

 

Security Description

  Ownership
Interest
    Total CLO
Amount at

Initial Par
    THL Credit
Residual
Amount at
Amortized
Cost
    THL Credit
Residual
Amount at
Fair Value
 

Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.

  Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest     18.7   $ 517.0      $ 8.7      $ 9.0   

Dryden CLO, Ltd.

  Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest     23.1     516.4        9.2        9.4   

Flagship VII, Ltd.

  Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest     12.6     441.8        4.4        4.4   

Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.

  Income Notes, Residual Interest     17.7     625.9        8.2        8.6   

Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd

  Income Notes, Residual Interest     10.4     724.5        5.9        6.1   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total CLO Residual Interests

        $ 36.4      $ 37.5   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

The subordinated notes and income notes do not have a stated rate of interest, but are entitled to receive distributions on quarterly payment dates subject to the priority of payments to secured note holders in the structures if and to the extent funds are available for such purpose. The payments on the subordinated notes and income notes are subordinated not only to the interest and principal claims of all secured notes issued, but to certain administrative expenses, taxes, and the base and subordinated fees paid to the collateral manager. Payments to the subordinated notes and income notes may vary significantly quarter to quarter for a variety of reasons and may be subject to 100% loss. Investments in subordinated notes and income notes, due to the structure of the CLO, can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices, interest rates and other risks associated with the assets.

 

56


Table of Contents

Investment in Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights

In June 2012, we invested in a TRA that entitles us to certain payment rights, or TRA Payment Rights, from Duff & Phelps Corporation, or Duff & Phelps. The TRA transfers the economic value of certain tax deductions, or tax benefits, taken by Duff & Phelps to us and entitles us to a stream of payments to be received. The TRA payment right is, in effect, a subordinated claim on the issuing company which can be valued based on the credit risk of the issuer, which includes projected future earnings, the liquidity of the underlying payment right, risk of tax law changes, the effective tax rate and any other factors which might impact the value of the payment right.

Through the TRA, we are entitled to receive an annual tax benefit payment based upon 85% of the savings from certain deductions along with interest. The payments that we are entitled to receive result from cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that Duff & Phelps realizes (i) from the tax savings derived from the goodwill and other intangibles created in connection with the Duff & Phelps initial public offering and (ii) from other income tax deductions. These tax benefit payments will continue until the relevant deductions are fully utilized, which is projected to be 16 years. Pursuant to the TRA, we maintain the right to enforce Duff & Phelps payment obligations as a transferee of the TRA contract. If Duff & Phelps chooses to pre-pay and terminate the TRA, we will be entitled to the present value of the expected future TRA payments. If Duff & Phelps breaches any material obligation then all obligations are accelerated and calculated as if an early termination occurred. Failure to make a payment is a breach of a material obligation if the failure occurs for more than three months.

The projected annual tax benefit payment is accrued on a quarterly basis and paid annually. The payment is allocated between a reduction in the cost basis of the investment and interest income based upon an amortization schedule. Based upon the characteristics of the investment, we have chosen to categorize the investment in the TRA payment rights as an investment in payment rights.

Asset Quality

We view active portfolio monitoring as a vital part of our investment process. We consider board observation rights, regular dialogue with company management and sponsors, and detailed internally generated monitoring reports to be critical to our performance. We have developed a monitoring template that promotes compliance with these standards and that is used as a tool by the Advisor’s investment committee to assess investment performance relative to plan. In addition, our portfolio companies may rely on us to provide financial and capital market expertise and may view us as a value-added resource.

As part of the monitoring process, the Advisor assesses the risk profile of each of our investments and assigns each investment a score of a 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5

The investment performance scores, or IPS, are as follows:

1 – The portfolio company is performing above our underwriting expectations.

2 – The portfolio company is performing as expected at the time of underwriting. All new investments are initially scored a 2.

3 – The portfolio company is operating below our underwriting expectations, and requires closer monitoring. The company may be out of compliance with financial covenants, however, principal or interest payments are generally not past due.

 

57


Table of Contents

4 – The portfolio company is performing materially below our underwriting expectations and returns on our investment are likely to be impaired. Principal or interest payments may be past due, however, full recovery of principal and interest payments are expected.

5 – The portfolio company is performing substantially below expectations and the risk of the investment has increased substantially. The company is in payment default and the principal and interest payments are not expected to be repaid in full.

For any investment receiving a score of a 3 or lower, our manager increases its level of focus and prepares regular updates for the investment committee summarizing current operating results, material impending events and recommended actions. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had assigned an investment score of 4 or 5 to three portfolio companies.

The Advisor monitors and, when appropriate, changes the investment scores assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with our investment valuation process, the Advisor and board of directors review these investment scores on a quarterly basis. Our average investment score was 2.14 and 2.13 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The following is a distribution of the investment scores of our portfolio companies at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in millions):

 

     March 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Investment Score

   Fair Value      % of Total
Portfolio
    Fair Value      % of Total
Portfolio
 

1 (a)

   $ 49.1         6.6   $ 58.9         9.1

2 (b)

     581.5         78.7     484.5         74.7

3 (c)

     77.1         10.4     72.9         11.2

4 (d)

     16.8         2.3     32.6         5.0

5 (e)

     14.5         2.0     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 739.0         100.00   $ 648.9         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “1” included no loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.
(b) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “2” included $72.6 million and $62.4 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.
(c) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “3” included $14.5 million and $14.5 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.
(d) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “4” included $10.2 million and $10.2 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.
(e) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “5” included no loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, we may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of March 31, 2014, we had three loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $39.4 million and fair value of $31.4 million. We record the reversal of any previously accrued income against the same income category reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we reversed previously accrued and unpaid interest income against interest income recognized during the quarter totaling $1.4 million, in connection with the investment going on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2013, we had two loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $21.0 million and fair value of $16.8 million.

 

58


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The principal measure of our financial performance is net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations, which includes net investment income (loss), net realized gain (loss), net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation), interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net, and provisions for income taxes. Net investment income (loss) is the difference between our income from interest, dividends, fees and other investment income and our operating expenses. Net realized gain (loss) on investments is the difference between the proceeds received from dispositions of portfolio investments and their amortized cost. Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments is the net change in the fair value of our investment portfolio. Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative is the net change in the fair value of the interest rate derivative agreement. Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net are the difference between the proceeds received or the amounts paid on the interest rate derivative.

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

Investment Income

We generate revenues primarily in the form of interest on the debt and other income-producing securities we hold. Other income-producing securities include investments in funds, investment in payment rights and notional interest, or equity, of collateralized loan obligation, or CLO, residual interests. Our investments in fixed income instruments generally have an expected maturity of five to seven years, and typically bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on our debt securities is generally payable quarterly. Payments of principal of our debt investments may be amortized over the stated term of the investment, deferred for several years or due entirely at maturity. In some cases, our debt instruments and preferred stock investments may defer payments of dividends or pay interest in-kind, or PIK. Any outstanding principal amount of our debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. The level of interest income we receive is directly related to the balance of interest-bearing investments multiplied by the weighted average yield of our investments. In addition to interest income, we may receive dividends and other distributions related to our equity investments. We may also generate revenue in the form of fees from the management of Greenway and Greenway II, prepayment premiums, commitment, loan origination, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance and consulting fees.

The following shows the breakdown of investment income for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
         2014              2013      

Interest income on debt securities

     

Cash interest

   $ 14.0       $ 11.2   

PIK interest

     0.5         1.1   

Prepayment premiums

     0.3         —     

Accretion of discounts and other fees

     1.1         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest on debt securities

     15.9         12.7   

Dividend income

     2.1         —     

Interest income on other income-producing securities

     1.7         1.2   

Fees related to Greenway and Greenway II

     0.8         0.5   

Other income

     0.4         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20.9       $ 14.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increases in investment income from the respective periods were primarily due to the growth in the overall investment portfolio, dividends received from our equity investments, and fees related to our managed funds.

 

59


Table of Contents

The following shows a rollforward of PIK income activity for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

 

     Three months ended
March 31, 2014
     Three months ended
March 31, 2013
 

Accumulated PIK balance, beginning of period

   $ 6.1       $ 5.8   

PIK income capitalized/receivable

     0.5         1.1   

PIK received in cash from repayments

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated PIK balance, end of period

   $ 6.6       $ 6.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In certain investment transactions, we may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned. We had no income from advisory services related to portfolio companies for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of base management fees, an incentive fee, and expenses reimbursable under the investment management agreement and the allocable portion of overhead under the administration and investment management agreements (“administrator expenses”). The base management fee compensates the Advisor for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. Our investment management agreement and administration agreement provides that we will reimburse the Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for facilities, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by the Advisor of its duties under the agreements, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to us. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions.

The following shows the breakdown of expenses for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
         2014              2013      

Expenses

     

Incentive fees (a)

   $ 2.7       $ 2.3   

Base management fees

     2.5         1.5   

Administrator expenses

     0.9         0.9   

Credit facility interest and fees (b)

     2.4         1.6   

Other expenses

     1.1         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses before taxes

     9.6         7.0   

Income tax provision and excise tax (c)

     0.6         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses after taxes

   $ 10.2       $ 7.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, incentive fees include the effect of the GAAP Incentive Fee amounts, which are currently not payable under the Investment Management Agreement, in the amount of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The GAAP Incentive Fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments. There can be no assurance that such amounts of unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such GAAP Incentive Fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the Investment Management Agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent quarters.

 

60


Table of Contents
(b) Interest, fees and amortization of deferred financing costs related to our Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility.
(c) Amounts include the income taxes related to earnings by our consolidated wholly-owned tax blocker corporations established to hold equity or equity-like portfolio company investments organized as pass-through entities and excise taxes related to our undistributed earnings.

The increase in operating expenses for the respective periods was due primarily to the increase in base management and incentive fees related to the growth of the portfolio, credit facility expenses, which was a result of an increase in the credit facility commitments and usage, and taxes related to dividends and earnings on equity investments held in the tax blocker corporations.

We expect certain of our operating expenses, including administrator expenses, professional fees and other general and administrative expenses to decline as a percentage of our total assets during periods of growth and increase as a percentage of our total assets during periods of asset declines.

Net Investment Income

Net investment income was $10.7 million, or $0.32 per common share based on a weighted average of 33,905,202 common shares outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to $7.4 million, or $0.28 per common share based on a weighted average of 26,315,202 common shares outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The increase in net investment income is primarily attributable to the growth in the portfolio, increase in fees related to our managed funds and dividend income received from our equity investments.

Net Realized Gains and Losses on Investments

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized.

We recognized net realized gains on our portfolio investments of $0.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, related primarily to a gain of $0.8 million from distributions from Surgery Center Holdings, Inc., or Surgery, less a realized loss of $0.5 million recognized from the sale of our equity holdings in Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recognized a current tax provision related to realized gains in connection with an adjustment to tax estimates of $0.3 million. We did not recognize any net realized gains or tax provisions related to realized gains during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation of Investments

Net change in unrealized appreciation primarily reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

 

61


Table of Contents

The following shows the breakdown in the changes in unrealized appreciation of investments for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

 

     Three months ended March 31,  
         2014             2013      

Gross unrealized appreciation on investments

   $ 4.9      $ 2.8   

Gross unrealized depreciation on investments

     (5.3     (1.1

Reversal of prior period net unrealized appreciation upon a realization

     (0.2     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (0.6   $ 1.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net change in unrealized appreciation on our investments was driven primarily by changes in the capital market conditions, financial performance of certain portfolio companies, and the reversal of unrealized appreciation of investments repaid.

Provision for Taxes on Unrealized Gain on Investments

Certain consolidated subsidiaries of ours are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated with the Company for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized a benefit (provision) for tax on unrealized gain of $1.0 million and ($0.5) million for consolidated subsidiaries, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $1.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating primarily to deferred tax on unrealized gain on investments. The decrease in provision for tax on unrealized gain relates primarily to changes to the unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of the investments held in these taxable consolidated subsidiaries as well as the change in the 2013 estimates received from certain portfolio companies.

Realized and Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) of Interest Rate Derivative

The interest rate derivative was entered into on May 10, 2012. Unrealized depreciation reflects the value of the interest rate derivative agreement at the end of the reporting period. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the net change of unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative totaled $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which is listed under net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivatives in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The changes were due to capital market changes impacting swap rates.

We measure realized gains or losses on the interest rate derivative based upon the difference between the proceeds received or the amount paid on the interest rate derivative. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we realized a loss of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled $11.0 million, or $0.32 per common share based on a weighted average of 33,905,202 common shares for the three months ended March 31, 2014 as compared to $8.6 million, or $0.33 per common share based on a weighted average of 26,315,202 common shares outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The increase in net assets resulting from operations is due to the continued growth in net investment income, which is a result of growing our portfolio, dividends and realized gains from equity investments and unrealized appreciation on investments, including the benefit for taxes on unrealized gain on investments.

 

62


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Investment Income

We generate revenues primarily in the form of interest on the debt and other income-producing securities we hold. Other income-producing securities include investments in funds, investment in payment rights and residual interests, or equity, of collateralized loan obligation, or CLO, residual interests. Our investments in fixed income instruments generally have an expected maturity of five to seven years, and typically bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on our debt securities is generally payable quarterly. Payments of principal of our debt investments may be amortized over the stated term of the investment, deferred for several years or due entirely at maturity. In some cases, our debt instruments and preferred stock investments may defer payments of dividends or pay interest in-kind, or PIK. Any outstanding principal amount of our debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. The level of interest income we receive is directly related to the balance of interest-bearing investments multiplied by the weighted average yield of our investments. In addition to interest income, we may receive dividends and other distributions related to our equity investments. We may also generate revenue in the form of fees from the management of Greenway and Greenway II, prepayment premiums, commitment, loan origination, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance and consulting fees.

The following shows the breakdown of investment income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  

Interest income on debt securities

        

Cash interest

   $ 51.7       $ 36.7       $ 26.9   

Interest earned from bank accounts

     —           —           0.1   

PIK interest

     3.2         4.1         2.6   

Prepayment premiums

     1.3         2.6         1.1   

Accretion of discounts and other fees

     4.1         3.6         2.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest on debt securities

     60.3         47.0         32.8   

Dividend income

     4.1         0.4         0.3   

Interest income on other income-producing securities

     6.5         2.8         2.1   

Fees related to Greenway and Greenway II

     3.0         2.6         1.8   

Other income

     0.8         0.3         0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total    $ 74.7       $ 53.1       $ 37.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increases in investment income from the respective periods were primarily due to the growth in the overall investment portfolio and dividends received from our equity investments in YP Equity Investors, LLC, or YP, and Surgery Center Holdings, Inc., or Surgery and Greenway II fees.

The following shows a rollforward of PIK income activity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

 

Accumulated PIK balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 0.9   

PIK income capitalized/receivable

     2.6   
  

 

 

 

Accumulated PIK balance at December 31, 2011

     3.5   

PIK income capitalized/receivable

     4.1   

PIK received in cash from repayments

     (1.8
  

 

 

 

Accumulated PIK balance at December 31, 2012

     5.8   

PIK income capitalized/receivable

     3.2   

PIK received in cash from repayments

     (2.9
  

 

 

 

Accumulated PIK balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 6.1   
  

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

In certain investment transactions, we may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned. We had no income from advisory services related to portfolio companies for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of base management fees, an incentive fee, and expenses reimbursable under the investment management agreement and the allocable portion of overhead under the administration and investment management agreements (“administrator expenses”). The base management fee compensates the Advisor for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. Our investment management agreement and administration agreement provides that we will reimburse the Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for facilities, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by the Advisor of its duties under the agreements, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to us. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions.

The following shows the breakdown of expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  

Expenses

        

Incentive fees (a)

   $ 10.7       $ 7.0       $ 4.8   

Base management fees

     7.5         4.9         4.0   

Administrator expenses

     3.6         3.2         2.9   

Credit facility interest and fees

     7.1         4.1         1.7   

Other expenses

     3.9         3.1         3.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses before taxes

     32.8         22.3         16.4   

Income tax provision and excise tax

     0.5         0.6         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses after taxes

   $ 33.3       $ 22.9       $ 16.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, incentive fees include the effect of the GAAP incentive fee amounts of $0.3 million, ($0.5) million and $0.8 million, respectively. There can be no assurance that such change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) will be realized in the future.

The increase in operating expenses for the respective periods was due primarily to the increase in base management fees and incentive fees, which was the result of growing the size of our portfolio and resultant performance and credit facility expenses, which was a result of an increase in the credit facility commitments and usage.

We expect certain of our operating expenses, including administrator expenses, professional fees and other general and administrative expenses to decline as a percentage of our total assets during periods of growth and increase as a percentage of our total assets during periods of asset declines.

Net Investment Income

Net investment income was $41.4 million, or $1.37 per common share based on a weighted average of 30,286,955 common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $30.2 million, or $1.38 per common share based on a weighted average of 21,852,197 common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $21.0 million, or $1.04 per common share based on a weighted average of 20,167,092 common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

64


Table of Contents

The increase in net investment income is primarily attributable to the growth in the portfolio, increase in fees related to our managed funds, and dividend income received from our equity investments in YP.

Net Realized Gains and Losses on Investments

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized.

We recognized net realized gains on our portfolio investments of $2.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, related primarily to the proceeds received from YP and Surgery.

We recognized realized gains on our portfolio investments during years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $0.4 million, primarily related to the sale of investments in broadly secured first lien term loans, and $1.0 million related to the sale of our equity ownership in one investment, respectively.

Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation of Investments

Net change in unrealized appreciation primarily reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

The following shows the breakdown in the changes in unrealized appreciation of investments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Gross unrealized appreciation on investments

   $ 9.1      $ 4.5      $ 5.1   

Gross unrealized depreciation on investments

     (8.8     (2.8     (1.2

Reversal of prior period net unrealized appreciation upon a realization

     —          (2.9     (1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.3      $ (1.2   $ 2.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The change in unrealized appreciation on our investments was driven primarily by changes in the capital market conditions, financial performance of certain portfolio companies, and the reversal of unrealized appreciation of investments repaid or recapitalized.

Provision for Taxes on Unrealized Appreciation on Investments

Certain consolidated subsidiaries of ours are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated with the Company for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized a provision for tax on unrealized gain of $2.0 million and $0.5 million for consolidated subsidiaries, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, the Company did not recognize a provision for tax on unrealized gain. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $2.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to deferred tax on unrealized gain on investments. The increase in provision for tax on unrealized gain relates primarily to the tax characteristics of the proceeds received from YP in June 2013 as well as changes to the unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of the investments held in these taxable consolidated subsidiaries.

 

65


Table of Contents

Realized and Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) of Interest Rate Derivative

The interest rate derivative was entered into on May 10, 2012. Unrealized depreciation reflects the value of the interest rate derivative agreement at the end of the reporting period. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the net change of unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative totaled $0.8 million and ($1.1) million, respectively, which is listed under net change in unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivatives in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The changes were due to capital market changes impacting swap rates.

We measure realized gains or losses on the interest rate derivative based upon the difference between the proceeds received or the amount paid on the interest rate derivative. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we realized a loss of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled $42.7 million, or $1.41 per common share based on a weighted average of 30,286,955 common shares for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $27.6 million, or $1.26 per common share based on a weighted average of 21,852,197 common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $24.1 million, or $1.20 per common share based on a weighted average of 20,167,092 common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The increase in net assets resulting from operations is due to the continued growth in net investment income, which is a result of growing our portfolio, dividends and realized gains from Surgery and YP, provision for taxes on unrealized gain on investments as well as changes in the unrealized value of our interest rate derivative.

Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources

Cash Flows from Operating and Financing Activities

Our liquidity and capital resources are derived from our credit facilities, equity raises and cash flows from operations, including investment sales and repayments, and investment income earned. Our primary use of funds from operations includes investments in portfolio companies, payment of dividends to the holders of our common stock and payments of fees and other operating expenses we incur. We have used, and expect to continue to use, our borrowings and the proceeds from the turnover in our portfolio and from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment objectives, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

We may raise additional equity or debt capital through both registered offerings off our shelf registration statement and private offerings of securities, by securitizing a portion of our investments or borrowings. To the extent we determine to raise additional equity through an offering of our common stock at a price below net asset value, existing investors will experience dilution. During our 2014 Annual Stockholder Meeting held on June 3, 2014, our stockholders authorized us, with the approval of our Board of Directors, to sell up to 25% of our outstanding common stock at a price below our then current net asset value per share and to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that will not be less than the fair market value per share but may be below the then current net asset value per share. There can be no assurance that these capital resources will be available.

We borrowed $122.6 million under our Revolving Facility for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and repaid $21.5 million on our Revolving Facility from proceeds received from investment income. We borrowed $87.7 million under our Revolving Facility and $20.0 million under our Term Loan Facility for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and repaid $67.9 million on our Revolving Facility from proceeds received from the Term Loan Facility and investment income.

 

66


Table of Contents

Our operating activities used cash of $83.4 million and $33.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, primarily in connection with the purchase and sales of portfolio investments. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, our financing activities provided cash of $101.1 million from our net borrowings and used $11.5 million for distributions to stockholders. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our financing activities provided cash of $39.9 million from net borrowings and used cash of $8.7 million for distributions to stockholders and $1.3 million for the payment of financing and offering costs.

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had cash of $14.0 million and $7.8 million, respectively. We had no cash equivalents as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

We believe cash balances, our Revolving Facility capacity and any proceeds generated from the sale or pay down of investments provides us with ample liquidity to acquit our pipeline for the coming quarters.

Credit Facility

There is $232.0 million available to borrow under our revolving credit agreement, or Revolving Facility, and $93.0 million available to borrow under our term loan agreement, or Term Loan Facility.

The Revolving Facility has a maturity date of May 2017 (with a one year term out period beginning in May 2016). The one year term out period is the one year anniversary between the revolver termination date, or the end of the availability period, and the maturity date. During this time, we are required to make mandatory prepayments on our loans from the proceeds we receive from the sale of assets, extraordinary receipts, returns of capital or the issuances of equity or debt. The Revolving Facility has an the interest rate of (i) when the facility is more than or equal to 35% drawn and the step-down condition is satisfied, LIBOR plus 2.75%, (ii) when the facility is more than or equal to 35% drawn and the step-down condition is not satisfied, LIBOR plus 3.00%, (iii) when the facility is less than 35% drawn and the step-down condition is satisfied, LIBOR plus 2.75%, and (iv) when the facility is less than 35% drawn and the step-down condition is not satisfied, LIBOR plus 3.25%. The non-use fee is 1.00% annually if we use 35% or less of the Revolving Facility and 0.50% annually if we use more than 35% of the Revolving Facility. We elect the LIBOR rate on the loans outstanding on our Revolving Facility, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or six months.

The Term Loan Facility has a maturity date of May 2018. The Term Loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 4.00% (with no LIBOR Floor) and has substantially similar terms to our existing Revolving Facility. We elect the LIBOR rate on our Term Loan, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or six months. The LIBOR rate on our Term Loan currently has a one month maturity.

Each of the Facilities includes an accordion feature permitting us to expand the Facilities, if certain conditions are satisfied; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of the Facilities, collectively, is capped at $400.0 million. The Facilities generally require payment of interest on a quarterly basis for ABR loans (commonly based on the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate), and at the end of the applicable interest period for Eurocurrency loans bearing interest at LIBOR, the interest rate benchmark used to determine the variable rates paid on the Facilities. LIBOR maturities can range between one and six months at the election of the Company. All outstanding principal is due upon each maturity date. The Facilities also require a mandatory prepayment of interest and principal upon certain customary triggering events (including, without limitation, the disposition of assets or the issuance of certain securities).

Borrowings under the Facilities are subject to, among other things, a minimum borrowing/collateral base. The Facilities have certain collateral requirements and/or financial covenants, including covenants related to: (a) limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, (b) limitations on certain investments, (c) limitations on certain restricted payments, (d) limitations on the creation or existence of agreements that prohibit liens on certain properties of ours and our subsidiaries, and (e) compliance with certain financial maintenance standards including (i) minimum stockholders’ equity, (ii) a ratio of total assets (less total liabilities

 

67


Table of Contents

not represented by senior securities) to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness, of us and our subsidiaries, of not less than 2.25:1.0, (iii) minimum liquidity, (iv) minimum net worth, and (v) a consolidated interest coverage ratio. In addition to the financial maintenance standards, described in the preceding sentence, borrowings under the Facilities (and the incurrence of certain other permitted debt) are subject to compliance with a borrowing base that applies different advance rates to different types of assets in our portfolio.

The Facilities’ documents also include default provisions such as the failure to make timely payments under the Facilities, the occurrence of a change in control, and the failure by us to materially perform under the operative agreements governing the Facilities, which, if not complied with, could, at the option of the lenders under the Facilities, accelerate repayment under the Facilities, thereby materially and adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Each loan originated under the Revolving Facility is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. We cannot be assured that we will be able to borrow funds under the Revolving Facility at any particular time or at all. We are currently in compliance with all financial covenants under the Facilities.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we borrowed $122.6 million and repaid $21.5 million under the Facilities. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we borrowed $107.7 million and repaid $67.9 million under the Facilities.

The following shows a summary of our Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility as of March 31, 2014 and December 2013 (in millions):

 

As of March 31, 2014                     

Facility

   Commitments      Borrowings
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
 

Revolving Facility

   $ 232.0       $ 212.4         3.45

Term Loan Facility

     93.0         93.0         4.15
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 325.0       $ 305.4         3.66
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
As of December 31, 2013                     

Facility

   Commitments      Borrowings
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
 

Revolving Facility

   $ 232.0       $ 111.3         3.19

Term Loan Facility

     93.0         93.0         4.17
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 325.0       $ 204.3         3.63
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair values of our Facilities are determined in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value in terms of the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The fair value of our Facilities are estimated based upon market interest rates and entities with similar credit risk. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Facilities would be deemed to be level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Interest expense and related fees, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, of $2.1 million and $1.1 million were incurred in connection with the Facilities during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. The asset coverage as of March 31, 2014 is in excess of 200%. See “Recent Developments” for a discussion of recent amendments to the Facilities.

 

68


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Derivative

On May 10, 2012, we entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement, or swap agreement, with ING Capital Markets, LLC in connection with its Term Loan Facility. Under the swap agreement, with a notional value of $50 million, we pay a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receive a floating rate based upon the current three-month LIBOR rate. We entered into the swap agreement to manage interest rate risk and not for speculative purposes.

We record the change in valuation of the swap agreement in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) as of each measurement period. When the quarterly swap amounts are paid or received under the swap agreement, the amounts are recorded as a realized gain (loss) as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we recognized $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of realized loss from the swap agreement, which is reflected as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we recognized $0.1 million and $0.1 million of net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from the swap agreement, respectively, which is listed under net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, our fair value of the swap agreement is $(0.2) million and $(0.3) million, respectively, which is listed as an interest rate derivative liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, we, or the Advisor, may become party to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings related to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Neither we, nor the Advisor, are currently subject to any material legal proceedings. There is a risk that some or all of the $1.8 million escrow receivable as of March 31, 2014 may not ultimately be collectible.

Unfunded commitments to provide funds to portfolio companies are not reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. Our unfunded commitments may be significant from time to time. These commitments will be subject to the same underwriting and ongoing portfolio maintenance as are the on-balance sheet financial instruments that we hold. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We intend to use cash flow from normal and early principal repayments and proceeds from borrowings and offerings to fund these commitments.

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we have the following unfunded commitments to portfolio companies (in millions):

 

     As of  
     March 31, 2014      December 31, 2013  

Unfunded revolving commitments

   $ 13.7       $ 9.2   

Unfunded delayed draw facilities

     9.5         9.5   

Unfunded commitments to investments in funds

     3.1         4.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unfunded commitments

   $ 26.3       $ 22.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Dividends

We have elected to be taxed as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain our status as a regulated investment company, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income. To avoid a 4% excise tax on undistributed earnings, we are required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of our net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax. We intend to make distributions to stockholders on a quarterly basis of substantially all of our net investment income. Although we intend to make distributions of net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually, out of assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment. In addition, the extent and timing of special dividends, if any, will be determined by our board of directors and will largely be driven by portfolio specific events and tax considerations at the time.

In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the BDC asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

The following table summarizes our dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares, including dividends reinvested, if any:

 

Date Declared

   Record Date    Payment Date    Amount Per Share  

August 5, 2010

   September 2, 2010    September 30, 2010    $ 0.05   

November 4, 2010

   November 30, 2010    December 28, 2010    $ 0.10   

December 14, 2010

   December 31, 2010    January 28, 2011    $ 0.15   

March 10, 2011

   March 25, 2011    March 31, 2011    $ 0.23   

May 5, 2011

   June 15, 2011    June 30, 2011    $ 0.25   

July 28, 2011

   September 15, 2011    September 30, 2011    $ 0.26   

October 27, 2011

   December 15, 2011    December 30, 2011    $ 0.28   

March 6, 2012

   March 20, 2012    March 30, 2012    $ 0.29   

March 6, 2012

   March 20, 2012    March 30, 2012    $ 0.05   

May 2, 2012

   June 15, 2012    June 29, 2012    $ 0.30   

July 26, 2012

   September 14, 2012    September 28, 2012    $ 0.32   

November 2, 2012

   December 14, 2012    December 28, 2012    $ 0.33   

December 20, 2012

   December 31, 2012    January 28, 2013    $ 0.05   

February 27, 2013

   March 15, 2013    March 29, 2013    $ 0.33   

May 2, 2013

   June 14, 2013    June 28, 2013    $ 0.34   

August 2, 2013

   September 16, 2013    September 30, 2013    $ 0.34   

August 2, 2013

   September 16, 2013    September 30, 2013    $ 0.08   

October 30, 2013

   December 16, 2013    March 31, 2014    $ 0.34   

March 4, 2014

   March 17, 2014    March 31, 2014    $ 0.34   

May 7, 2014

   June 16, 2014    June 30, 2014    $ 0.34   

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of our status as a regulated investment company. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions at a particular level. We maintain an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, unless stockholders specifically elect to have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, stockholders will receive all such dividends in cash. Under the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan, dividends will primarily be paid in newly issued shares of common stock. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the plan. This feature of the plan means that, under certain circumstances, we may issue shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which could cause our stockholders to experience dilution.

 

70


Table of Contents

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated profits and earnings would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions will be made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. Therefore, a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of our distributions for a full year. If the Company had determined the tax attributes of its 2014 distributions as of March 31, 2014, 80.2% would be from ordinary income, 19.8% would be from capital gains and 0% would be a return of capital. There can be no certainty to stockholders that this determination is representative of what the tax attributes of the Company’s 2014 distributions to stockholders will actually be. Each year, a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be mailed to our stockholders.

Contractual obligations

We have entered into a contract with the Advisor to provide investment advisory services. Payments for investment advisory services under the investment management agreement in future periods will be equal to (a) an annual base management fee of 1.5% of our gross assets and (b) an incentive fee based on our performance. In addition, under our administration agreement, the Advisor will be reimbursed for administrative services incurred on our behalf. See description below under Related Party Transactions.

The following table shows our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2014 (in millions):

 

     Payments due by period  

Contractual Obligations (1)

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1 – 3 years      3 – 5 years      After 5
years
 

Term Loan Facility

   $ 93.0         —          —        $ 93.0         —    

 

(1)  

Excludes commitments to extend credit to our portfolio companies.

We entered into an interest rate derivative to manage interest rate risk. We record the change in valuation of the swap agreement in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) as of each measurement period. When the quarterly interest rate swap amounts are paid or received under the swap agreement, the amounts are recorded as a realized gain (loss). Further discussion of the interest rate derivative is included in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 7 “Interest Rate Derivative” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”.

Off-Balance sheet arrangements

We currently have no off-balance sheet arrangements, including any risk management of commodity pricing or other hedging practices.

Related Party Transactions

Investment Management Agreement

On March 4, 2014, our investment management agreement with the Advisor was re-approved by our Board of Directors. Under the investment management agreement, the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to us.

The Advisor receives a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of our gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined as the value of our assets without deduction for any liabilities. The base management fee is calculated based on the value of our gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter.

 

71


Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred base management fees payable to the Advisor of $2.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on our preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under our administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which our preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of our preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of our preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred $2.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively, of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Advisor. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively of incentive fees incurred by us were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

 

72


Table of Contents

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated.

GAAP requires that the incentive fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments, such as an interest rate derivative, in the calculation, as an incentive fee would be payable if such realized gains and losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation were realized, even though such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the investment management agreement (“GAAP Incentive Fee”). There can be no assurance that such unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the investment management agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent periods.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to the GAAP Incentive Fee. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of GAAP Incentive Fees incurred by the Company are not currently payable until the end of each calendar year and the hurdle is met.

Administration Agreement

We have also entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor under which the Advisor will provide administrative services to us. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor performs, or oversees the performance of administrative services necessary for our operation, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Advisor assists in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. We will reimburse the Advisor for our allocable portion of the costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for overhead in performance by the Advisor of its duties under the administration agreement and the investment management agreement, including facilities, office equipment and our allocable portion of cost of compensation and related expenses of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided to us by the Advisor. Our board of directors reviews the allocation methodologies with respect to such expenses. Such costs are reflected as Administrator expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor provides, on our behalf, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. To the extent that our Advisor outsources any of its functions, the Company pays the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Advisor.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred administrator expenses of $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

License Agreement

We and the Advisor have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners under which THL Partners has granted to us and the Advisor a non-exclusive, personal, revocable worldwide non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL , which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in

 

73


Table of Contents

connection with our respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means we are not charged a fee for our use of the trade name and service mark THL . The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to us or the Advisor by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either us or the Advisor by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either us or the Advisor at our or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, we and the Advisor must cease to use the name and mark THL , including any use in our respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require us to withdraw or replace our names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, we and the Advisor have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. We are an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with us have no recourse against THL Partners.

Due to and from Affiliates

The Advisor paid certain other general and administrative expenses on our behalf. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.04 million and $0.01 million of expenses were included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

We act as the investment adviser to Greenway and Greenway II and are entitled to receive certain fees. As a result, Greenway and Greenway II are classified as an affiliate. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.8 million and $1.0 million of fees related to Greenway and Greenway II, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.5 million was included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities related to the portion of the escrow receivable, due to THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as the administrative agent, to Greenway.

Critical accounting policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, the Company’s significant accounting policies are further described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

As a BDC, we generally invest in illiquid securities including debt and equity investments of middle market companies. Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued using market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available or are not considered to be the best estimate of fair value are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio, it is expected that many of our portfolio investments’ values will be determined in good faith by our board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors in accordance with GAAP. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

 

74


Table of Contents

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

   

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Advisor;

 

   

to the extent determined by the audit committee of our board of directors, independent valuation firm engaged by us conduct independent appraisals and review the Advisor’s preliminary valuations in light of their own independent assessment;

 

   

the audit committee of our board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the Advisor and independent valuation firm and, if necessary, responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments; and

 

   

our board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor, the respective independent valuation firm and the audit committee.

The types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. We utilize an income approach to value our debt investments and a combination of income and market approaches to value our equity investments. With respect to unquoted securities, the Advisor and our board of directors, in consultation with our independent third party valuation firm, values each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors, which valuation is then approved by our board of directors. For debt investments, we determine the fair value primarily using an income, or yield, approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of interest and principal for the debt security, as set forth in the associated loan agreements, as well as the financial position and credit risk of each portfolio investments. Our estimate of the expected repayment date is generally the legal maturity date of the instrument. The yield analysis considers changes in leverage levels, credit quality, portfolio company performance and other factors.

We value our interest rate derivative agreement using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows associated with the interest rate derivative agreement. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flows methodology include the forward interest rate yield curves in effect as of the end of the measurement period and an evaluation of the counterparty’s credit risk.

We value our residual interest investments in collateralized loan obligations using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of our residual interest. The discounted cash flows model utilizes prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based on historical experience and projected performance, economic factors, the characteristics of the underlying cash flow, and comparable yields for similar collateralized loan obligation fund subordinated notes or equity, when available. Specifically, we use Intex cash flow models, or an appropriate substitute to form the basis for the valuation of our residual interest. The models use a set of assumptions including projected default rates, recovery rates, reinvestment rate and prepayment rates in order to arrive at estimated cash flows. The assumptions are based on available market data and projections provided by third parties as well as management estimates.

We value our investment in payment rights using an income approach that analyzes the discounted projected future cash flow streams assuming an appropriate discount rate, which will among other things consider other transactions in the market, the current credit environment, performance of the underlying portfolio company and the length of the remaining payment stream.

 

75


Table of Contents

The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future cash flows or earnings to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, the current investment performance rating, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, transaction comparables, our principal market as the reporting entity and enterprise values, among other factors.

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP, we disclose the fair value of our investments in a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2 — Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

Level 3 — Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. However, the determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment by management.

We consider whether the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifies transactions that are not orderly in determining fair value. Accordingly, if we determine that either the volume and/or level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased (from normal conditions for that asset or liability) or price quotations or observable inputs are not associated with orderly transactions, increased analysis and management judgment will be required to estimate fair value. Valuation techniques such as an income approach might be appropriate to supplement or replace a market approach in those circumstances.

We have adopted the authoritative guidance under GAAP for estimating the fair value of investments in investment companies that have calculated net asset value per share in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies. Accordingly, in circumstances in which net asset value per share of an investment is determinative of fair value, we estimate the fair value of an investment in an investment company using the net asset value per share of the investment (or its equivalent) without further adjustment. If the net asset value per share of the investment is determined in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for investment companies as of the reporting entity’s measurement date.

Revenue Recognition

We record interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date. Original issue discount, principally representing the estimated fair value of detachable equity or warrants obtained in conjunction with the acquisition of debt securities, and market discount or premium are capitalized

 

76


Table of Contents

and accreted or amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective yield method. The amortized cost of investments represents the original cost adjusted for the accretion/amortization of discounts and premiums and upfront loan origination fees.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, we may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. We record the reversal of any previously accrued income against the same income category reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we reversed previously accrued and unpaid interest income against interest income recognized during the quarter, in connection with the investment going on non-accrual status. As of March 31, 2014, we had three loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $39.4 million and fair value of $31.4 million. As of December 31, 2013, we had two loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $21.0 million and fair value of $16.8 million.

We have investments in our portfolio which contain a contractual paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest provision. PIK interest is computed at the contractual rate specified in each investment agreement, is added to the principal balance of the investment, and is recorded as income. We will cease accruing PIK interest if there is insufficient value to support the accrual or if it does not expect amounts to be collectible. To maintain our status as a RIC, PIK interest income, which is considered investment company taxable income, must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though we have not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash.

We capitalize and amortize upfront loan origination fees received in connection with the closing of investments. The unearned income from such fees is accreted into interest income over the contractual life of the loan based on the effective interest method. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees, and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income.

Interest income from our investment in TRA and CLO residual interest investments are recorded based upon an estimation of an effective yield to expected maturity using anticipated cash flows with any remaining amount recorded to the cost basis of the investment. We monitor the anticipated cash flows from our TRA and CLO residual interest investments and will adjust our effective yield periodically as needed.

Other income includes commitment fees, fees related to the management of Greenway and Greenway II, structuring fees, amendment fees and unused commitment fees associated with investments in portfolio companies. These fees are recognized as income when earned by us in accordance with the terms of the applicable management or credit agreement.

Net Realized Gains or Losses and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized. We measure realized gains or losses on the interest rate derivative based upon the difference between the proceeds received or the amounts paid on the interest rate derivative. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the change in portfolio investment values or value of the interest rate derivative during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.

Federal Income Taxes, including excise tax

We operate so as to maintain our status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intend to continue to do so. Accordingly, we are not subject to federal income tax on the portion of our taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders. In order to qualify for favorable tax treatment as a RIC, we are required to distribute

 

77


Table of Contents

annually to our stockholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, we must distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of our ordinary income for each such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of our net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year, and (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax. We may choose not to distribute all of our taxable income for the calendar year and pay a non-deductible 4% excise tax on this income. If we choose to do so, all other things being equal, this would increase expenses and reduce the amount available to be distributed to stockholders. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year dividend distributions from such taxable income, the Company accrues excise taxes on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned using an annual effective excise tax rate. We will accrue excise tax on undistributed taxable income as required. Please refer to “Dividends” above for a summary of the distributions. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred excise tax expense of $0.1 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

Certain consolidated subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from permanent and temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we recognized a current income tax provision of $0.5 million and $0.0 million, respectively, which is shown as income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These income taxes relate primarily to the proceeds received into one of our wholly owned tax blocker corporations established to hold equity or equity-like portfolio company investments organized as pass-through entities and may be subject to further change once tax information is finalized for the year. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of income tax receivable was included in prepaid expenses and other assets and $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively, was included as income taxes payable on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to dividend income and other projected earnings of tax blocker corporations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we recognized a benefit (provision) for tax on unrealized gain on investments of $1.0 million and $(0.5) million, respectively, for consolidated subsidiaries in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $1.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to deferred tax on unrealized gain on investments held in tax blocker corporations.

Because federal income tax regulations differ from GAAP, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified among capital accounts in the consolidated financial statements to reflect their tax character. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes.

Recent Developments

From April 1, 2014 through May 12, 2014, we closed a floating rate senior secured debt investment of $1.4 million in an existing portfolio company in the transportation industry with a weighted average yield of 9.6% and an equity investment of $1.7 million in an existing portfolio company in the consumer products industry.

On April 1, 2014, we received proceeds of $10.3 million from a partial sale of the second lien term loan of Blue Coat Systems Inc. A realized gain of $0.3 million was recognized.

 

78


Table of Contents

On April 16, 2014, we received proceeds of $13.2 million in connection with the prepayment of the senior secured term loan of Cydcor LLC at par.

On April 24, 2014, we received proceeds of $28.1 million in connection with the prepayment of the senior secured term loan of NCM Group Holdings, LLC. The proceeds included a $1.3 million prepayment premium.

On April 30, 2014, we closed on an additional $85 million of commitments to its Facilities, which increased the commitments on the Revolving Facility from $232.0 to $303.5 million and commitments on the Term Loan Facility from $93.0 to $106.5 million. We also extended the final maturity of the Revolving Facility from May 2017 to May 2018 and reduced pricing from LIBOR plus 3.00% to LIBOR (with no floor) plus 2.50%. We also extended the final maturity of the Term Loan Facility from May 2018 to May 2019 and reduced pricing from LIBOR plus 4.00% to LIBOR (with no floor) plus 3.25%.

On May 7, 2014, our board of directors declared a dividend of $0.34 per share payable on June 30, 2014 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 16, 2014.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. As of March 31, 2014, 30.9%, or seventeen, of the debt investments in our portfolio bore interest at fixed rates. All of the debt investments in our portfolio have interest rate floors, which have effectively converted the debt investments to fixed rate loans in the current interest rate environment. In the future, we expect other debt investments in our portfolio will have floating rates. Our borrowings as well as the amount we receive under the interest rate derivative agreement are based upon floating rates.

Based on our March 31, 2014 Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities, the following table shows the annual impact on net income of changes in interest rates, which assumes no changes in our investments and borrowings (in millions):

 

Change in Basis Points

   Interest Income      Interest Expense      Net Income  

Up 300 basis points

   $ 8.7       $ 7.4       $ 1.3   

Up 200 basis points

   $ 4.4       $ 5.1       $ (0.7

Up 100 basis points

   $ 0.5       $ 2.8       $ (2.3

Down 300 basis points

   $ —         $ —        $ —     

Down 200 basis points

   $ —         $ —        $ —     

Down 100 basis points

   $ —         $ —        $ —     

Based upon the current three month LIBOR rate, a hypothetical decrease in LIBOR would not affect our net income, due to the aforementioned floors in place on our debt investments. We currently hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using an interest rate swap whereby we pay a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receive three-month LIBOR on a notional amount of $50 million related to our Term Loan. In the future, we may use other standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contacts subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments.

Although we believe that this measure is indicative of our sensitivity to interest rate changes, it does not adjust for potential changes in credit quality, size and composition of the assets on the balance sheet and other business developments that could affect net increase in net assets resulting from operations, or net income.

 

79


Table of Contents

SENIOR SECURITIES

(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Information about our senior securities (including preferred stock, debt securities and other indebtedness) is shown in the following tables as of the end of each fiscal year ended December 31 since we commenced operations on April 21, 2010 and as of March 31, 2014. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, on the senior securities table as of December 31, 2013, is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The “—” indicates information that the SEC expressly does not require to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

 

Class and Year    Total Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Treasury
Securities (1)
     Asset
Coverage
Per Unit (2)
     Involuntary
Liquidating
Preference
Per Unit (3)
     Average
Market Value
Per Unit (4)
 

Revolving Facility

           

Fiscal 2014 (as of March 31, unaudited)

   $ 212,350       $ 3,568       $ —           N/A   

Fiscal 2013

   $ 111,300       $ 5,905       $ —          N/A   

Fiscal 2012

   $ —        $ —        $ —          N/A   

Fiscal 2011

   $ 5,000       $ 54,523       $ —          N/A   

Fiscal 2010

   $ —        $ —        $ —          N/A   

Term Loan Facility

           

Fiscal 2014 (as of March 31, unaudited)

   $ 93,000       $ 8,148       $ —           N/A   

Fiscal 2013

   $ 93,000       $ 7,067       $ —          N/A   

Fiscal 2012

   $ 50,000       $ 7,950       $ —          N/A   

Fiscal 2011

   $ —        $ —        $ —          N/A   

Fiscal 2010

   $ —         $ —         $ —           N/A   

 

(1) Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.
(2) The asset coverage ratio for a class of senior securities representing indebtedness is calculated as our consolidated total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, divided by total senior securities representing indebtedness. This asset coverage ratio is multiplied by $1,000 to determine the “Asset Coverage Per Unit.”
(3) The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the involuntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it.
(4) Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading.

 

80


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following tables set forth certain information as of March 31, 2014 regarding each portfolio company in which we had a debt or equity investment. The general terms of our loans and other investments are described in “The Company.” We offer to make available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. In addition, we may receive rights to participate in or observe the board of directors’ meetings of our portfolio companies. Amounts are presented in thousands.

 

Portfolio company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)(21)

  Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully Diluted
Basis
    Principal (3)
No.  of
Shares /
No. of
Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments —163.36% of net asset value

               

20-20 Technologies Inc.

                 

400 Armand-Frappier Blvd Laval Quebec,
Canada H7V 4B4

  IT services   Senior Secured
Term Loan (4)
  10.8% (5)     09/12/12        03/31/19        $ 32,000      $ 31,630      $ 31,680   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  31,630        31,680   

Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.

               

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

  Financial services   Subordinated Notes,
Residual Interest (4)
  12.40% (12)     03/27/13        04/15/24          —        $ 8,731      $ 9,000   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  8,731        9,000   

AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC

               

100 Highland Park Village, Ste 200 Dallas, TX 75205

  Media, entertainment and leisure   Member interest (7)(8)       06/21/12        —          2.04     0.763636      $ 764      $ 934   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  764        934   

Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC

               

1 Lear Drive,

  Aerospace & defense   Senior Secured Note   11.0%     09/07/11        03/07/16        $ 4,000      $ 3,904      $ 3,980   

Newport News, VA 23602

    Class A Warrants (9)       09/07/11        —          2.46     511,812        113        100   
    Series A Preferred Stock (9)       09/17/13        —          1.08     225,000        169        243   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  4,186        4,323   

Allen Edmonds Corporation

               

201 East Seven Hills Road

Port Washington, WI 53074

  Consumer products   Second Lien Term Loan   10% (LIBOR +
9.0%)
    11/26/13        05/27/19        $ 7,333      $ 7,194      $ 7,194   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  7,194        7,194   

Allied Wireline Services, LLC

               

3200 Wilcrest Dr #170,

Houston, TX 77042

  Energy / Utilities   Senior Secured Term Loan   9.5% (LIBOR +
8.0%)
    02/28/14        02/28/19        $ 10,314      $ 9,837      $ 9,837   
    Class A Common Equity (7)(8)(9)           0.63     618,868        619        619   
    Warrant for Common (7)(8)(9)           0.51     501,159        175        175   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  10,631        10,631   

BeneSys Inc.

               

700 Tower Drive, Suite 300

Troy, MI 48098-2808

  Business services   Senior Secured Term Loan   10.8% (LIBOR +
9.8%)
    03/31/14        03/31/19        $ 8,333      $ 8,167      $ 8,167   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  8,167        8,167   

Blue Coat Systems, Inc.

               

420 N. Mary Ave.,

Sunnyvale, CA 94085

  IT services   Second Lien Term Loan   9.5% (LIBOR +
8.5%)
    06/27/13        06/27/20        $ 15,000      $ 14,865      $ 15,450   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  14,865        15,450   

C&K Market, Inc.

               

615 5th Street,

  Retail & grocery   Senior Subordinated Note   18.0% (18)     11/3/2010        11/3/2015        $ 13,650      $ 13,302      $ 10,237   

Brookings, OR 97415

    Warrant for Class B       11/3/2010        —          1.57     156,552        349        —     
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  13,651        10,237   

 

81

(Continued on next page)


Table of Contents

Portfolio company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)(21)

  Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully Diluted
Basis
    Principal (3)
No.  of
Shares /
No. of
Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 

Charming Charlie, LLC.

               

5999 Savoy Dr.

Houston, TX 77036-3307

  Retail & grocery   Senior Secured
Term Loan
  9.0% (LIBOR +
8.0%)
    12/18/13        12/31/19        $ 27,000      $ 26,608      $ 27,000   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  26,608        27,000   

Connecture, Inc.

               

18500 W. Corporate Dr. Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

  Healthcare   Second Lien
Term Loan
  10.0% (LIBOR +
9.0%)
    03/18/13        07/15/18        $ 7,000      $ 6,881      $ 6,860   
  Healthcare   Second Lien Term Loan   12.5% (LIBOR +

11.5%)

    03/19/14        07/15/18          4,900        4,790        4,949   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  11,671        11,809   

Copperweld Bimetallics LLC

               

254 Cotton Mill Rd,

Fayetteville, TN 37334

  Industrials   Senior Secured Term Loan   12.0%     12/11/13        12/11/18        $ 21,450      $ 20,630      $ 21,023   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  20,630        21,023   

Country Pure Foods, LLC

               

681 W. Waterloo Road,

Akron, OH 44314

  Food & beverage   Subordinated Term Loan   13.0%     08/13/10        02/13/17        $ 16,181      $ 16,181      $ 16,019   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  16,181        16,019   

CRS Reprocessing, LLC

               

13551 Triton Park Blvd., Ste. 1200,

Louisville, KY 40223

  Manufacturing   Senior Secured Term Loan   10.3% (LIBOR +
9.3%)
    06/16/11        06/16/15        $ 16,554      $ 16,511      $ 16,554   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  16,511        16,554   

CRS Reprocessing, LLC

                 

13551 Triton Park Blvd., Ste. 1200, Louisville, KY 40223

  Manufacturing   Senior Secured Term Loan   10.3% (LIBOR +
9.3%)
    06/16/11        06/16/15        $ 16,554      $ 16,511      $ 16,554   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  16,511        16,554   

Cydcor LLC

               

3011 Townsgate Road,
Suite 400 Westlake Village,
CA 91361 6645

  Business services   Senior Secured Term
Loan (20)
  9.8% (LIBOR
+7.3%)
    06/17/13        06/12/17        $ 13,156      $ 13,156      $ 13,156   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  13,156        13,156   

Dr. Fresh, LLC

               

6645 Caballero Blvd.,
Buena Park, CA 90620

  Consumer products   Subordinated Term Loan   14.0% (6)
(12.0% Cash and
2.0% PIK)
    05/15/12        11/15/17        $ 14,520      $ 14,306      $ 14,520   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  14,306        14,520   

Dryden CLO, Ltd.

               

751 Broad Street,
Newark, NJ 07102

  Financial services   Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest (4)   13.6% (12)     09/12/13        11/15/25        23.12     —        $ 9,159      $ 9,400   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  9,159        9,400   

Duff & Phelps Corporation

               

55 East 52nd Street,
New York, NY 10055

  Financial services   Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights (11)   17.0% (12)     06/01/12        12/31/29          —        $ 12,163      $ 13,853   
    Senior Secured Term Loan (11)   4.5% (LIBOR +
3.5%)
    05/15/13        04/23/20        $ 248        251        249   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  12,414        14,102   

Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.

               

100 California Street, 12th Floor San Francisco, CA 94111

  IT services   Senior Secured Term Loan   10.5% (5)     02/15/13        12/28/17        $ 9,688      $ 9,571      $ 9,639   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  9,571        9,639   

 

(Continued on next page)

 

82


Table of Contents

Portfolio company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)(21)

  Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully Diluted
Basis
    Principal (3)
No.  of
Shares /
No. of
Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 

Expert Global Solutions, Inc.

               

5085 W Park Blvd Ste 300, Plano, TX 75093-2599

  Business services   Second Lien Term Loan   12.5% (6)  (LIBOR +
10.2% and
0.8% PIK)
    06/21/13        10/03/18        $ 18,727      $ 18,977      $ 18,353   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  18,977        18,353   

Express Courier International, Inc.

               

238 Bedford Way,
Franklin, TN 37064

  Business services   Secured Subordinated
Term Loan
  15.0% (13) (PIK)     01/17/12        07/17/16        $ 8,922      $ 7,652      $ 6,601   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  7,652        6,601   

Firebirds International, LLC

               

13850 Ballantyne Corporate Pl, Ste. 450, Charlotte, NC 28277

  Restaurants   Common stock (9)       05/17/11          0.40     1,906      $ 191      $ 249   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  191        249   

Flagship VII, Ltd.

               

345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154

  Financial services   Subordinated Notes,
Residual Interest (4)
  14.2% (12)     12/18/13        01/20/26        12.59     —        $ 4,409      $ 4,450   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  4,409        4,450   

Food Processing Holdings, LLC

               

130 Quality Drive,
Albertville, AL 35950

  Food & beverage   Senior Secured
Term Loan (14)
  10.5% (LIBOR +
9.5%)
    10/31/13        10/31/18        $ 22,202      $ 21,787      $ 21,980   
    Senior Secured Delayed   10.5% (LIBOR     10/31/13        10/31/18          —          —          —     
    Draw Loan (10)
Class A Units (9)
  +9.5%)     04/20/10          1.17     162.44        163        210   
    Class B Units (9)       04/20/10          1.74     406.09        408        300   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  22,358        22,490   

Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP

               

300 North LaSalle,
Suite 5300 Chicago, IL 60654

  Financial services   Member interest (16)       06/14/13            —        $ 1,649      $ 1,649   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  1,649        1,649   

Gold, Inc.

               

18245 East 40th Avenue Aurora, CO 80011

  Consumer products   Subordinated Term Loan   11.0%     12/31/12        06/30/19        $ 16,788      $ 16,788      $ 16,788   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  16,788        16,788   

Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P.

               

One Market Plaza, Steuart Tower, 24th Fl, San Francisco, CA, 94105

  Financial services   Partnership interest (16)       11/20/12        12/21/18          —        $ 199      $ 438   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  199        438   

Harrison Gypsum, LLC

               

1550 Double Drive,
Norman, OK 73069

  Industrials   Senior Secured Term Loan   10.5% (6) (LIBOR +
8.5% and
0.5% PIK)
    12/21/12        12/21/17        $ 24,114      $ 23,829      $ 23,993   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  23,829        23,993   

Hart InterCivic, Inc.

               

15500 Wells Port Drive,
Austin, TX 78728

  IT services   Senior Secured Term Loan   11.5% (LIBOR +
9.0% and 1% PIK)
    07/01/11        07/01/16        $ 8,717      $ 8,628      $ 8,543   
    Senior Secured
Revolving Loan (10)
  10.5% (LIBOR +
9.0%)
    07/01/11        07/01/16          800        773        800   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  9,401        9,343   

HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.

               

340 North Towne Centre Drive, Ozark, MO 65721

  Healthcare   Senior Secured Term Loan   12.5% (5)     08/31/12        08/30/17        $ 9,050      $ 8,848      $ 8,462   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  8,848        8,462   

 

(Continued on next page)

 

83


Table of Contents

Portfolio company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)(21)

  Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully Diluted
Basis
    Principal (3)
No.  of
Shares /
No. of
Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 

Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.

               

309 West 7th Street, Suite 300 Fort Worth, TX 76102

  Energy / Utilities   Senior Secured Term Loan   10.0% (LIBOR +
9.0%)
    05/29/13        05/29/18        $ 24,227      $ 23,772      $ 24,227   
    Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)   10.0% (LIBOR +
9.0%)
    05/29/13        05/29/18          —          —          —     
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  23,772        24,227   

Hostway Corporation

               

100 N Riverside, Suite 800 Chicago, IL 60606

  IT services   Senior Secured Term Loan   6.0% (LIBOR +
4.8%)
    12/27/13        12/13/19        $ 9,938      $ 9,842      $ 9,842   
    Second Lien Term Loan   10.0% (LIBOR +
8.8%)
    12/27/13        12/13/20        $ 12,000        11,766        11,766   
    Class A Common Equity (9)       12/27/13        —          2.63     20,000        200        200   
    Class A Preferred Equity (9)       12/27/13        —          3.50     1,800        1,800        1,800   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  23,608        23,608   

Igloo Products Corp.

               

777 Igloo Road Katy, TX 77494

  Consumer products   Senior Secured Term Loan   10.3% (LIBOR +
8.8%)
    03/28/14        03/28/20          24,922        24,362        24,362   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  24,362        24,362   

Ingenio Acquisition, LLC

               

182 Howard Street #826 San Francisco, CA 94105

  Media, entertainment and leisure   Senior Secured Term Loan   11.3%
(10.3% Cash +
1.0% PIK)
    05/09/13        05/09/18        $ 9,199      $ 9,040      $ 9,199   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  9,040        9,199   

Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.

               

1619 Broadway, 9th Floor New York, NY 10019

  Media, entertainment and leisure   Senior Secured Term Loan   9.8% (LIBOR +
8.5%)
    08/08/13        08/08/18        $ 13,178      $ 12,942      $ 13,046   
    Senior Secured
Revolving Loan (10)(15)
  9.8% (LIBOR +
8.5%)
    08/08/13        08/08/18          —          (26     —     
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  12,916        13,046   

Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.

               

1084 S Cruse Ave,
Broussard, LA 70518

  Energy / Utilities   Senior Secured Term Loan   9.3% (LIBOR +
8.3%)
    09/28/12        09/28/17        $ 8,828      $ 8,652      $ 8,784   
  Energy / Utilities   Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)(14)   9.3% (LIBOR +
8.3%)
    09/28/12        09/28/17          1,750        1,750        1,750   
    Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loans (10)   9.3% (LIBOR +
8.3%)
    09/28/12        09/28/17          —          —          —     
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  10,402        10,534   

Martex Fiber Southern Corp.

               

325 Chestnut Street, Suite 725 Philadelphia, PA 19106

  Industrials   Subordinated Term Loan   13.5% (6) (12.0%
Cash and 1.5%
PIK)
    04/30/12        10/31/19        $ 8,923      $ 8,815      $ 8,388   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  8,815        8,388   

NCM Group Holdings, LLC

               

404 North Berry Street Brea,
CA 92821-3104

  Industrials   Senior Secured Term Loan   12.5% (LIBOR +
11.5%)
    08/29/13        08/29/18        $ 26,727      $ 25,751      $ 27,796   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  25,751        27,796   

Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC

               

40 N. Skokie Blvd., Ste. 500 Northbrook, IL 60062

  Financial services   Second Lien Term Loan   10.5%     09/30/13        09/30/18        $ 13,943      $ 13,686      $ 13,804   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  13,686        13,804   

Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.

               

245 Park Avenue, 16th Floor New York, NY 10167

  Financial services   Income Notes,
Residual Interest (4)
  15.5% (12)     12/19/12        01/15/24          —        $ 8,254      $ 8,600   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  8,254        8,600   

 

(Continued on next page)

 

84


Table of Contents

Portfolio company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)(21)

  Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully Diluted
Basis
    Principal (3)
No.  of
Shares /
No. of
Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 

OEM Group, Inc.

               

2120 W Guadalupe Road, Gilbert,
AZ 85233

  Manufacturing   Senior Secured Note   15.0% (6)
(12.5% Cash and
2.5% PIK)
    10/07/10        10/07/15        $ 15,257      $ 15,092      $ 14,494   
    Warrant for Common       10/07/10        —          9.00     —          —          —     
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  15,092        14,494   

Sheplers, Inc.

               

6501 West Kellogg Drive, Wichita,
KS 67209

  Retail & grocery   Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loan   13.2% (LIBOR +
11.7%)
    12/20/11        12/20/16        $ 11,426      $ 11,247      $ 11,484   
    Subordinated Term Loan   17.0% (17)
(10.0% Cash and
7.0% PIK)
    12/20/11        12/20/17        $ 1,937        1,913        1,947   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  13,160        13,431   

Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd

               

345 Park Avenue New York,
NY 10154

  Financial services   Income Notes,
Residual Interest (4)
  13.2% (12)     03/12/13        04/15/25        10.41     —        $ 5,871      $ 6,097   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  5,871        6,097   

Specialty Brands Holdings, LLC

               

1400 Old Country Rd, Westbury,
NY 11590

  Restaurants   Second Lien Term Loan   11.3% (LIBOR +
9.8%)
    07/16/13        07/16/18        $ 20,977      $ 20,604      $ 20,610   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  20,604        20,610   

The Studer Group, L.L.C.

               

913 Gulf Breeze Parkway, Suite 6,
Gulf Breeze, FL 32561

  Healthcare   Senior
Subordinated Note
  12.0%     09/29/11        01/31/19        $ 16,910      $ 16,910      $ 16,910   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  16,910        16,910   

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

               

5501 W. Gray Street, Tampa,
FL 33609

  Healthcare   Second Lien
Term Loan
  9.8% (LIBOR +
8.5%)
    04/19/13        04/11/20        $ 10,000      $ 9,775      $ 9,925   
    Member interest (8)(9)       04/20/10          0.81     469,673        —          1,300   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  9,775        11,225   

Synarc-Biocore Holdings, LLC

               

826 Newtown-Yardley Rd., Newtown, PA 18940

  Healthcare   Second Lien Term Loan   9.3% (LIBOR +
8.3%)
    03/13/14        03/13/22        $ 11,000      $ 10,890      $ 10,890   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  10,890        10,890   

Tectum Holdings, Inc.

               

1901 E Ellsworth Rd Ann Arbor, MI 48108-2804

  Transportation   Second Lien Term Loan   9.0% (LIBOR +
8.0%)
    03/12/14        03/12/19        $ 12,000      $ 11,941      $ 11,941   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  11,941        11,941   

Tri Starr Management Services, Inc.

               

941 Citrona Dr, Fernandian Beach,
FL, 32034-4414

  IT services   Senior Subordinated Note   15.8% (6)
(12.5% Cash and
3.3% PIK)
    03/04/13        03/04/19        $ 18,456      $ 18,141      $ 18,086   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  18,141        18,086   

TriMark USA, LLC

               

505 Collins Street South Attleboro,
MA 02703

  Food & beverage   Second Lien Term Loan   10.0% (LIBOR +
9.0%)
    02/18/14        08/11/19        $ 20,000        19,606        19,606   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  19,606        19,606   

Trinity Services Group, Inc.

               

380 Scarlet Blvd., Oldsmar, FL 34677

  Food & beverage   Senior Subordinated Note   14.5% (6)
(12.0% Cash and
2.5% PIK)
    03/29/12        09/29/17        $ 22,911      $ 22,636      $ 22,796   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  22,636        22,796   

 

(Continued on next page)

 

85


Table of Contents

Portfolio company

 

Industry

 

Type of
Investment (1)(21)

  Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully Diluted
Basis
    Principal (3)
No.  of
Shares /
No. of
Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 

Vision Solutions, Inc.

               

15300 Barranca Parkway, Irvine,
CA 92618

  IT services   Second Lien
Term Loan
  9.5% (LIBOR +
8.0%)
    03/31/11        07/23/17        $ 11,625      $ 11,565      $ 11,625   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  11,565        11,625   

Washington Inventory Service

               

9265 Sky Park Court, Suite 100,
San Diego, CA 92123

  Business services   Senior Secured
Term Loan
  10.3% (LIBOR +
9.0%)
    12/27/12        06/20/19        $ 11,000      $ 10,867      $ 11,055   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  10,867        11,055   

Wheels Up Partners, LLC

               

220 West 42nd St., 16th Floor
New York, NY 10036

  Transportation   Senior Secured
Term Loan
  9.6% (LIBOR +
8.6%)
    01/31/14        10/15/20        $ 5,377        5,240        5,240   
    Common stock (7)(8)(9)       01/31/14          0.79     1,000,000        1,000        1,000   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  6,240        6,240   

Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc.

               

4100 Midway, Suite 1110
Carrollton, TX 75007

  Financial services   Subordinated
Term Loan
  15.5% (19)     05/21/13        11/21/16        $ 18,768      $ 18,447      $ 14,545   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  18,447        14,545   

YP Equity Investors, LLC

               

2247 Northlake Parkway, Tucker,
GA 30084

  Media, entertainment and leisure   Member interest (7)(8)       05/08/12        —          0.93     —        $ —        $ 2,250   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  —          2,250   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments —163.36% of net asset value

          $ 736,678      $ 739,019   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlled/affiliated investments —0.00% of net asset value

             

THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC

               

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor Boston, MA 02110

  Financial services   Member interest (8)(16)       01/27/11        1/14/2021          —        $ 5      $ 5   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  5        5   

THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC

               

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor Boston, MA 02110

  Financial services   Member interest (8)(16)       03/01/13        10/10/2021          —        $ 3      $ 3   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  3        3   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments—163.36% of net asset value Derivative Instruments

          $ 736,686      $ 739,027   
               

 

 

   

 

 

 

Counterparty

          Interest Rate   Expiration
Date
    # of
Contracts
          Notional     Cost     Fair
Value
 

ING Capital Markets, LLC

    Interest Rate Swap – Pay Fixed/Receive Floating   1.1425%/
LIBOR
    5/10/2017        1        $ 50,000      $ —        $ (230
               

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments—0.05% of net asset value

          $ —        $ (230
               

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All debt investments are income-producing, unless otherwise noted. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.
(2) Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which are effective as of March 31, 2014. LIBOR loans are typically indexed to 30-day, 60-day, 90-day or 180-day LIBOR rates, at the borrower’s option, and ABR rates are typically indexed to the current Prime Rate or Federal Funds Rate. Both LIBOR and ABR rates are subject to interest rate floors.
(3) Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.
(4) Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
(5) Unitranche investment; interest rate reflected represents the implied interest rate earned on the investment for the most recent quarter.

 

86


Table of Contents
(6) At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.
(7) Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.
(8) Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.
(9) Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.
(10) Issuer pays 0.50% unfunded commitment fee on revolving loan facility.
(11) Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
(12) Income-producing security with no stated coupon; interest rate reflects an estimation of the effective yield to expected maturity as of March 31, 2014.
(13) Loan was on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2014. Issuer’s contractual rate was 15.0% PIK until December 31, 2013 and then for each of the quarters ending March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, the lesser of excess cash flow for the quarter or 12% paid in cash with the remainder amount paid in PIK up to a total rate of 15%.
(14) Debt investment interest held in companies related to the portfolio company.
(15) The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.
(16) Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
(17) Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.
(18) C&K Market, Inc. filed for bankruptcy in November 2013. Loan was on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2014. Contractual default rate of interest is 18.0%.
(19) Contractual default rate of interest is 15.5%. Loan was on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2014. Previously accrued and unpaid interest totaling $1,391 that was deferred until April 15, 2014 was reversed during the quarter against interest income in connection with the loan going on non-accrual status.
(20) Of the $13,156 senior secured term loans outstanding, $11,695 is based in the United States and $1,461 is based in Canada. The Canadian investment is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940
(21) All investments are pledged as collateral under the Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility.

 

87


Table of Contents

THE COMPANY

General

THL Credit, Inc.

We are an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company incorporated in Delaware on May 26, 2009, that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, we have elected to be treated for tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Our investment activities are managed by THL Credit Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of THL Credit Advisors and its affiliates. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations. We are also registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We are a direct lender to middle-market companies and invest in subordinated, or mezzanine, debt and second lien secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans from as well as residual interests or equity of CLOs, time to time. We also may provide advisory services to managed funds.

We define middle market companies to mean both public and privately-held companies with annual revenues of between $25 million and $500 million. We expect to generate returns through a combination of contractual interest payments on debt investments, equity appreciation (through options, warrants, conversion rights or direct equity investments) and origination and similar fees. We can offer no assurances that we will achieve our investment objective.

Since April 2010, after we completed our initial public offering and commenced principal operations, we have been responsible for making, on behalf of ourselves and our managed funds, over an aggregate $1,260 million in commitments into 69 separate portfolio companies through a combination of both initial and follow-on investments. Since inception, we received $531 million from paydowns of investments. The Company alone has received $432 million from paydowns of investments.

As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations. We are generally required to invest at least 70% of our total assets primarily in securities of private and certain U.S. public companies (other than certain financial institutions), cash, cash equivalents and U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

We are permitted to borrow money from time to time within the levels permitted by the 1940 Act (which generally allows us to incur leverage for up to one half of our assets). We have used, and expect to continue to use, our credit facilities, along with proceeds from the rotation of our portfolio and proceeds from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment objectives. See “Regulation” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations.

 

88


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

(1)  

THL Credit Advisors LLC is owned and controlled by certain of the THL Credit Investment Principals (defined below) and a partnership consisting of certain of the partners of THL Partners (defined below).

(2)  

THL Credit SLS Senior Loan Strategies LLC, a majority-owned subsidiary of THL Credit Advisors, focuses principally on broadly syndicated senior loans.

(3)  

Greenway I is an investment fund with $150 million of capital committed by affiliates of a single institutional investor, together with a nominal amount committed by the Company, all of which has been paid in and invested by Greenway I, which is managed by us.

(4)  

Greenway II is an investment fund and, together with a related vehicle, has $187 million of capital committed by third party investors, together with a nominal amount committed by the Company, which is managed by us.

THL Credit Advisors LLC

Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, THL Credit Advisors. THL Credit Advisors is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments, and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. We pay THL Credit Advisors a management fee as a percentage of our gross assets and incentive fees as a percentage of our ordinary income and capital gains. THL Credit Advisors was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on June 26, 2009 and is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. THL Credit Advisors is led by James K. Hunt, W. Hunter Stropp, Sam W. Tillinghast and Christopher J. Flynn, who, along with Terrence W. Olson and Stephanie Paré Sullivan constitute its principals, collectively the THL Credit Principals. Messrs. Hunt, Stropp, Tillinghast and Flynn constitute the investment principals of THL Credit Advisors, or the THL Credit Investment Principals.

The THL Credit Investment Principals and other investment professionals make up our investment team. THL Credit Advisors is owned and controlled by certain of the THL Credit Principals and a partnership consisting of certain of the partners of THL Partners. The THL Credit Investment Principals have worked together over the past six and one half years and in the past investing through multiple business and credit cycles, across the entire capital structure. We believe the THL Credit Investment Principals bring a unique investment perspective and skill set by virtue of their complementary, collective experience as both debt and equity investors. In addition, we believe they bring an active equity ownership mentality and focus on adding value to portfolio companies through board representation, when possible, active monitoring and direct dialogue with management. See “The Advisor.”

 

89


Table of Contents

The Advisor is an investment manager for both direct lending and broadly syndicated high yielding investments through public and private vehicles, collateralized loan obligations, separately managed accounts and co-mingled funds. The Advisor maintains a variety of advisory or sub-advisory relationships across its investment platform. For example the Advisor may serve as an investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds and presently serves as an investment adviser to a collateralized loan obligation (CLO), THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF).

THL Credit Advisors also serves as our Administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. The tasks of the Administrator include overseeing our financial records, preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC and generally monitoring the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. THL Credit Senior Loan Strategies LLC (“THL Credit SLS”), a subsidiary of THL Credit Advisors, focuses principally on broadly syndicated senior loans. THL Credit SLS provides access to greater credit resources, including, but not limited to, origination sources, credit analysis and industry specialization that the THL Credit SLS team has developed over the years. The Company does not expect to co-invest with THL Credit SLS on transactions, except in limited circumstances on identical terms.

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL Partners”)

Founded in 1974, THL Partners is a leading private equity firm based in Boston, MA. THL Partners focuses on identifying and obtaining substantial ownership positions in large growth-oriented companies where it can add managerial and strategic expertise to create value for its partners. As one of the oldest and most experienced private equity firms, THL Partners has raised approximately $20 billion of equity capital and invested in more than 100 businesses with an aggregate purchase price of more than $150 billion. THL Partners seeks to build companies of lasting value while generating superior returns for its investors and operating partners. We benefit from THL Credit Advisors’ relationship with THL Partners. THL Credit Advisors has access to the contacts and industry knowledge of THL Partners’ investment team to enhance its transaction sourcing capabilities and consults with the THL Partners team on specific industry issues, trends and other matters to complement our investment process.

Investment Approach

Our investment approach consists of the following four separate and distinct phases: (1) sourcing; (2) selecting; (3) structuring; and (4) supervising investments. Sourcing involves our efforts to generate as vast a universe of relevant and actionable investment opportunities as possible. Selecting represents our decision-making process regarding which of those investments to pursue. Structuring summarizes our creative approach to deploying capital on a case by case basis in a way that maximizes value. Supervising is a reference to our ongoing rigorous credit monitoring.

Sourcing

The elements of our sourcing efforts include: (i) determining the market in which we intend to participate; (ii) identifying the opportunities within that market; (iii) having a clear strategy; (iv) knowing the competition; and (v) distinguishing our competitive advantages.

Determining the Market

We invest primarily in debt securities of sponsored and unsponsored issuers, including subordinated or mezzanine debt and second lien secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock and other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures

 

90


Table of Contents

that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans as well as residual interests, or equity, of CLOs, from time to time. We also may provide advisory services to managed funds.

It is also our belief that a combination of sponsored and unsponsored investments in debt securities is important to having the most attractive opportunities across investment cycles. To that end, our nationwide origination efforts target both private equity sponsors and referral sources of unsponsored companies.

Unsponsored companies are either privately-held companies typically owned and controlled by entrepreneurs rather than private equity firms or microcap public companies, or those public companies with market capitalization of less than $300 million. We believe that unsponsored middle market companies represent a large, attractive and less competitive investment opportunity for two primary reasons: (1) the number of unsponsored companies far exceeds the number of sponsored companies; and (2) many debt investors focus primarily on sponsored companies. We also believe because unsponsored companies often have less access to capital providers, they generally provide us more attractive economics, greater alignment of interests with management, and greater control over the business and capital structure.

With respect to sponsored transactions, which we define as those companies controlled by private equity firms, or sponsors, we expect the demand for leveraged buyouts to grow as mergers and acquisition activity increases, although with reduced senior lending from banks and what may be reduced participation from collateralized loan obligation vehicles in the middle market. We believe debt providers will see increasing opportunities to fill this financing gap. We expect significant demand from sponsors who need to recapitalize the balance sheets of certain of their portfolio companies or, in certain situations, acquire portfolio companies.

Market opportunity

We believe the environment for investing in middle market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:

Improved company fundamentals creating favorable lending trends. Middle market companies are experiencing improved fundamentals driven by a stabilizing economy and an increase in confidence. During 2013, middle market companies displayed improvements in operating performance, resulting in stronger credit quality. Default levels remain relatively low, and volatility in the broader capital markets has eased, resulting in more middle market companies seeking growth capital at attractive lender credit metrics.

Consolidation among commercial banks has reduced the focus on middle market business.  We believe that many senior lenders have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle market companies in favor of lending to large corporate clients, managing capital markets transactions and providing other non-credit services to their customers. Further, many financial institutions and traditional lenders are faced with constrained balance sheets and are requiring existing issuers to reduce leverage.

Middle market companies are increasingly seeking lenders with long-term capital for debt and equity capital.  We believe that many middle market companies prefer to execute transactions with private capital providers such as us, rather than execute high-yield bond or equity transactions in the public markets, which may necessitate increased financial and regulatory compliance and reporting obligations. Further, we believe many middle market companies are inclined to seek capital from a small number of skilled, reliable and predictable providers with access to permanent capital that can satisfy their specific needs and serve as value-added financial partners with an understanding of, and longer-term view oriented towards the growth of their businesses.

The current market environment may mean more favorable opportunities for investing in lower middle market companies. We believe that as part of the path of economic recovery following the credit crisis, select

 

91


Table of Contents

market participants such as hedge funds and CLO vehicles are not as active as lenders in the middle market, a space in which we focus, resulting in fewer lender participants and a greater opportunity for us to originate proprietary investment opportunities in the lower middle market. Fewer participants also results in a more disciplined approach to investment opportunities, a situation on which we are well positioned to capitalize given the extensive level of experience of the THL Credit Investment Principals, who have worked closely together and have invested through multiple business and credit cycles. In addition, investing in debt securities in the middle market may offer more favorable returns relative to their investment risk, when compared to investments in public high yield or syndicated bank loan securities. For example, such securities generally involve better pricing terms, access to information, and the ability to diligence and evaluate management teams.

Investment strategy

We believe a strategy focused primarily on debt securities in middle market companies has a number of compelling attributes. First, the market for these instruments is relatively inefficient, allowing an experienced investor an opportunity to produce high risk-adjusted returns. Second, downside risk can be managed through an extensive credit-oriented underwriting process, creative structuring techniques and intensive portfolio monitoring. We believe private debt investments generally require the highest level of credit and legal due diligence among debt or credit asset classes. Lastly, compared with equity investments, returns on debt loans tend to be less volatile given the substantial current return component and seniority in the capital structure relative to equity.

Competition

Our primary competitors to providing financing to middle market companies will include other BDCs, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, CLO funds, commercial finance companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us.

Competitive advantages

We believe that, through THL Credit Advisors, we possess the following competitive advantages over many other debt lenders to middle market companies:

Experienced management team. As stated above, the THL Credit Investment Principals are experienced and have worked together extensively through multiple business and credit cycles, investing across the entire capital structure with the objective of generating attractive, long-term, risk-adjusted returns. Each of the THL Credit Investment Principals brings a unique investment perspective and skill-set by virtue of their complementary collective experiences as both debt and equity investors.

Proactive Sourcing Platform. We take a proactive, hands-on, and creative approach to investment sourcing. Our disciplined origination process includes proprietary tools and resources and employs a national platform with a regional focus. With offices in Boston, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles and New York, the THL Credit Investment Principals have a deep and diverse relationship network in the debt capital and private equity markets. These activities and relationships provide an important channel through which we generate investment opportunities consistent with our investment strategy. The THL Credit Investment Principals have activities and relationships with investment bankers, commercial bankers (national, regional and local), lawyers, accountants and business brokers as well as access to the extensive network of THL Partners, which has 38 years of experience. The THL Credit Investment Principals actively utilize these activities, relationships and networks to source and execute attractive investments, and maintain a database and set of reports where the details of all

 

92


Table of Contents

potential investment opportunities are tracked. Further, we believe the investment history and long-standing reputation of the THL Credit Investment Principals provides us with an early look at new investment opportunities.

Ability to execute unsponsored transactions. We believe we are one of the few credit market participants that actively seeks unsponsored investments and possesses the experience and resources, as a result of the long-standing relationships of the THL Credit Investment Principals and ongoing development of new relationships with referral sources and equity sponsors, to source unsponsored transactions. Furthermore, we have the capability to perform the rigorous in-house due diligence, structuring and monitoring activities necessary to execute such transactions.

Affiliation with THL Partners and THL Credit SLS. We are managed by THL Credit Advisors, the credit affiliate of THL Partners and parent of THL Credit SLS. As such, we have access to the relationship network and industry knowledge of both THL Partners and THL Credit SLS to enhance transaction sourcing capabilities. This provides us with the opportunity to consult with the THL Partners investment teams on specific industry issues, trends and other complementary matters.

Selecting

Selecting investments to pursue requires us to have an employable investment philosophy, know our key metrics, have a process to consistently measure those metrics and adhere to a repeatable underwriting process that enables our investment committee to make well reasoned decisions.

Investment Philosophy

Our investment philosophy will focus on capital preservation, relative value, and establishing close relationships with portfolio companies. It is our expectation that this multifaceted focus should generate consistent, attractive, risk-adjusted returns coupled with low volatility.

Capital Preservation . We believe that the key to capital preservation is comprehensive and fundamental credit analysis. We take a long term view of our investments and portfolios with the perspective that most of our investments may need to endure through economic cycles. We refrain from market timing and generally do not enter into investments with the sole intention of realizing short term gains based on changes in market prices. However, we will not hesitate to sell an investment if we believe that it is deteriorating in value and that more recovery will be obtained by selling rather than holding the investment.

Relative Value . Relative value is an essential part of every investment decision. Relative value is determined in a variety of ways including comparisons to other opportunities available in the same asset class and with portfolio companies in the same or similar industries. Relative value is also analyzed across asset classes (senior vs. subordinate, secured vs. unsecured, debt vs. equity) to ensure that the return of a potential investment is appropriate relative to its position in the capital structure.

Key Investment Metrics

Our value-oriented investment philosophy is primarily focused on maximizing yield relative to risk. Upon identifying a potential opportunity, THL Credit Advisors performs an initial screen to determine whether pursuing intensive due diligence is merited. As part of this process, we have identified several criteria we believe are important in evaluating and investing in prospective portfolio companies. These criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions. However, each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest may not meet all of these criteria.

Value orientation/positive cash flow . Our investment philosophy places a premium on fundamental credit analysis and has a distinct value orientation. We generally focus on companies in which we can invest at

 

93


Table of Contents

relatively low multiples of operating cash flow and that are profitable at the time of investment on an operating cash flow basis. Although we obtain liens on collateral when appropriate and available, we are primarily focused on the predictability of future cash flow. We generally do not intend to invest in start-up companies or companies with speculative business plans.

Seasoned management with significant equity ownership . Strong, committed management teams are important to the success of an investment and we focus on companies where strong management teams are either already in place or where new management teams have been identified. Additionally, we will generally require the portfolio companies to have in place compensation provisions that appropriately incentivize management to succeed and to act in our interests as investors.

Strong competitive position . We will seek to invest in companies that have developed competitive advantages and defensible market positions within their respective markets and are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities.

Exit strategy . We will seek companies that we believe will generate consistent cash flow to repay our loans and reinvest in their respective businesses. We expect such internally generated cash flow in portfolio companies to be a key means by which we exit from our investments over time. In addition, we will invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities for the equity component of our returns. These companies include candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and companies that may repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or another capital market transaction.

Due Diligence and Investment Process

We employ a rigorous and disciplined underwriting and due diligence process. Our process includes a comprehensive understanding of a portfolio company’s industry, market, operational, financial, organizational and legal position and prospects. In addition to our own analysis, we will frequently use the service of third parties (either those of the sponsor, if applicable, or those which we retain) for quality of earnings reports, environmental diligence, legal reviews, industry and customer surveys, and background checks. We conduct thorough reference and background checks on senior management for all investments, including, but not limited to reference calls to several constituencies including senior management of past employers, business associates, customers, industry experts, such as equity research analysts and, when appropriate, competitors.

We seek borrowers that have proven management teams that have a vested interest in the company in the form of a meaningful level of equity ownership, that generate stable and predictable cash flow, and whose market position is defensible. We invest in companies with the expectation that we will own the investment through a complete business cycle, and possibly a recession, and we determine the appropriate amount of debt for the company accordingly. In addition, we view a sale of the company which might result in a refinancing of our investment as a possibility but not an expectation. Our intention is to craft strong and lender-friendly credit agreements with covenants, events of default, remedies and inter-creditor agreements being an integral part of our legal documents.

Our due diligence will typically include the following elements (although not all elements will necessarily form part of every due diligence project):

Portfolio Company Characteristics : key levers of the business including a focus on drivers of cash flow and growth; revenue visibility; customer and supplier concentrations; historical revenue and margin trends; fixed versus variable costs; free cash flow analysis; portfolio company performance in view of industry performance; and sensitivity analysis around various future performance scenarios (with a focus on downside scenario analysis);

Industry Analysis : including the portfolio company’s position within the context of the general economic environment and relevant industry cycles; industry size and growth rates; competitive landscape; barriers to entry

 

94


Table of Contents

and potential new entrants; product position and defensibility of market share; technological, regulatory and similar threats; and pricing power and cost considerations;

Management : including the quality, breadth and depth of the portfolio company’s management; track record and prior experience; background checks; reputation; compensation and equity incentives; corporate overhead; motivation; interviews with management, employees, customers and vendors;

Financial Analysis : an understanding of relevant financial ratios and statistics, including various leverage, liquidity, free cash flow and fixed charge coverage ratios; impact on ratios in various future performance scenarios and comparison of ratios to industry competitors; satisfaction with the auditor of the financial statements; quality of earnings analysis;

Capital Structure : diverse considerations regarding leverage (including understanding seniority and leverage multiples); ability to service debt; collateral and security protections; covenants and guarantees; equity investment amounts and participants (where applicable); review of other significant structural terms and pertinent legal documentation; and

Collateral and Enterprise Value : analysis of relevant collateral coverage, including assets on a liquidation basis and enterprise value on a going concern basis; matrix analysis of cash flow and valuation multiples under different scenarios along with recovery estimates; comparison to recent transaction multiples and valuations.

Investment Committee

The purpose of the investment committee is to evaluate and approve, as deemed appropriate, all investments by THL Credit Advisors. The committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of every investment. The committee also serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to THL Credit Advisors’ investment philosophies and policies. The investment committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.

In addition to reviewing investments, the investment committee meetings serve as a forum to discuss credit views and outlooks. Potential transactions and investment sourcing are also reviewed on a regular basis. Members of our investment team are encouraged to share information and views on credits with the investment committee early in their analysis. This process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members to work more efficiently.

Each transaction is presented to the investment committee in a formal written report. Our investment committee currently consists of James K. Hunt, W. Hunter Stropp, Sam W. Tillinghast and Christopher J. Flynn. To approve a new investment, or to exit or sell an existing investment, the consent of a majority of the four members of the committee is required, with Mr. Hunt, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer, having veto power.

Structuring

Our approach to structuring involves us choosing the most appropriate variety of security for each particular investment and negotiating the best and most favorable terms.

Investment Structure

We invest primarily in debt securities, including subordinated, or mezzanine debt, and second lien senior secured debt, which may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. We may also selectively invest in first lien secured loans that generally have structures with higher

 

95


Table of Contents

interest rates, which include unitranche investments, or loan structures that combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured as well as second lien and subordinated loans and residual interests, or equity, of CLOs. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments, including equity investments into or through funds, and we may also selectively invest in more broadly syndicated first lien secured loans from time to time.

We generally do not intend to invest in start-up companies, operationally distressed situations or companies with speculative business plans. In addition, we may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in opportunistic investments which will be intended to diversify or complement the remainder of our portfolio and to enhance our returns to stockholders. These investments may include high-yield bonds, private equity investments, securities of public companies that are broadly traded and securities of non-U.S. companies. We expect that these public companies generally will have debt securities that are non-investment grade.

Once we have determined that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, we work with the management of that company and its other capital providers, including, as applicable, senior, junior, and equity capital providers, to structure an investment, typically investing an average of approximately $10 million to $25 million of capital per transaction. We negotiate among these parties to agree on how our investment is expected to perform relative to the other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure.

Security types we invest in include:

Mezzanine Loans. We structure our subordinated, or mezzanine investments, primarily as unsecured, subordinated loans that provide for relatively high, fixed interest rates that will provide us with current interest income. Generally, mezzanine loans rank subordinate in priority of payment to senior debt, such as senior bank debt, and are often unsecured. However, mezzanine loans rank senior to common and preferred equity in a borrowers’ capital structure. Mezzanine loans typically have interest-only payments in the early years, with amortization of principal deferred to the later years and may include an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. The warrants associated with mezzanine loans are typically detachable, which allows lenders to receive repayment of their principal on an agreed amortization schedule while retaining their equity interest in the borrower. Also, in some cases our mezzanine loans will be collateralized by a subordinated lien on some or all of the assets of the borrower. Typically, our mezzanine loans will have maturities of five to ten years. In determining whether a prospective mezzanine loan investment satisfies our investment criteria, we generally seek a high total return potential, although there can be no assurance we will find investments satisfying that criterion or that any such investments will perform in accordance with expectations.

Second Lien Loans. We structure our second lien investments as junior, secured loans. We obtain security interests in the assets of the portfolio company that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. This collateral may take the form of second priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company. Second lien loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity, although there can be no assurance we will find investments providing for such amortization.

First Lien Senior Secured Loans. To the extent we invest in first lien or senior secured loans, we expect such loans to have terms of three to ten years and may provide for deferred interest payments in the first few years of the term of the loan. To the extent we invest in senior secured loans, we obtain first lien security interests in the assets of these portfolio companies that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. First lien secured loans may also include unitranche loan structures, which typically combine characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured and second lien and subordinated loans. We may obtain security interests in the asset of the portfolio company that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. This collateral may take the form of first-priority liens on the assets of the portfolio company and may provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity, although there can be no assurance we will find investments providing for such amortization. Unitranche loans

 

96


Table of Contents

generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity.

CLO Residual Interests. Residual interests, subordinated notes or income notes are subordinated to the secured notes issued in connection with each CLO. The secured notes in each structure are collateralized by portfolios consisting primarily of broadly syndicated senior secured bank loans. The income notes are part of a class of subordinated notes, which are paid equal with other subordinated notes within this class. In each case, the subordinated notes do not have a stated rate of interest, but are entitled to receive distributions on quarterly payment dates subject to the priority of payments to secured note holders in the structures if and to the extent funds are available for such purpose. The payments on the subordinated notes are subordinated not only to the interest and principal claims of all secured notes issued, but to certain administrative expenses, taxes, and the base and subordinated fees paid to the collateral manager. Payments to the subordinated notes may vary significantly quarter to quarter for a variety of reasons and may be subject to 100% loss. Investments in subordinated notes, due to the structure of the CLO, can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices, interest rates and other risks associated with the assets.

Investment Terms

We tailor the terms of each investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan and improve its profitability. We seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

   

requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk; and

 

   

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances or participation rights.

Our investments may include equity features, such as warrants or options to buy a minority interest in the portfolio company. Any warrants we receive with our debt securities generally require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. We may structure the warrants to provide provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as puts, or rights to sell such securities back to the company, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we also obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

Supervising

Successful supervision of our investments involves employing active monitoring methods and developing strong underlying management teams at each portfolio company.

Monitoring

We view active portfolio monitoring as a vital part of our investment process. We consider board observation and information rights, regular dialogue with company management and sponsors, and detailed internally generated monitoring reports to be critical to our performance. We have developed a monitoring template that promotes compliance with these standards and that is used as a tool by the Advisor’s investment committee to assess investment performance relative to plan. In addition, our portfolio investments may rely on us to provide financial and capital market expertise and may view us as a value-added resource.

 

97


Table of Contents

As part of the monitoring process, the Advisor assesses the risk profile of each of our investments and assigns each portfolio investment a score of a 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.

The investment performance scores, or IPS, are as follows:

1—The portfolio investment is performing above our underwriting expectations.

2—The portfolio investment is performing as expected at the time of underwriting. All new investments are initially scored a 2.

3—The portfolio investment is operating below our underwriting expectations, and requires closer monitoring. The company may be out of compliance with financial covenants, however, principal or interest payments are generally not past due.

4—The portfolio investment is performing materially below our underwriting expectations and returns on our investment are likely to be impaired. Principal or interest payments may be past due, however, full recovery of principal and interest payments are expected.

5—The portfolio investment is performing substantially below expectations and the risk of the investment has increased substantially. The company is in payment default and the principal and interest payments are not expected to be repaid in full.

For any investment receiving a score of a 3 or lower, our Advisor increases its level of focus and prepares regular updates for the investment committee summarizing current operating results, material impending events and recommended actions. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had assigned an investment score of 4 or 5 to three portfolio companies.

The Advisor monitors and, when appropriate, changes the investment scores assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with our investment valuation process, the Advisor and board of directors review these investment scores on a quarterly basis. Our average investment score was 2.14 and 2.13 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The following is a distribution of the investment scores of our portfolio companies at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (in millions):

 

     March 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Investment Score

   Investments at
Fair Value
     % of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at
Fair Value
     % of Total
Portfolio
 

1 (a)

   $ 49.1         6.6   $ 58.9         9.1

2 (b)

     581.5         78.7     484.5         74.7

3 (c)

     77.1         10.4     72.9         11.2

4 (d)

     16.8         2.3     32.6         5.0

5

     14.5         2.0     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 739.0         100.0   $ 648.9         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “1” included no loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.
(b) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “2” included $72.6 million and $62.4 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.
(c) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “3” included $14.5 million and $14.5 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.
(d) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “4” included $10.2 million and $10.2 million, respectively, of loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.
(e) As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Investment Score “5” included no loans to companies in which we also hold equity securities.

 

98


Table of Contents

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, we may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of March 31, 2014, we had three loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $39.4 million and fair value of $31.4 million. We record the reversal of any previously accrued income against the same income category reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, we reversed previously accrued and unpaid interest income against interest income recognized during the quarter totaling $1.4 million, in connection with the investment going on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2013, we had two loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $21.0 million and fair value of $16.8 million.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Our Advisor and Administrator have hired and expect to continue to hire professionals with skills applicable to our business plan and investment objective, including experience in middle market investment, leveraged finance and capital markets. Each of our executive officers is an employee and executive officer of our Advisor or Administrator. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by our Advisor. The services necessary for the origination and administration of our investment portfolio are provided by investment professionals employed by our advisor. Our Advisor’s investment professionals focus on origination and transaction development and the ongoing monitoring of our investments. We reimburse our Advisor for costs and expenses incurred by our Advisor for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to our Advisor under the management agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by our Advisor relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by our Advisor to us. In addition, we reimburse our Administrator for our allocable portion of expenses it incurs in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs. See “The Advisor—Administration Agreement.”

Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are currently located at 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110. THL Credit Advisors furnishes us office space and we reimburse it for such costs on an allocated basis.

Legal Proceedings

Neither we nor THL Credit Advisors are currently subject to any material legal proceedings. However, from time to time, we may be party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business including the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies or prospective investments.

 

99


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of six members, five of whom are not “interested persons” of our company or of THL Credit Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our board of directors elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Board of Directors

Under our current charter, each of our directors will hold office for one year terms. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the directors whose terms expire at each such meeting will be elected to hold office for a one year term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders following their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Directors

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

   Director Since  

Interested Director:

        

James K. Hunt

     62       Director, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer and Chief
Investment Officer
     2009   

Independent Directors:

        

David K. Downes

     74       Director      2009   

Nancy Hawthorne

     63       Director      2009   

Keith W. Hughes

     67       Lead Independent Director      2009   

John A. Sommers

     75       Director      2009   

David P. Southwell

     53       Director      2009   

Biographical information regarding our Board is set forth below. We have divided the directors into two groups—independent directors and interested directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” of THL Credit, Inc., as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

Executive Officers

The following persons serve as our executive officers in the following capacities:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Sam W. Tillinghast

     51       Co-President and Chief Risk Officer

W. Hunter Stropp

     43       Co-President

Christopher J. Flynn

     41       Co-President

Terrence W. Olson

     47       Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Assistant Secretary and Treasurer

Stephanie Paré Sullivan

     41       Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

The address for each executive officer is c/o THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

 

100


Table of Contents

Biographical information

Information about the specific experience, skills, attributes and qualifications of each director, which in each case led to the board’s conclusion that the director should serve as a director of the Company, is provided in below, in “Biographical Information.”

Our directors have been divided into two groups—interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. The board’s chairman, James K. Hunt, is an interested director by virtue of his serving as our Chief Executive Officer and his employment with THL Credit Advisors. In part because the Company is an externally managed investment company, the board believes having an interested chairperson that is familiar with the Company’s portfolio companies, its day-to-day management and the operations of THL Credit Advisors greatly enhances, among other things, its understanding of the Company’s investment portfolio, business, finances and risk management efforts. In addition, the board believes that Mr. Hunt’s employment with THL Credit Advisors allows for the efficient mobilization of THL Credit Advisors’ resources at the board’s behest and on its behalf.

Keith W. Hughes has been appointed as the board’s Lead Independent Director. In this capacity, Mr. Hughes presides over executive sessions of the independent directors and serves as a liaison between management and the independent directors between board meetings.

Biographical Information

Interested Director

James K. Hunt. Mr. Hunt serves as THL Credit, Inc.’s Chairman, CEO and Chief Investment Officer. He also serves as Director, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of THL Credit Advisors LLC and as a Director and Chief Executive Officer of THL Credit Senior Loan Strategies LLC. In 2007, Mr. Hunt founded and led THL Credit, Inc.’s predecessor entities in association with Thomas H. Lee Partners, LP. Mr. Hunt was most recently Managing Partner and Chief Executive Officer of Bison Capital which he co-founded in 2001. Previously, he was President of SunAmerica Corporate Finance and an Executive Vice President of SunAmerica Investments, Inc. (subsequently, AIG SunAmerica) through 2000. At SunAmerica, Mr. Hunt was responsible for high-yielding investments including private placements, acquisition financing, term loans and portfolio purchases, structured finance and corporate acquisitions. The asset portfolio managed by Mr. Hunt exceeded $8 billion, with total investments of more than $19 billion during his tenure. Investments were partially made through five CDOs (collateralized debt obligations) exceeding $3.5 billion. He was President and CEO of the Anchor Pathway Funds and SunAmerica Series Trust with assets exceeding $11 billion. For SunAmerica, Mr. Hunt was the executive responsible for the acquisition of First City Texas Leasing in 1991, Southeast Bank Leasing in 1993 and Imperial Premium Finance in 1994 and served as the senior officer managing these finance companies. Mr. Hunt joined SunAmerica in 1990 from the Davis Companies, a private equity investment firm, where he was responsible for acquisitions. Prior to that he worked at Citicorp for over 14 years, where he held a variety of leveraged lending, credit and finance positions, culminating in the role of Senior Credit Officer and Vice President / Area Head for the Far West U.S. leveraged lending group. At Citicorp, Mr. Hunt also had responsibilities for various workout transactions and the Western asset based lending group. Mr. Hunt currently serves on the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (NYSE: PFSI)). Mr. Hunt is a former Chairman and member of the board of directors of Financial Pacific Leasing, LLC, formerly Lead Trustee for Falcon Financial (Nasdaq: FLCN), and a former member of the boards of directors of Lender Processing Services, Inc. (NYSE: LPS), Primus Guaranty Ltd, LLC. (NYSE: PRS), CLS Worldwide Services, LLC, GTS Holdings, Inc., Helinet Aviation Services, LLC, Metagenics, Inc., Fidelity National Information Services Inc. (NYSE: FIS) and Mobile Storage Group. Mr. Hunt earned his BBA in economics from the University of Texas at El Paso and an MBA in finance and accounting from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School.

Mr. Hunt’s experience as Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Investment Officer and Managing Partner at various public and private investment funds, as well as his past experience serving on the boards of

 

101


Table of Contents

directors of numerous exchange-listed and private companies, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Hunt should serve as the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors.

Independent Directors

David K. Downes. Since 2004, Mr. Downes has served as the Chief Executive Officer and board member of Community Capital Management, an investment management company. Also since 2004, Mr. Downes has served as the President of Community Capital Trust, and currently serves as President of its managed funds, CRA Qualified Investment Fund and Alternative Income Fund. Previously, Mr. Downes served as the Independent Chairman of GSK Domestic Employee Benefit Trust between 2006 and 2013. From 1993 to 2003, Mr. Downes was Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc., a subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation, and Delaware Investments U.S., Inc., an investment management subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation, President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee of Delaware Investment Family of Funds, President and Board Member of Lincoln National Convertible Securities Funds, Inc. and the Lincoln National Income Funds, TDC and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Retirement Financial Services, Inc., a registered transfer agent and investment adviser and a subsidiary of Delaware Investments U.S., Inc. From 1995 to 2003, Mr. Downes was President and Chief Executive Officer of Delaware Service Company, Inc. and from 1985 to 1992 held the roles of Chief Administrative Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Chairman and Director of Equitable Capital Management Corporation, an investment subsidiary of Equitable Life Assurance Society. Mr. Downes was Corporate Controller of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. from 1977 to 1985. Prior to that, he held positions with Colonial Penn Group, Inc., and Price Waterhouse & Company. Mr. Downes was in the United States Marine Corps from 1957 to 1959. He currently serves as a director of Internet Capital Group, an information technology company, including roles of chair of the audit committee and a member of the compensation committee, since October 2003; and oversees 64 portfolios as a trustee of various funds in the OppenheimerFunds complex. Mr. Downes has a BS from Pennsylvania State University.

Mr. Downes’ experience as the Chief Executive Officer and a board member of an investment management business, as well as his prior experience as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of an investment management business, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Downes should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

Nancy Hawthorne Since August 2001, Ms. Hawthorne has served as Chair and Chief Executive Officer of Clerestory LLC, a financial advisory and investment firm. Prior to that, from 1997 to 1998, Ms. Hawthorne served as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Partner of Hawthorne, Krauss & Associates, LLC, a provider of consulting services to corporate management, and as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Continental Cablevision, a cable television company, from 1982 to 1997. Ms. Hawthorne serves on the board of directors of Avid Technologies where she has served as the lead independent director from January 2008 to December 2011, interim Chief Executive Officer from August 2007 through December 2007, and chairperson from May 2004 to May 2007. Ms. Hawthorne is a director of the MetLife Funds, a family of mutual funds established by the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. She previously served on the Investment Committee at Wellesley College. Ms. Hawthorne has a BA from Wellesley College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Ms. Hawthorne’s experience as Chair and Chief Executive Officer of a financial advisory and investment firm, as well as her service as lead independent director of an operating company and director of a mutual fund are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Ms. Hawthorne should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

Keith W. Hughes. Since April 2001, Mr. Hughes has been a management consultant to domestic and international financial institutions. He previously served as Vice Chairman of Citigroup Inc., a commercial banking firm, in New York City from November 2000 to April 2001. Additionally, his experience includes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Associates First Capital Corporation, a consumer and commercial finance firm, in Dallas from February 1995 through November 2000. He is a director of Fidelity National

 

102


Table of Contents

Information Services, Inc., a financial industry technology and services provider. Mr. Hughes holds BS and MBA degrees from Miami University in Ohio

Mr. Hughes’ experience as Vice Chairman of a commercial banking firm and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of a consumer and commercial finance firm, as well as his experience as a management consultant, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Hughes should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

John A. Sommers. Mr. Sommers is a Managing Principal of Income Research & Management, or IR&M, which he co-founded in 1987. IR&M is an investment grade fixed-income advisory firm for institutional and private clients. Prior to IR&M, he was Director of Fixed Income at the Putnam Companies, or Putnam (now Putnam Investments), an investment advisory firm. Mr. Sommers joined Putnam in 1976 and actively managed fixed income portfolios until 1985, when he was named President and Chief Executive Officer of Putnam Advisory Company, LLC, an investment advisory firm. Prior to his work at Putnam, Mr. Sommers was a Partner and Director of Fixed Income Sales and Trading at Loeb, Rhoades & Co., an investment banking and securities firm, and a Director at F.S. Smithers & Co., an investment banking firm, and an officer in the National Bank Division of the Irving Trust Company. Mr. Sommers has a BA from Bucknell University and an MBA from New York University.

Mr. Sommers’ experience as a Co-founder and Managing Principal of an independent investment management firm, as well as his portfolio management experience with an asset management firm, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Sommers should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

David P. Southwell. Mr. Southwell was Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of Human Genome Sciences, Inc. until the purchase by GlaxoSmithKline in August 2012. Mr. Southwell served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Sepracor Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from 1994 to May 2008. From August 1984 to July 1986 and from September 1988 until July 1994, Mr. Southwell was associated with Lehman Brothers, a financial-services firm, in various positions within the investment banking division, including in the position of Vice President. Mr. Southwell is also a director of PTC Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, the former Chairman of the Board of Biosphere Medical, Inc., a medical device company, prior to its acquisition by Merit Medical in 2010, and a former director of Human Genome Sciences, Inc., a pharmaceutical company. In addition, he serves on the Board of Overseers of the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Mr. Southwell has a BA from Rice University and an MBA from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.

Mr. Southwell’s experience as an officer of several public operating companies, as well as his experience with a financial services firm, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Southwell should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Sam W. Tillinghast. Mr. Tillinghast is a Co-President and Chief Risk Officer of the Company and THL Credit Advisors. He leads both transaction origination for the Southeast region and underwriting, execution and portfolio management for the Houston investment team. Mr. Tillinghast also serves on the Investment Committee and is responsible for risk management for our entire portfolio. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2007, Mr. Tillinghast was formerly Managing Director and Head of the Private Placement Group for AIG where he was responsible for private debt investments, project finance transactions and private asset-backed securitizations. Mr. Tillinghast joined AIG with the acquisition of SunAmerica Inc. in January 1999, and successfully integrated the private debt investment groups of SunAmerica, AIG and American General (acquired by AIG in 2001). Mr. Tillinghast managed the approximately $28 billion AIG private debt portfolio and was responsible for $20 billion of investments made over a five year period. Mr. Tillinghast was an executive vice president of American General Investment Management Corporation and was named Head of AIG Global

 

103


Table of Contents

Investment Group in Houston, Texas. While at SunAmerica, where he joined in 1988, Mr. Tillinghast was Executive Vice President of SunAmerica Corporate Finance and his investment experience included corporate bonds, securitizations, leveraged loans, CDOs, portfolio acquisitions, and equipment leasing. He is a former member of the board of directors of Falcon Financial, LLC. Mr. Tillinghast currently maintains a board observer role for Food Processing Holdings, LLC, Hart InterCivic, Inc., Martex Fiber Southern Corp., Trinity Services Group, Inc., Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC, Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp., and Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc. Mr. Tillinghast received his BS in finance at the University of South Alabama and his MBA from the University of Texas at Austin.

W. Hunter Stropp. Mr. Stropp is a Co-President of the Company and THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Stropp serves on the Investment Committee and manages transaction allocation across the organization. He leads transaction origination for the Western region and underwriting, execution and portfolio management for the Los Angeles investment team. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2007, Mr. Stropp served as a Vice President and Investment Manager in the Private Equity Group of GE Asset Management Inc. from 2000 to 2007. Previously, Mr. Stropp served in private equity and business development positions at Koch Industries, Inc. and began his career as a consultant with Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr. Stropp was a former member of the board of directors of JDC Healthcare, Inc. He maintains a board observer role for C & K Market, Inc., CRS Reprocessing, LLC, OEM Group, Inc., Cydcor, LLC, Gold, Inc., and Dr. Fresh Inc. Mr. Stropp previously served on the boards of directors of Octane Fitness LLC, HB&G Building Products, Inc., Homegrown Natural Foods, Inc. and Coast Crane Company, Inc. Mr. Stropp holds a BA in economics and political science from the University of Texas at Austin and an MBA from Texas A&M University.

Christopher J. Flynn. Mr. Flynn is a Co-President at the Company and THL Credit Advisors. He serves as a member of the Investment Committee and also manages capital markets actively as it relates to syndications. He leads both transaction origination for the Northeast and Central regions and underwriting, execution and portfolio management for the Boston, New York City, and Chicago investment teams. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2007, Mr. Flynn was previously a Vice President at AIG in the Leveraged Capital Group. Mr. Flynn joined AIG in February 2005 after working for Black Diamond Capital Management, a hedge fund with offices in Illinois and Connecticut. Mr. Flynn was a Senior Financial Analyst at Black Diamond where he was responsible for underwriting new debt investment opportunities as well as monitoring a portfolio of leveraged loans. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Flynn worked in a variety of roles at GE Capital, lastly as an Assistant Vice President within the Capital Markets Syndication Group. Prior to joining GE Capital, Mr. Flynn worked at BNP Paribas as a financial analyst and at Bank One as a commercial banker. Mr. Flynn currently maintains a board observer role for Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC, Country Pure Foods, Inc., Express Courier International Inc., HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc., Sheplers, Inc., Connecture, Inc., and Specialty Brands Holdings, Inc. Mr. Flynn earned his MBA with a concentration in finance and strategy from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Business and his BA in Finance from DePaul University.

Terrence W. Olson. Mr. Olson is the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, THL Credit Advisors and THL Credit SLS. He also serves on the Board of Directors of THL Credit SLS. As a member of our senior management team, he is responsible for finance, operations, administration and information technology. He is also directly involved in strategic initiatives, capital raising and investor relations. Prior to joining THL Credit in February 2008, Mr. Olson spent ten years at Highland Capital Partners (“Highland”), a venture capital firm, where he served as Director of Finance and was responsible for the financial, tax and operational matters for Highland’s funds as well global activities in Europe and China. Before joining Highland, Mr. Olson was a Senior Manager at the accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he worked with public and private companies in the financial services and technology sectors between 1989 and 1998. He has been a presenter and speaker at numerous financial and private equity conferences and is active with several related industry groups, including the Financial Executive Alliance, where he serves on the Board of Directors. Mr. Olson holds a BS in accounting from Boston College.

 

104


Table of Contents

Stephanie Paré Sullivan. Ms. Sullivan is the Chief Legal Officer & General Counsel of the Company and THL Credit Advisors and the General Counsel of THL Credit SLS. As a member of senior management, her role includes legal and compliance review of THL Credit’s business operations, investing transactions, regulatory filings and strategic initiatives. Prior to joining THL Credit in early 2010, Ms. Sullivan was a partner in the law firm of Goodwin Procter LLP, where she worked from 1997 to 2010, primarily focusing on mergers and acquisitions, private equity transactions and the representation of early- and later-stage growth companies. While at Goodwin Procter LLP, she worked with THL Credit in connection with its initial formation in 2007 and its continuing operations. Ms. Sullivan received her BA from Williams College and her JD from New York University School of Law.

Director Independence

In accordance with rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market, the Board annually determines the independence of each director. No director is considered independent unless the Board has determined that he or she has no material relationship with the Company. The Company monitors the status of its directors and officers through the activities of the Company’s Governance Committee and through a questionnaire to be completed by each director no less frequently than annually, with updates periodically if information provided in the most recent questionnaire has changed.

In order to evaluate the materiality of any such relationship, the Board uses the definition of director independence set forth in The NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. The NASDAQ Global Select Market rules provides that a director of a BDC shall be considered to be independent if he or she is not an “interested person” of the Company, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act defines an “interested person” to include, among other things, any person who has, or within the last two years had, a material business or professional relationship with the Company.

The Board has determined that each of the directors and nominees is independent and has no relationship with the Company, except as a director and stockholder of the Company, with the exception of James K. Hunt. Mr. Hunt is an interested person of the Company due to his positions as officers of the Company.

Board Leadership Structure

Our Board of Directors monitors and performs an oversight role with respect to our business and affairs, including with respect to investment practices and performance, compliance with regulatory requirements and the services, expenses and performance of service providers to us. Among other things, our Board of Directors approves the appointment of our investment adviser and our officers, reviews and monitors the services and activities performed by our investment adviser and our executive officers and approves the engagement, and reviews the performance of, our independent registered public accounting firm.

Chairman and CEO

The Board currently combines the role of Chairman of the Board with the role of Chief Executive Officer, coupled with a Lead Independent Director position to further strengthen the governance structure. The Board believes this provides an efficient and effective leadership model for the Company. Combining the Chairman and CEO roles fosters clear accountability, effective decision-making, and alignment on corporate strategy.

No single leadership model is right for all companies at all times. The Board recognizes that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as a separate independent chairman of the board, might be appropriate. Accordingly, the Board periodically reviews its leadership structure.

 

105


Table of Contents

Moreover, the Board believes that its governance practices provide adequate safeguards against any potential risks that might be associated with having a combined Chairman and CEO. Specifically:

 

   

Five of the six current directors of the Company are independent directors;

 

   

All of the members of the Audit Committee and Governance Committee are independent directors;

 

   

The Board and its committees regularly conduct scheduled meetings in executive session, out of the presence of Mr. Hunt and other members of management;

 

   

The Board and its committees regularly conduct meetings that specifically include Mr. Hunt;

 

   

The Board and its committees remain in close contact with, and receive reports on various aspects of the Company’s management and enterprise risk directly from the Company’s senior management and independent auditors; and

 

   

The Board and its committees interact with employees of the Company outside the ranks of senior management.

Lead Independent Director

The Board has instituted the Lead Independent Director position to provide an additional measure of balance, ensure the Board’s independence, and enhance its ability to fulfill its management oversight responsibilities. Keith W. Hughes currently serves as the Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director:

 

   

Presides over all meetings of the directors at which the Chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

Has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

Frequently consults with the Chairman and CEO about strategic policies;

 

   

Provides the Chairman and CEO with input regarding Board meetings;

 

   

Serves as a liaison between the Chairman and CEO and the independent directors; and

 

   

Otherwise assumes such responsibilities as may be assigned to him by the independent directors.

Having a combined Chairman and CEO, coupled with a substantial majority of independent, experienced directors, including a Lead Independent Director with specified responsibilities on behalf of the independent directors, provides the right leadership structure for the Company and is best for the Company and its stockholders at this time.

Communications with Directors

Stockholders and other interested parties may contact any member (or all members) of the Board by mail. To communicate with the Board, any individual directors or any group or committee of directors, correspondence should be addressed to the Board or any such individual directors or group or committee of directors by either name or title. All such correspondence should be sent to THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor, Boston, MA 02110, Attention: Corporate Secretary. Any communication to report potential issues regarding accounting, internal controls and other auditing matters will be directed to the Audit Committee. Appropriate THL Credit, Inc. personnel will review and sort through communications before forwarding them to the addressee(s).

Board’s Role In Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors performs its risk oversight function primarily through (i) its standing committees, which report to the entire Board of Directors and are comprised solely of independent directors, and (ii) active monitoring of our Chief Compliance Officer and our compliance policies and procedures.

 

106


Table of Contents

Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of THL Credit Advisors or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) subject to the supervision of THL Credit Advisors. The Company is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by THL Credit Advisors and the other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Company. Risk oversight is part of the Board’s general oversight of the Company and is addressed as part of various board and committee activities. The Board, directly or through a committee, also reviews reports from, among others, management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company and internal accounting personnel for THL Credit Advisors, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Company and management’s or the service provider’s risk functions. The committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the directors, and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Company’s activities and associated risks. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer, who oversees the implementation and testing of the Company’s compliance program and reports to the board regarding compliance matters for the Company and THL Credit Advisors. The independent directors have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.

We believe that the role of our Board of Directors in risk oversight is effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which we are already subject as a BDC. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in our business and operations. For example, we are limited in our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates, including investing in any portfolio company in which one of our affiliates currently has an investment.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board met five times during fiscal year 2013. Each director attended at least 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board and committees on which the director served that were held while the director was a member. The Board’s standing committees are set forth below. We require each director to make a diligent effort to attend all Board and committee meetings, as well as each Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Two of our directors attended the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Our board of directors currently has two committees: an audit committee and a governance committee.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is presently composed of four persons, David K. Downes (Chairperson), Nancy Hawthorne, John A. Sommers and David P. Southwell, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards. Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of our Audit Committee is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, each member of our Audit Committee meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in addition, is not an “interested person” of the Company or of THL Credit Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Audit Committee met four times during the 2013 fiscal year.

The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board of Directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Audit Committee. The primary function of the Audit Committee is to serve as an independent and objective party to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities for overseeing and monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements, the adequacy of our system of internal controls, the review of the independence and performance of, as well as communicate openly with, our registered public accounting firm, the performance of our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

A charter of the Audit Committee is available in print to any stockholder who requests it and it is also available on the Company’s website at http://investor.thlcredit.com .

 

107


Table of Contents

Governance Committee

The Governance Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board of Directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Governance Committee, including making nominations for the appointment or election of independent directors, personnel training policies and administering the provisions of the code of ethics applicable to the independent directors. The Governance Committee consists of David P. Southwell (Chairperson), Nancy Hawthorne and Keith W. Hughes, each of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards. The Governance Committee met two times during the 2013 fiscal year.

The Governance Committee will consider qualified director nominees recommended by stockholders when such recommendations are submitted in accordance with our By-laws and any other applicable law, rule or regulation regarding director nominations. Stockholders may submit candidates for nomination for our Board of Directors by writing to: Board of Directors, THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor, Boston, MA 02110. When submitting a nomination to us for consideration, a stockholder must provide certain information about each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, including: (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person; (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of our capital stock owned beneficially or of record by the persons; and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by the proposed nominee’s written consent to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

The Governance Committee seeks to identify individuals to serve on the Board who have a diverse range of viewpoints, qualifications, experiences, backgrounds and skill sets so that the Board will be better suited to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the Company’s activities. In so doing, the Governance Committee reviews the size of the board and the knowledge, experience, skills, expertise and diversity of the directors in light of the issues facing the Company in determining whether one or more new directors should be added to the board. The Governance Committee believes that the directors as a group possess the array of skills, experiences and backgrounds necessary to guide the Company. The director biographies included herein highlight the diversity and breadth of skills, qualifications and expertise that the directors bring to the Company. The Governance Committee does not currently consider stockholder nominees for the office of director.

One of the goals of the Governance Committee is to assemble a board of directors that brings us a variety of perspectives and skills derived from high quality business and professional experience.

Other than the foregoing, there are no stated minimum criteria for director nominees, although the Governance Committee may also consider such other factors as it may deem are in our best interests and those of our stockholders. The Governance Committee also believes it appropriate for certain key members of our management to participate as members of the Board. The Governance Committee does not assign specific weights to particular criteria and no particular criterion is necessarily applicable to all prospective nominees. We believe that the backgrounds and qualifications of the directors, considered as a group, should provide a significant composite mix of experience, knowledge and abilities that will allow the Board to fulfill its responsibilities. Our Board does not have a specific diversity policy, but considers diversity of race, religion, national origin, gender, sexual orientation, disability, cultural background and professional experiences in evaluating candidates for Board membership.

The Governance Committee identifies nominees by first evaluating the current members of the Board willing to continue in service. Current members of the Board with skills and experience that are relevant to our business and who are willing to continue in service are considered for re-nomination, balancing the value of continuity of service by existing members of the Board with that of obtaining a new perspective. If any member

 

108


Table of Contents

of the Board does not wish to continue in service or if the Governance Committee or the Board decides not to re-nominate a member for re-election, the Governance Committee identifies the desired skills and experience of a new nominee in light of the criteria above. Current members of the Governance Committee and Board are polled for suggestions as to individuals meeting the criteria of the Governance Committee. Research may also be performed to identify qualified individuals. We have not engaged third parties to identify or evaluate or assist in identifying potential nominees to the Board.

A charter of the Governance Committee is available in print to any stockholder who requests it, and it is also available on the Company’s website at http://investor.thlcredit.com .

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board of Directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Compensation Committee, including overseeing the Company’s compensation policies, evaluating executive officer performance and reviewing and approving the compensation, if any, by the Company of its executive officers. The Compensation Committee consists of David P. Southwell (Chairperson), Nancy Hawthorne and Keith W. Hughes, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards. The Compensation Committee was established in October 2013, and met once during the 2013 fiscal year.

In reviewing and approving the compensation, if any, by the Company for each of the Company’s executive officers, the Compensation Committee will, among other things, consider corporate goals and objectives relevant to executive officer compensation, evaluate each executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives, and set each executive officer’s compensation based on such evaluation and such other factors as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate and in the best interests of the Company (including the cost to the Company of such compensation). Notwithstanding the foregoing, currently none of the Company’s executive officers are directly compensated by the Company. However, the Company reimburses its administrator for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the administrator in performing its obligations under an administration agreement, including an allocable share of the compensation of certain of the Company’s executive officers with finance and compliance responsibilities.

A charter of the Compensation Committee is available in print to any stockholder who requests it, and it is also available on the Company’s website at http://investor.thlcredit.com .

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct which applies to, among others, our executive officers, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as well as every officer, director and employee of the Company. Requests for copies should be sent in writing to THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor, Boston, MA 02110. The Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is also available on our website at http://investor.thlcredit.com .

If we make any substantive amendment to, or grant a waiver from, a provision of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, we will promptly disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver on our website at http://investor.thlcredit.com as well as file a Form 8-K with the SEC.

 

109


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors

The following table sets forth compensation of the Company’s directors for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Name

   Fees Earned  or
Paid in Cash (1)(2)
     Total  

Interested Director

     

James K. Hunt (3)

     —          —    

Independent Directors

     

David K. Downes

   $ 123,500       $ 123,500   

Nancy Hawthorne

   $ 118,500       $ 118,500   

Keith W. Hughes

   $ 113,000       $ 113,000   

John A. Sommers

   $ 108,000       $ 108,000   

David P. Southwell

   $ 118,000       $ 118,000   

 

(1) For a discussion of the independent directors’ compensation, see below.
(2) We do not maintain a stock or option plan, non-equity incentive plan or pension plan for our directors.
(3) As an employee director, Mr. Hunt does not receive any compensation for his service as a director. Mr. Hunt is employed by THL Credit Advisors, not by the Company.

As compensation for serving on our board of directors, for the calendar year 2013 we paid each independent director an annual fee of $47,500. We also paid our independent directors $12,000 per regular board meeting attended in person or by telephone, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with in-person attendance at such meeting, and $1,500 per ad-hoc board meeting attended in person or by telephone, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with in-person attendance at such meeting. In addition, we paid the Lead Independent Director an annual fee of $10,000, the Chairperson of the audit committee an annual fee of $25,000, each chairperson of any other committee an annual fee of $10,000 and other members of the audit committee and any other standing committee an annual fee of $12,500 and $6,000, respectively, for their additional services in these capacities. In addition, we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

No compensation was paid to directors who are interested persons of the Company as defined in the 1940 Act.

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our officers will receive direct compensation from us. Further, we are prohibited under the 1940 Act from issuing equity incentive compensation, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock, to our officers, directors and employees. The compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer are paid by our administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by him or her to us. To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the administrator.

 

110


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

We entered into an investment management agreement on April 1, 2010 under which the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to us. The Advisor and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, the Advisor may serve as investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds, and presently serves as an investment adviser to a CLO, THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF). In addition, our officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds. The Advisor and its affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, the Advisor or its affiliates may determine that we should invest side-by-side with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with the Advisor’s allocation procedures.

The 1940 Act prohibits us from making certain negotiated co-investments with affiliates unless we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. We, the Advisor and certain of its affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit us to co-invest with other funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. There can be no assurance that any such exemptive order will be obtained.

The Advisors’ policies are also designed to manage and mitigate the conflicts of interest associated with the allocation of investment opportunities if we are able to co-invest, either pursuant to SEC interpretive positions or an exemptive order, with other accounts managed by our investment adviser and its affiliates. Generally, under the investment allocation policy, a portion of each opportunity that is appropriate for us and any affiliated fund, which may vary based on asset class and liquidity, among other factors, will be offered to us and such other eligible accounts, as determined by the Advisor. The investment allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other eligible accounts will generally be made in accordance with SEC interpretive positions or an exemptive order. The Advisor seeks to treat all clients fairly and equitably in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duty to each of them; however, in some instances, especially in instances of limited liquidity, the factors may not result in pro rata allocations or may result in situations where certain accounts receive allocations where others do not.

Investment Management Agreement

On March 4, 2014, our investment management agreement with the Advisor was re-approved by our Board of Directors. Under the investment management agreement, the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to us.

The Advisor receives a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of our gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined as the value of our assets without deduction for any liabilities. The base management fee is calculated based on the value of our gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we incurred base management fees payable to the Advisor of $2.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

 

111


Table of Contents

The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on our preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under our administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which our preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of our preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of our preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred $2.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively, of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Advisor. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively of incentive fees incurred by us were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from

 

112


Table of Contents

inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated.

GAAP requires that the incentive fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments, such as an interest rate derivative, in the calculation, as an incentive fee would be payable if such realized gains and losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation were realized, even though such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the investment management agreement (“GAAP Incentive Fee”). There can be no assurance that such unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the investment management agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent periods.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to the GAAP Incentive Fee. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of GAAP Incentive Fees incurred by the Company are not currently payable until the end of each calendar year and the hurdle is met.

Administration Agreement

We have also entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor under which the Advisor will provide administrative services to us. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor performs, or oversees the performance of administrative services necessary for our operation, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Advisor assists in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. We will reimburse the Advisor for our allocable portion of the costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for overhead in performance by the Advisor of its duties under the administration agreement and the investment management agreement, including facilities, office equipment and our allocable portion of cost of compensation and related expenses of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided to us by the Advisor. Our board of directors reviews the allocation methodologies with respect to such expenses. Such costs are reflected as Administrator expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor provides, on our behalf, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. To the extent that our Advisor outsources any of its functions, the Company pays the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Advisor.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred administrator expenses of $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

License Agreement

We and the Advisor have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners under which THL Partners has granted to us and the Advisor a non-exclusive, personal, revocable worldwide non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL , which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with our respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means we are not charged a fee for our use of the trade name and service mark THL . The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to us or the Advisor by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days

 

113


Table of Contents

prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either us or the Advisor by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either us or the Advisor at our or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, we and the Advisor must cease to use the name and mark THL , including any use in our respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require us to withdraw or replace our names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, we and the Advisor have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. We are an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with us have no recourse against THL Partners.

Due to and from Affiliates

The Advisor paid certain other general and administrative expenses on our behalf. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.04 million and $0.01 million of expenses were included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

We act as the investment adviser to Greenway and Greenway II and are entitled to receive certain fees. As a result, Greenway and Greenway II are classified as an affiliate. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.8 million and $1.0 million of fees related to Greenway and Greenway II, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.5 million was included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities related to the portion of the escrow receivable, due to THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as the administrative agent, to Greenway.

 

114


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of June 2, 2014, the beneficial ownership of each current director, the nominees for director, the Company’s executive officers, each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, and the executive officers and directors as a group. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 33,905,202 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 2, 2014.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Ownership information for those persons who beneficially own 5% or more of our shares of common stock is based upon filings by such persons with the SEC and other information obtained from such persons, if available.

Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that each beneficial owner set forth in the table has sole voting and investment power and has the same address as the Company. The Company’s directors are divided into two groups—interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” of THL Credit, Inc. as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all executive officers and directors is c/o THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

 

Name 

   Number of
Shares Owned
Beneficially
     Percentage  

Other:

     

Leon G. Cooperman (2)(3)

     2,011,170         5.93

11431 W. Palmetto Park Road

Boca Raton, FL 33428

     

Interested Director:

     

James K. Hunt (1)(4)

     258,803         *   

Independent Directors:

     

David K. Downes (1)

     24,787         *   

Nancy Hawthorne (1)(5)

     14,869         *   

Keith W. Hughes

     39,500         *   

John A. Sommers (1)(6)

     43,557         *   

David P. Southwell (1)

     50,710         *   

Executive Officers:

     

Sam W. Tillinghast (1)

     63,862         *   

W. Hunter Stropp (1)(7)

     17,261         *   

Terrence W. Olson (1)(8)

     14,849         *   

Stephanie Paré Sullivan (1)(9)

     11,216         *   

Christopher J. Flynn (1)(10)

     9,870         *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)

     549,284         1.62

 

115


Table of Contents
* Represents less than 1%.
(1) Includes shares purchased through a dividend reinvestment plan.
(2) Information about the beneficial ownership of our principal stockholders is derived from filings made by them with the SEC.
(3) Based on information included in the Schedule 13G/A filed by Leon G. Cooperman on February 5, 2014, as of December 31, 2013, Mr. Cooperman beneficially owned 2,011,170 shares of the Company’s common stock, had sole voting and dispositive power over 1,606,571 shares of the Company’s common stock and had shared voting and dispositive power over 404,599 shares of the Company’s common stock. Mr. Cooperman is the Managing Member of Omega Associates, L.L.C. (“Associates”), a Delaware limited liability company. Associates is the general partner of the Delaware limited partnership, Omega Equity Investors, L.P. (“Equity LP”), and the Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Omega Charitable Partnership L.P (“Charitable LP”). Mr. Cooperman is the President, CEO, and majority stockholder of Omega Advisors, Inc. (“Omega Advisors”), a Delaware corporation, and Mr. Cooperman is deemed to control Omega Advisors. Omega Advisors serves as a discretionary investment adviser to a limited number of institutional clients (the “Managed Accounts”). Mr. Cooperman is married to Toby Cooperman. Mr. Cooperman has an adult son named Michael S. Cooperman. The Michael S. Cooperman WRA Trust (“WRA Trust”) is an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Michael S. Cooperman. Mr. Cooperman has discretionary investment authority over the Michael S. Cooperman and the WRA Trust Accounts. Mr. Cooperman is one of the Trustees of The Leon and Toby Cooperman Foundation (the “Foundation”), a charitable trust, and Family Fund for a Jewish Future (“Family Fund”), a Type 1 charitable supporting foundation. Mr. Cooperman’s ownership consists of 600,000 shares owned by Mr. Cooperman; 150,000 shares owned by Toby Cooperman; 353,572 shares owned by Equity LP; 404,599 shares owned by the Managed Accounts; 50,000 shares owned by Michael S. Cooperman; 150,000 shares owned by the WRA Trust; 28,000 shares owned by the Family Fund; 100,000 shares owned by the Foundation; and 175,000 owned by Charitable LP.
(4) Includes 250,803 shares held in the Hunt Living Trust, for which Mr. Hunt is the trustee and has sole voting and dispositive power, and 8,000 shares held by THL Credit Advisors FBO James K. Hunt for which Mr. Hunt has sole voting and dispositive power.
(5) Shares are held in the Nancy Hawthorne SEP FBO Nancy Hawthorne, for which Ms. Hawthorne has sole voting and dispositive power.
(6) 33,645 shares are held in the John A. Sommers Revocable Trust for which Mr. Sommers is the trustee and has sole voting and dispositive power. 9,912 shares are held in the John Sommers IRA FBA John Sommers for which Mr. Sommers has sole voting and dispositive power.
(7) Includes 8,215 shares held as an individual and 9,046 shares held by THL Credit Advisors FBO Hunter W. Stropp for which Mr. Stropp has sole voting and dispositive power.
(8) Includes 4,982 shares held as an individual and 9,867 shares held by THL Credit Advisors FBO Terrence W. Olson, for which Mr. Olson has sole voting and dispositive power.
(9) 3,767 shares are held as an individual and 7,449 shares are held in the Stephanie Paré Sullivan Rollover IRA for which Ms. Paré Sullivan has sole voting and dispositive power.
(10) Includes 5,500 shares held as an individual, 3,920 shares held jointly by Christopher J. Flynn and Cynthia Salazar-Flynn, and 450 shares held by THL Credit Advisors FBO Christopher J. Flynn, for which Mr. Flynn has sole voting and dispositive power.

 

116


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, as of June 2, 2014, the dollar range of our equity securities that is beneficially owned by each of our directors and portfolio management employees. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Name

  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities
Beneficially Owned (1)(2)(3)

Interested Director:

  

James K. Hunt

   over $1,000,000

Independent Directors:

  

David K. Downes

  

$100,001—$500,000

Nancy Hawthorne

  

$100,001—$500,000

Keith W. Hughes

  

$500,001—$1,000,000

John A. Sommers

  

$500,001—$1,000,000

David P. Southwell

  

$500,001—$1,000,000

 

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.
(2) The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in us is based on the closing price for our common stock of $13.30 on June 2, 2014 on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.
(3) The dollar ranges of equity securities beneficially owned are: None; $1—$10,000; $10,001—$50,000; $50,001—$100,000; $100,001—$500,000; $500,001—$1,000,000; or over $1,000,000.

 

117


Table of Contents

THE ADVISOR

THL Credit Advisors will serve as our investment adviser. THL Credit Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, THL Credit Advisors will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, THL Credit, Inc. The address of THL Credit Advisors is 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

Portfolio managers

The members of THL Credit Advisors’ investment committee are our portfolio managers. The investment committee currently consists of James K. Hunt, Sam W. Tillinghast, W. Hunter Stropp and Christopher J. Flynn. Biographical information with respect to Messrs. Hunt, Tillinghast, Stropp and Flynn is set forth under “Management of the Company—Biographical information.”

Our investment support team also includes W. Montgomery Cook, Daniel K. Letizia, Howard Wu, Walter Chung, James Bartling, Darren B. Felfeli, Daniel R. Dubé, J. Lee Incandela, and Christopher D. Babick who focus on the origination and transaction analysis and diligence and ongoing monitoring of our investments.

None of the members of the investment committee are employed by us or receive any direct compensation from us. These individuals receive compensation from THL Credit Advisors that includes an annual base salary and a portion of the distributions made by THL Credit Advisors, a portion of which relates to the incentive fee or carried interest earned by THL Credit Advisors in connection with its services to us.

Investment Support

W. Montgomery Cook. Mr. Cook, 47, is a Managing Director of THL Credit Advisors LLC. He is responsible for transaction origination, underwriting and execution for the New York investment team. Mr. Cook also oversees origination, structuring and execution of investments in the financial services vertical. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2013, Mr. Cook was a Director at Deutsche Bank in the Credit Solutions Group where he was responsible for originating and structuring illiquid credit investment opportunities. Prior to Deutsche Bank, Mr. Cook was a Managing Director with a publicly-traded BDC where he was on the investment committee and responsible for sourcing, underwriting, executing and monitoring a portfolio of subordinated loans and equity co-investments to financial sponsor-backed companies. Mr. Cook began his career at Merrill Lynch & Co. where he was a Financial Analyst in the Telecom, Media & Technology Investment Banking group and was subsequently an Associate and a Vice President in the Financial Sponsors Group at J.P. Morgan. Mr. Cook received his Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from Northeastern University.

Daniel K. Letizia . Mr. Letizia, 36, is a Director of THL Credit Advisors LLC. He leads transaction origination for the Midwest region and underwriting, execution and portfolio management for the Chicago investment team. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2013, Mr. Letizia spent eleven years executing and monitoring leveraged finance transactions for middle-market private equity firms at CIT Group and GE Antares Capital. He began his career in mergers and acquisitions advisory at Lincoln International. Mr. Letizia holds a BS in Finance from the University of Illinois.

Howard H. Wu . Mr. Wu, 35, is a Director of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Boston investment team, his role includes sourcing and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and managing portfolio investments. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2007, Mr. Wu worked in the Corporate Finance department at Yahoo! Inc. where he executed mergers & acquisitions and strategic partnerships. He was previously in the Investment Banking Division at Bear, Stearns & Co. in San Francisco and Los Angeles. Mr. Wu holds a BA in Economics from the University of California, Berkeley.

 

118


Table of Contents

Walter S. Chung . Mr. Chung, 33, is a Director of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Los Angeles investment team, his role includes sourcing and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and managing portfolio investments. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2009, Mr. Chung worked in the Corporate Finance department at Libra Securities where he executed private placements and mergers & acquisitions. Prior to Libra Securities, he worked in the Corporate Finance department at FTI Consulting, Inc. and in the Assurance & Advisory practice at Ernst & Young, LLP. Mr. Chung holds a B.A. in Business Economics and a minor in Accounting from the University of California, Los Angeles.

James W. Bartling . Mr. Bartling, 37, is a Director and Senior Counsel of THL Credit Advisors. His role includes structuring, negotiation, and review of all portfolio investments and investment opportunities. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2011, Mr. Bartling was an Associate at the law firm of Proskauer Rose LLP, where he worked from 2007 to 2011 and had a general corporate practice, with an emphasis in commercial finance transactions, particularly those involving junior capital. Prior to joining Proskauer, Mr. Bartling worked in-house as an Associate Counsel at Investors Bank & Trust Company. Mr. Bartling received his BS from the University of Vermont and his JD from Suffolk University Law School.

Darren B. Felfeli. Mr. Felfeli, 27, is a Vice President of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Houston investment team, his role includes sourcing and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and managing portfolio investments. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2010, Mr. Felfeli worked in the Global Investment Banking Division of RBC Capital Markets in the Energy Group where he executed mergers & acquisitions and capital markets transactions. Mr. Felfeli holds a Bachelor of Business Administration with a major in Finance and a minor in Accounting from the University of Texas at Austin.

Daniel R. Dubé. Mr. Dubé, 31, is a Vice President of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Los Angeles investment team, his role includes sourcing and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and managing portfolio investments. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2010, Mr. Dubé worked in the infrastructure private equity group of Macquarie Capital Funds in New York where he evaluated new acquisition opportunities and managed existing portfolio companies. He was previously in the Global Investment Banking Division of Lehman Brothers in the Communications and Media Group in New York where he executed mergers & acquisitions and capital markets transactions. Mr. Dubé holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Southern California.

J. Lee Incandela . Mr. Incandela, 28, is a Vice President of THL Credit Advisors. As a member of the Boston and New York City investment team, his role includes sourcing and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and managing portfolio investments. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2010, Mr. Incandela worked in the Global Investment Banking Division of BMO Capital Markets in the Healthcare Group where he executed mergers & acquisitions and capital markets transactions. He was previously in the M&A and Healthcare Investment Banking Divisions at Jefferies & Company in Boston, MA. Mr. Incandela holds a B.S. in Economics from Vanderbilt University.

Christopher D. Babick . Mr. Babick, 40, is a Vice President of THL Credit Advisors LLC. As a member of the Midwest investment team, his role includes originating and evaluating new investment opportunities, executing transactions and portfolio management. Prior to joining THL Credit in 2013, Mr. Babick worked at J.P. Morgan Securities Syndicated and Leveraged Finance Group where he was responsible for providing capital structure advisory, underwriting and execution of public and private market financing solutions in support of acquisitions, recapitalizations, and refinancings for clients of J.P. Morgan’s Investment Bank, Corporate Client Bank and Middle Market franchises. He previously worked at Goldman Sachs and Lehman Brothers in Chicago focusing on mergers & acquisitions, private equity, general corporate finance and equity capital solutions. Mr. Babick earned his MBA from The University of Virginia Darden School of Business, and holds a BA and BS in History and Business Administration, respectively, from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

119


Table of Contents

The table below shows the dollar range of shares of our common stock to be beneficially owned by the members of the Investment Committee and our investment team.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager/Investment Support Team

   Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities
Beneficially
Owned (1)(2)(3)

James K. Hunt

   Over $1,000,000

Sam W. Tillinghast

   $500,001—$1,000,000

W. Hunter Stropp

   $100,001—$500,000

Christopher J. Flynn

   $100,001—$500,000

Walter Chung

   $1—$10,000

Howard Wu

   None

James W. Bartling

   None

Darren Felfeli

   None

Daniel Dubé

   $1—$10,000

Lee Incandela

   None

W. Montgomery Cook

   $10,001—$50,000

Daniel K. Letizia

   $10,001—$50,000

Christopher D. Babick

   $10,000—$50,000

 

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act.”
(2) The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in us is based on the closing price for our common stock of $13.30 on June 2, 2014 on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.
(3) The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned are: none, $1—$10,000, $10,001—$50,000, $50,001—$100,000, $100,001—$500,000, $500,001—$1,000,000, or over $1,000,000.

Investment management agreement

THL Credit Advisors serves as our investment adviser. THL Credit Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, THL Credit Advisors manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory and management services to, THL Credit, Inc. The address of THL Credit Advisors is 100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

Under the terms of our investment management agreement, THL Credit Advisors:

 

   

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

   

identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and

 

   

closes, monitors and administers the investments we make, including the exercise of any voting or consent rights.

THL Credit Advisors’ services under the investment management agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.

Pursuant to our investment management agreement, we pay THL Credit Advisors a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

Management Fee . The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of our gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee,

 

120


Table of Contents

“gross assets” is determined without deduction for any liabilities. The base management fee was calculated based on the value of our gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred base management fees payable to the Advisor of $2.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

Incentive Fee . The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, calculated as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on our preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under our administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which our preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of our preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of our preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual.

Preincentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss, subject to the total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. For example, if we receive preincentive fee net investment income in excess of the quarterly minimum hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due

 

121


Table of Contents

to realized and unrealized capital losses. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.5% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

LOGO

Pre-incentive fee net investment income allocated to first component of incentive fee

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred $2.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively, of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Advisor. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively of incentive fees incurred by us were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

Pre-incentive fee capital gains allocated to second component of incentive fee

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of the Company’s cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated.

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Portion of Incentive Fee before Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Assumptions

 

   

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

 

   

Base management fee (2) = 0.375%

 

   

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.40%

 

(1)   Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2)   Represents 1.5% annualized base management fee.
(3)  

Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

 

122


Table of Contents

Alternative 1

Additional Assumptions

 

   

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

 

   

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 0.475%

Pre-incentive net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Additional Assumptions

 

   

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.90%

 

   

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.125%

Preincentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20.0% × (preincentive fee net investment income – 2.5%)))

= (100.0% x (preincentive fee net investment income – 2.00%)) +0%

= (100.0% x (2.125% – 2.00%))

= 100% x 0.125%

= 0.125%

Alternative 3

Additional Assumptions

 

   

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

 

   

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.725%

Preincentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive Fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20.0% × (preincentive fee net investment income – 2.5%)))

= (100% × (2.5% – 2.0%)) + (20.0% × (2.725% – 2.5%))

= 0.5% + (20.0% × 0.225%)

= 0.5% + 0.045%

= 0.545%

 

123


Table of Contents

Example 2: Income Portion of Incentive Fee with Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Assumptions

 

   

Hurdle rate (1)  = 2.00%

 

   

Base management fee (2)  = 0.375%

 

   

Other expenses (legal, accounting, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.40%

 

   

Cumulative incentive compensation accrued and/or paid for preceding 11 calendar quarters = $9,000,000

Alternative 1

Additional Assumptions

 

   

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

 

   

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.725%

 

   

20.0% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $8,000,000

Although our preincentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% (as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above), no incentive fee is payable because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters did not exceed the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters.

Alternative 2

Additional Assumptions

 

   

Investment Income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

 

   

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.725%.

 

   

20% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $10,000,000

Because our preincentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% and because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters, an incentive fee would be payable, as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above.

Example 3: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:

Alternative 1:

Assumptions

 

   

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)

 

   

Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value, or FMV, of Investment B determined to be $32 million

 

(1)   Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2)   Represents 1.5% annualized base management fee.
(3)  

Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

 

124


Table of Contents
   

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million

 

   

Year 4: Investment B sold for $31 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

 

   

Year 1: None

 

   

Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $6.0 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)

 

   

Year 3: None; $5.0 million (20.0% multiplied by ($30 million cumulative capital gains less $5 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $6.0 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

 

   

Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000; $6.20 million ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $6.0 million (capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

Alternative 2

Assumptions

 

   

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)

 

   

Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million

 

   

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million

 

   

Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million

 

   

Year 5: Investment B sold for $20 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

 

   

Year 1: None

 

   

Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $5.0 million; 20.0% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)

 

   

Year 3: Capital gains incentive fee of $1.4 million; $6.4 million (20.0% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)) less $5.0 million capital gains fee received in Year 2

 

   

Year 4: None

 

   

Year 5: None; $5.0 million of capital gains incentive fee (20.0% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3

Payment of our expenses

All investment professionals and staff of THL Credit Advisors, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services (including health insurance, 401(k) plan benefits, payroll taxes and other compensation related matters), are provided and paid for by THL Credit Advisors. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to:

 

   

our organization;

 

   

calculating our net asset value and net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);

 

125


Table of Contents
   

expenses, including travel-related expenses, incurred by THL Credit Advisors or payable to third parties in originating investments for the portfolio, performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

   

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;

 

   

the costs of future offerings of common shares and other securities, if any;

 

   

the base management fee and any incentive management fee;

 

   

distributions on our shares;

 

   

administrator expenses payable under our administration agreement;

 

   

transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;

 

   

the allocated costs incurred by THL Credit Advisors as our Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;

 

   

amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments;

 

   

brokerage fees and commissions;

 

   

registration fees;

 

   

listing fees;

 

   

taxes;

 

   

independent director fees and expenses;

 

   

costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC;

 

   

the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;

 

   

costs of holding stockholder meetings;

 

   

our fidelity bond;

 

   

directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

 

   

litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses;

 

   

direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including audit and legal costs;

 

   

fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts, including to investors, sponsors and other origination sources;

 

   

dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; and

 

   

all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under our administration agreement, including rent and other allocable portions of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

We reimburse THL Credit Advisors for costs and expenses incurred by THL Credit Advisors for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by THL Credit Advisors of its duties under the investment management agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by THL Credit Advisors relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by THL Credit Advisors to us or in the form of managerial assistance to portfolio companies that request it.

THL Credit Advisors may pay amounts owed by us to third party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse THL Credit Advisors for such amounts paid on our behalf.

 

126


Table of Contents

Limitation of liability and indemnification

The investment management agreement provides that THL Credit Advisors and its officers, directors, employees and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any loss sustained by us or our stockholders, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations under the investment management agreement. The investment management agreement also provides for indemnification by us of THL Credit Advisors’ members, directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by it in connection with their services to us, subject to the same limitations and to certain conditions.

Duration and termination

The investment management agreement was re-approved by our board of directors on March 4, 2014, as described further below under “Business—Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement.” Unless terminated earlier as described below, it will remain in effect from year to year if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. The investment management agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The investment management agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days written notice to the other. Any termination by us must be authorized either by our board of directors or by vote of our stockholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business.” We are dependent upon senior management personnel of our investment adviser for our future success, and if our investment adviser is unable to retain qualified personnel or if our investment adviser loses any member of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

At a meeting of our Board of Directors held on March 4, 2014, our board of directors unanimously voted to re-approve the investment advisory agreement. In reaching a decision to approve the investment advisory agreement, the board of directors reviewed a significant amount of information and considered, among other things:

 

   

the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by THL Credit Advisors LLC;

 

   

the fee structures of comparable externally managed business development companies that engage in similar investing activities;

 

   

our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives;

 

   

any existing and potential sources of indirect income to THL Credit Advisors LLC from its relationship with us and the profitability of that relationship, including through the investment advisory agreement;

 

   

information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the investment advisory agreement;

 

   

the organizational capability and financial condition of THL Credit Advisors LLC and its affiliates; and

 

   

various other matters.

Based on the information reviewed and the discussions detailed above, the board of directors, including all of the directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates and terms are reasonable in relation to the services provided and approved the investment advisory agreement as being in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

127


Table of Contents

Administration agreement

We have entered into an administration agreement with THL Credit Advisors, which we refer to as the “administration agreement,” under which the Administrator provides administrative services to us. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, we reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

The Administrator may pay amounts owed by us to third-party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse the Administrator for such amounts paid on our behalf.

Additionally, at our request, the Administrator provides on our behalf significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance.

License agreement

We and THL Credit Advisors have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners under which THL Partners has granted to us and THL Credit Advisors a non-exclusive, personal, revocable worldwide non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL, which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with our respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means we are not charged a fee for our use of the trade name and service mark THL. The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to us or THL Credit Advisors by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either us or THL Credit Advisors by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either us or THL Credit Advisors at our or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, we and THL Credit Advisors must cease to use the name and mark THL , including any use in our respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require us to withdraw or replace our names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, we and THL Credit Advisors have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. We are an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with us have no recourse against THL Partners.

 

128


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made.

In calculating the value of our total assets, investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio, we expect to value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors in accordance with GAAP. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material. See “Risks—Risks Related to our Business—There will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.”

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

   

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Advisor;

 

   

to the extent determined by the audit committee of our board of directors, independent valuation firms engaged by us conduct independent appraisals and review the Advisor’s preliminary valuations in light of their own independent assessment;

 

   

the audit committee of our board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the Advisor and independent valuation firms and, if necessary, responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments; and

 

   

our board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. We utilize an income approach to value its debt investments and a combination of income and market approaches to value our equity investments. With respect to unquoted securities, our board of directors, in consultation with our independent third party valuation firm, values each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors, which valuation is then approved by our board of directors. For debt investments, we determine the fair value primarily using an income, or yield, approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of interest and principal for the debt security, as set forth in the associated loan agreements, as well as the financial position and credit risk of each portfolio investments. Our estimate of the expected repayment date is generally the legal maturity date of the instrument. The yield analysis considers changes in leverage levels, credit quality, portfolio company performance and other factors.

 

129


Table of Contents

We value our interest rate derivative agreement using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows associated with the interest rate derivative agreement. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flows methodology include the forward interest rate yield curves in effect as of the end of the measurement period and an evaluation of the counterparty’s credit risk.

We value our residual interest investments in collateralized loan obligations using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of our residual interest. The discounted cash flows model utilizes prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based on historical experience and projected performance, economic factors, the characteristics of the underlying cash flow, and comparable yields for similar collateralized loan obligation fund subordinated notes or equity, when available. Specifically, we use Intex cash flow models, or an appropriate substitute to form the basis for the valuation of our residual interest. The models use a set of assumptions including projected default rates, recovery rates, reinvestment rate and prepayment rates in order to arrive at estimated cash flows. The assumptions are based on available market data and projections provided by third parties as well as management estimates.

We value our investment in payment rights using an income approach that analyzes the discounted projected future cash flow streams assuming an appropriate discount rate, which will among other things consider other transactions in the market, the current credit environment, performance of the underlying portfolio company and the length of the remaining payment stream.

The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future cash flows or earnings to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, the current investment performance rating, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, transaction comparables, our principal market as the reporting entity and enterprise values, among other factors.

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP, we disclose the fair value of its investments in a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2—Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

Level 3—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. However, the determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment by management.

We consider whether the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifies transactions that are not orderly in determining fair value. Accordingly, if we determine that either

 

130


Table of Contents

the volume and/or level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased (from normal conditions for that asset or liability) or price quotations or observable inputs are not associated with orderly transactions, increased analysis and management judgment will be required to estimate fair value. Valuation techniques such as an income approach might be appropriate to supplement or replace a market approach in those circumstances.

We adopted the authoritative guidance under GAAP for estimating the fair value of investments in investment companies that have calculated net asset value per share in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies. Accordingly, in circumstances in which net asset value per share of an investment is determinative of fair value, the Company estimates the fair value of an investment in an investment company using the net asset value per share of the investment (or its equivalent) without further adjustment, if the net asset value per share of the investment is determined in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies as of the reporting entity’s measurement date.

Determinations in connection with offerings

In connection with certain offerings of shares of our common stock, our board of directors or one of its committees may be required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made. Our board of directors or the applicable committee will consider the following factors, among others, in making any such determination:

 

   

the net asset value of our common stock most recently disclosed by us in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC;

 

   

our investment adviser’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock and ending two days prior to the date of the sale of our common stock; and

 

   

the magnitude of the difference between the net asset value of our common stock most recently disclosed by us and our investment adviser’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value of our common stock since that determination, and the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering.

Importantly, this determination will not require that we calculate the net asset value of our common stock in connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, but instead it will involve the determination by our board of directors or a committee thereof that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or otherwise in violation of the 1940 Act.

Moreover, to the extent that there is even a remote possibility that we may issue shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made, we will follow the process set forth in “Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value.”

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records that we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.

 

131


Table of Contents

SALES OF COMMON STOCK BELOW NET ASSET VALUE

On June 3, 2014, our common stockholders voted to allow us to issue up to 25% of our outstanding common stock at a price below the Company’s then current net asset value per share common stock at a discount from our net asset value (NAV) per share for a period ending June 3, 2015.

In order to sell shares pursuant to this authorization:

 

   

a majority of our independent directors who have no financial interest in the sale must have approved the sale; and

 

   

a majority of such directors, who are not interested persons of the Company, in consultation with the underwriter or underwriters of the offering if it is to be underwritten, must have determined in good faith, and as of a time immediately prior to the first solicitation by us or on our behalf of firm commitments to purchase such shares or immediately prior to the issuance of such shares, that the price at which such shares are to be sold is not less than a price which closely approximates the market value of those shares, less any underwriting commission or discount.

Any offering of common stock below NAV per share will be designed to raise capital for investment in accordance with our investment objectives and business strategies.

In making a determination that an offering below NAV per share is in our and our stockholders’ best interests, our board of directors would consider a variety of factors including:

 

   

The effect that an offering below NAV per share would have on our stockholders, including the potential dilution they would experience as a result of the offering;

 

   

The amount per share by which the offering price per share and the net proceeds per share are less than the most recently determined NAV per share;

 

   

The relationship of recent market prices of our common stock to NAV per share and the potential impact of the offering on the market price per share of our common stock;

 

   

Whether the proposed offering price would closely approximate the market value of our shares;

 

   

The potential market impact of being able to raise capital during the current financial market difficulties;

 

   

The nature of any new investors anticipated to acquire shares in the offering;

 

   

The anticipated rate of return on and quality, type and availability of investments to be funded with the proceeds from the offering, if any; and

 

   

The leverage available to us, both before and after any offering, and the terms thereof.

Our board of directors will also consider the fact that sales of shares of common stock at a discount will benefit our investment adviser as the investment adviser will earn additional investment management fees on the proceeds of such offerings, as it would from the offering of any other of our securities or from the offering of common stock at a premium to NAV.

We will not sell shares of our common stock under this prospectus or an accompanying prospectus supplement pursuant to the Stockholder Approval without first filing a new post-effective amendment to the registration statement if the cumulative dilution to our net asset value per share from offerings under the registration statement, as amended by any post-effective amendments, exceeds 15%. This would be measured separately for each offering pursuant to the registration statement, as amended by any post-effective amendments, by calculating the percentage dilution or accretion to aggregate net asset value from that offering and then summing the percentage from each offering. For example, if our most recently determined NAV per

 

132


Table of Contents

share at the time of the first offering is $13.00 and we have 20 million shares outstanding, the sale of 5 million shares at net proceeds to us of $6.50 per share (a 50% discount) would produce dilution of 10.0%. If we subsequently determined that our NAV per share increased to $14.00 on the then 25 million shares outstanding and then made an additional offering, we could, for example, sell approximately an additional 6.25 million shares at net proceeds to us of $10.50 per share, which would produce dilution of 5.0%, before we would reach the aggregate 15% limit. If we file a new post-effective amendment, the threshold would reset.

Sales by us of our common stock at a discount from NAV per share pose potential risks for our existing stockholders whether or not they participate in the offering, as well as for new investors who participate in the offering. Any sale of common stock at a price below net asset value per share would result in an immediate dilution to existing common stockholders who do not participate in such sale on at least a pro-rata basis. See “Risks—Risks Relating to an Investment in Our Securities—The net asset value per share of our common stock may be diluted if we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock or securities to subscribe for or convertible into shares of our common stock.”

The following three headings and accompanying tables will explain and provide hypothetical examples on the impact of an offering at a price less than NAV per share on three different sets of investors:

 

   

existing stockholders who do not purchase any shares in the offering;

 

   

existing stockholders who purchase a relatively small amount of shares in the offering or a relatively large amount of shares in the offering; and

 

   

new investors who become stockholders by purchasing shares in the offering.

Impact on Existing Stockholders who do not Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who do not participate in an offering below NAV per share or who do not buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) face the greatest potential risks. All stockholders will experience an immediate decrease (often called dilution) in the NAV of the shares they hold. Stockholders who do not participate in the offering will also experience a disproportionately greater decrease in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than stockholders who do participate in the offering. All stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discount to NAV increases. Further, if existing stockholders do not purchase any shares to maintain their percentage interests, regardless of whether such offering is above or below the then current NAV, their voting power will be diluted.

The following table illustrates the level of NAV dilution that would be experienced by a nonparticipating stockholder in four different hypothetical offerings of different sizes and levels of discount from NAV per share. Actual sales prices and discounts may differ from the presentation below.

The examples assume that the Company has 33,905,202 common shares outstanding, $769.7 million in total assets and $317.3 million in total liabilities. The current net asset value and NAV per share are thus $452.4 million and $13.34, respectively. The table illustrates the dilutive effect on nonparticipating Stockholder A of (1) an offering of 1,695,260 shares (5% of the outstanding shares) with proceeds to the Company at $12.67 per share after offering expenses and commission (a 5% discount from NAV), (2) an offering of 3,390,520 shares (10% of the outstanding shares) with proceeds to the Company at $12.01 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 10% discount from NAV); (3) an offering of 6,781,040 shares (20% of the outstanding shares) with proceeds to the Company at $10.67 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 20% discount from NAV); and (4) an offering of 8,476,301 shares (25% of the outstanding shares) at $0.01 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 100% discount from NAV). This prospectus supplement pursuant to which

 

133


Table of Contents

any discounted offering is made will include a chart based on the actual number of shares of common stock in such offering and the actual discount to the most recently determined NAV. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

    Prior to
Sale Below

NAV
    Example 1
5% Offering
at 5% Discount
    Example 2
10% Offering
at 10% Discount
    Example 3
20% Offering
at 20% Discount
    Example 4
25% Offering
at 100% Discount
 
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
 

Offering Price

                 

Price per Share to Public

    —        $ 13.34        $ 12.64        $ 11.24        $ 0.01     

Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer

    —        $ 12.67        $ 12.01        $ 10.67        $ 0.01     

Decrease to NAV

      1,695,260          3,390,520          6,781,040          8,476,301     

Total Shares Outstanding

    33,905,202        35,600,462        5.00     37,295,722        10.00     40,686,242        20.00     42,381,503        25.00

NAV per Share

  $ 13.34      $ 13.31        -0.22   $ 13.22        -0.90   $ 12.90        -3.30   $ 10.67        -20.01

Share Dilution to Stockholder

                 

Shares Held by Stockholder A

    339,052        339,052          339,052          339,052          339,052     

Percentage of Shares Held by Stockholder A

    1.00     0.95     -4.76     0.91     -9.09     0.83     -16.67     0.80     -20.00

Total Asset Values

                 

Total NAV Held by Stockholder A

  $ 4,522,954      $ 4,512,782        -0.22   $ 4,482,268        -0.90   $ 4,373,771        -3.30   $ 3,617,685        -20.01

Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $15 per share)

  $ 5,085,780      $ 5,085,780        $ 5,085,780        $ 5,085,780        $ 5,085,780     

Total Dilution to Stockholder A (Change in Total NAV Held by Stockholder)

    $ (572,998     $ (603,512     $ (712,009     $ (1,468,095  

Per Share Amounts

                 

NAV per Share Held by Stockholder A

    $ 13.31        $ 13.22        $ 12.90        $ 10.67     

Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $15 per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)

  $ 15.00      $ 15.00        $ 15.00        $ 15.00        $ 15.00     

Dilution per Share Held by Stockholder A

    $ (1.69     $ (1.78     $ (2.10     $ (4.33  

Percentage Dilution per Share Held by Stockholder A

        -11.27       -11.87       -14.00       -28.87

Offering

      5.00       10.00       20.00       25.00  

Discount

      5.00       10.00       20.00       100.00  

 

Assumes 5% in selling compensation and expenses paid by the Company.

Impact on Existing Stockholders who do Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who participate in an offering below NAV per share or who buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price as we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) will experience the same types of NAV dilution as the nonparticipating stockholders, albeit at a lower level, to the extent they purchase less than the same percentage of the discounted offering as their interest in our shares immediately prior to the offering. The level of NAV dilution on an aggregate basis will decrease as the number of shares such stockholders purchase increases. Existing stockholders who buy more than their proportionate percentage will experience NAV dilution but will, in contrast to existing stockholders who purchase less than their proportionate share of the offering, experience an increase (often called accretion) in NAV per share over their investment per share and will also experience a disproportionately greater increase in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to the offering. The level of accretion will increase as the excess number of shares purchased by such stockholder increases. Even a stockholder who over-participates will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such stockholder does not participate, in which case such a stockholder will experience NAV dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and the level of discount to NAV increases.

 

134


Table of Contents

The following chart illustrates the level of dilution and accretion in the hypothetical 20% discount offering from the prior chart (Example 3) for a stockholder that acquires shares equal to (1) 50% of its proportionate share of the offering (i.e., 3,000 shares, which is 0.5% of an offering of 600,000 shares rather than its 1.0% proportionate share) and (2) 150% of such percentage (i.e., 9,000 shares, which is 1.5% of an offering of 600,000 shares rather than its 1.0% proportionate share). The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart for this example based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined NAV per share. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

     Prior to
Sale Below
NAV
   

50%

Participation

   

150% Participation

Participation

 
       Following
Sale
    %
Change
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
 

Offering Price

          

Price per Share to Public

     —        $ 11.24        $ 11.24     

Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer

     —        $ 10.67        $ 10.67     

Decrease to NAV

          

Total Shares Outstanding

     33,905,202        40,686,242        20.00     40,686,242        20.00

NAV per Share

   $ 13.34      $ 12.90        -3.30   $ 12.90        -3.30

Share (Dilution) Accretion to Stockholder

          

Shares Held by Stockholder A

     339,052        372,957        10.00     440,768        30.00

Percentage of Shares Held by Stockholder A

     1.00     0.92     -8.33     1.08     8.33

Total Asset Values

          

Total NAV Held by Stockholder A

   $ 4,522,954      $ 4,811,148        6.37   $ 5,685,902        25.71

Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $15 per share on shares held prior to sale)

   $ 5,085,780      $ 5,466,875        $ 6,229,064     

Total Dilution to Stockholder A
(Change in Total NAV Held by Stockholder)

     $ (655,727     $ (543,162  

 

Assumes 5% in selling compensation and expenses paid by the Company.

Impact on New Investors

Investors who are not currently stockholders, but who participate in an offering below NAV and whose investment per share is greater than the resulting NAV per share (due to selling compensation and expenses paid by us) will experience an immediate decrease, albeit small, in the NAV of their shares and their NAV per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. Investors who are not currently stockholders and who participate in an offering below NAV per share and whose investment per share is also less than the resulting NAV per share will experience an immediate increase in the NAV of their shares and their NAV per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. All these investors will experience a disproportionately greater participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests. These investors will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such new stockholder does not participate, in which case such new stockholder will experience dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These investors may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discount to NAV increases.

 

135


Table of Contents

The following chart illustrates the level of dilution or accretion for new investors that would be experienced by a new investor in the same hypothetical 5%, 10% and 20% discounted offerings as described in the first chart above. The illustration is for a new investor who purchases the same percentage (1.00%) of the shares in the offering as Stockholder A in the prior examples held immediately prior to the offering. The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart for these examples based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined NAV per share. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

    Prior to    

Example 1

5% Offering at 5%
Discount

   

Example 2

10% Offering at 10%

Discount

   

Example 3

20% Offering at 20%
Discount

 
  Sale Below
NAV
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
 

Offering Price

             

Price per Share to Public

    —        $ 13.34        $ 12.64        $ 11.24     

Net Proceeds to Issuer

    —        $ 12.67        $ 12.01        $ 10.67     

Decrease to NAV

             

Total Shares Outstanding

    33,905,202        35,600,462        5.00     37,295,722        10.00     40,686,242        20.00

NAV per Share

  $ 13.34      $ 13.31        -0.22   $ 13.22        -0.90   $ 12.90        -3.30

Share Dilution to Stockholder

             

Shares Held by Stockholder A

    —          169,526          339,052          678,104     

Percentage of Shares Held by Stockholder A

    0.00     0.48     N/A        0.91     N/A        1.67     N/A   

Total Asset Values

             

Total NAV Held by Stockholder A

  $ —        $ 2,256,391        N/A      $ 4,482,267        N/A      $ 8,747,542        N/A   

Total Investment by Stockholder A

  $ —        $ 2,261,477        $ 4,285,617        $ 7,621,889     

Total (Dilution) Accretion to Stockholder A (Change in Total NAV Held by Stockholder)

    $ (5,086     $ 196,650        $ 1,125,653     

Per Share Amounts

             

NAV per Share Held by Stockholder A

    $ 13.31        $ 13.22        $ 12.90     

Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A

  $ —        $ 13.34        $ 12.64        $ 11.24     

(Dilution) Accretion per Share Held by Stockholder A

    $ (0.03     $ 0.58        $ 1.66     

Percentage (Dilution) Accretion per Share Held by Stockholder A

        -0.22       4.59       14.77

 

Assumes 5% in selling compensation and expenses paid by the Company.

 

136


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted in” to our dividend reinvestment plan will receive cash dividends, rather than having their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

To enroll in the dividend reinvestment plan, each stockholder must notify American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC, the plan administrator, in writing so that notice is received by the plan administrator prior to the record date. The plan administrator will then automatically reinvest any dividends in additional shares of our common stock. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has elected to participate in the plan and may hold such shares in non-certificated form under the plan administrator’s name or that of its nominee. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder participating in the plan will be calculated by reference to all shares of common stock owned by such stockholder, whether held in such stockholder’s plan account or elsewhere. The plan administrator will confirm to each participant each acquisition made for such participant pursuant to the plan as soon as practicable but not later than 10 business days after the date thereof; provided all shares have been purchased. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan received in writing not less than three days prior to the payment date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to and/or carrying shares in the participant’s account, issue, without charge to the participant, a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock payable to the participant and a check for any fractional share. Although each participant may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to three decimal places) in a share of our common stock, no certificates for a fractional share will be issued. However, dividends and distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each participant’s account.

We will use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan at a price per share equal to the average price for all shares purchased on the open market pursuant to the plan, including brokerage commissions. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the valuation date fixed by our board of directors for such dividend. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the dividend cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated. Stockholders who do not elect to receive dividends in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium at the time we issue new shares under the plan and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the dividend payable to a stockholder.

There will be no brokerage charges to stockholders with respect to shares of common stock issued directly by us. However, each participant will pay the brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases. The plan administrator’s fees under the plan will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a 10¢ per share brokerage commissions from the proceeds. If you have shares held through a broker, you should contact your broker to participate in the plan.

Stockholders who receive dividends in the form of stock are subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their dividends in cash. A stockholder’s basis for

 

137


Table of Contents

determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com, by filling out the transaction request form located at bottom of their statement and sending it to the plan administrator at P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560 or by calling the plan administrator at
(866) 710-4835. You will need to know your AST ten (10) digit account number and your social security number to gain access to your account. Such termination will be effective immediately if the participant’s notice is received by the plan administrator at least three days prior to any payment date; otherwise, such termination will be effective only with respect to any subsequent dividend.

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560 or by telephone at (866) 710-4835.

The plan administrator will at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under the plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the plan administrator’s negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents.

 

138


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description summarizes the material provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary may not contain all of the information that is important to you, and we refer you to the Delaware General Corporation Law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

General

We were incorporated on May 26, 2009 under the laws of the state of Delaware. Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist solely of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 33,905,202 shares were outstanding as of June 2, 2014, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which no shares were outstanding as of June 2, 2014. Our common stock is quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “TCRD.” The table below sets forth our capital stock as of June 2, 2014.

 

Title of Class

   Amount
Authorized
     Amount Held
by Company
for its Account
     Amount
Outstanding
 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

     100,000,000         —          33,905,202   

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share

     100,000,000         —          —    

Common stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably our net assets available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock which we may designate and issue in the future. In addition, holders of our common stock may participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

Preferred stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. The board has discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock. The 1940 Act limits our flexibility as to certain rights and preferences of the preferred stock that our certificate of incorporation may provide and requires, among other things, that immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to common stock, we meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and our preferred stock, of at least 200%, and the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on the preferred stock are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years of dividends on the preferred stock until all arrears are cured. The features of the preferred stock will be further limited by the requirements applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code. The purpose of authorizing our board to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with

 

139


Table of Contents

providing leverage for our investment program, possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Delaware law and certain charter and bylaw provisions; anti-takeover measures

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that:

 

   

directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

   

directors may be removed with or without cause by approval of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the “continuing” directors (as such term is defined in our certificate of incorporation); and

 

   

subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock, any vacancy on the board of directors, however the vacancy occurs, including a vacancy due to an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

The limitations on removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring us. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by our board of directors, Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or President.

Delaware’s corporation law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws. Our bylaws generally can be amended by approval of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the total number of continuing directors. Stockholders do not have the right to adopt, amend or repeal any of the provisions of our bylaws.

Limitations of liability and indemnification

Under our certificate of incorporation, we will fully indemnify any person who was or is involved in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was one of our directors or officers; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, we will not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person unless such proceeding was authorized or consented to by our board of directors. So long as we are regulated under the 1940 Act, the above indemnification and limitation of liability is limited by the 1940 Act or by any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder. The 1940 Act provides, among other things, that a company may not indemnify any director or officer against liability to it or its security holders to which he or she might otherwise be subject by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

Delaware law also provides that indemnification permitted under the law shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise.

We have obtained liability insurance for our officers and directors.

Anti-takeover provisions

The following summary outlines certain provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation regarding anti-takeover provisions. These provisions could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, or to change the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. These measures, however, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in

 

140


Table of Contents

control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders and could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices. These attempts could also have the effect of increasing our expenses and disrupting our normal operation. We believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging acquisition proposals because the negotiation of the proposals may improve their terms.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, a director may be removed from office only for cause by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective director. A director may be removed with or without cause by approval of at least 66 2/3% of the continuing directors.

In addition, our certificate of incorporation requires the favorable vote of a majority of our board of directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of each affected class or series, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 10% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of our directors, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) will be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 10% or greater holder of a class or series of shares, or a principal stockholder, refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 10% or more of the outstanding shares of our voting securities.

The 10% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are: the merger or consolidation of us or any subsidiary of ours with or into any principal stockholder; the issuance of any of our securities to any principal stockholder for cash, except pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan; the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of our assets to any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or the sale, lease or exchange to us or any subsidiary of ours, in exchange for our securities, of any assets of any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.

To convert us to a closed-end or open-end investment company, to merge or consolidate us with any entity or sell all or substantially all of our assets to any entity in a transaction as a result of which the governing documents of the surviving entity do not contain substantially the same anti-takeover provisions as are provided in our certificate of incorporation or to liquidate and dissolve us other than in connection with a qualifying merger, consolidation or sale of assets or to amend certain of the provisions relating to these matters, our certificate of incorporation requires either (i) the favorable vote of a majority of our continuing directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our then outstanding shares of each affected class or series of our shares, voting separately as a class or series or (ii) the favorable vote of at least 80% of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock, voting together as a single class. As part of any such conversion to an open-end investment company, substantially all of our investment policies and strategies and portfolio would have to be modified to assure the degree of portfolio liquidity required for open-end investment companies. In the event of our conversion to an open-end investment company, the common shares would cease to be listed on any national securities exchange or market system. Stockholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. You should assume that it is not likely that our board of directors would vote to convert us to an open-end fund.

The 1940 Act defines “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” as the lesser of a majority of the outstanding shares and 67% of a quorum of a majority of the outstanding shares. For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under our certificate of incorporation, each class and series of our shares will vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or our certificate of incorporation, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.

Our board of directors has determined that provisions with respect to the board of directors and the stockholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of stockholders generally.

 

141


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK

In addition to shares of common stock, our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of preferred stock. We may issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more classes or series, without stockholder approval, although we have no immediate intention to do so. If we offer preferred stock under this prospectus we will issue an appropriate prospectus supplement. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by Delaware law and by our certificate of incorporation to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any such an issuance must adhere to the requirements of the 1940 Act, Delaware law and any other limitations imposed by law.

The following is a general description of the terms of the preferred stock we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any preferred stock we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement accompanying each preferred share offering.

The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (i) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, (ii) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends or other distribution on the preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, and (iii) such shares be cumulative as to dividends and have a complete preference over our common stock to payment of their liquidation in event of dissolution. Some matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

For any series of preferred stock that we may issue, our board of directors will determine and the articles supplementary and the prospectus supplement relating to such series will describe:

 

   

the designation and number of shares of such series;

 

   

the rate and time at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, any dividends or other distributions will be paid on shares of such series, as well as whether such dividends or other distributions are participating or non-participating;

 

   

any provisions relating to convertibility or exchangeability of the shares of such series, including adjustments to the conversion price of such series;

 

   

the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs;

 

   

the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such series;

 

   

any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such series;

 

   

any limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while shares of such series are outstanding;

 

   

any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional shares of such series or other securities;

 

   

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

 

142


Table of Contents
   

any other relative powers, preferences and participating, optional or special rights of shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be identical and of equal rank except as to the particular terms thereof that may be fixed by our board of directors, and all shares of each series of preferred stock will be identical and of equal rank except as to the dates from which dividends or other distributions, if any, thereon will be cumulative. To the extent we issue preferred stock, the payment of dividends to holders of our preferred stock will take priority over payment of dividends to our common stockholders.

 

143


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the subscription rights we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any subscription rights we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such subscription rights.

We may issue subscription rights to our stockholders to purchase common stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering.

Our stockholders will indirectly bear all of the expenses of the subscription rights offering, regardless of whether our stockholders exercise any subscription rights.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any subscription rights we may issue, including the following:

 

   

the period of time the offering would remain open (which shall be open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the offering and shall not be open longer than 120 days);

 

   

the title and aggregate number of such subscription rights;

 

   

the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof);

 

   

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such subscription rights may be payable;

 

   

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the subscription rights are issued and the number of subscription rights issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;

 

   

the ratio of the offering (which, in the case of transferable rights, will require a minimum of three shares to be held of record before a person is entitled to purchase an additional share);

 

   

the number of such subscription rights issued to each stockholder;

 

   

the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable;

 

   

the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire (subject to any extension);

 

   

if applicable, the minimum or maximum number of subscription rights that may be exercised at one time;

 

   

the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege;

 

   

any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights offering;

 

   

the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such subscription rights;

 

   

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

 

   

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the subscription rights;

 

144


Table of Contents
   

the material terms of any standby underwriting, backstop or other purchase arrangement that we may enter into in connection with the subscription rights offering;

 

   

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights; and

 

   

any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such subscription rights.

Each subscription right will entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash or other consideration such amount of shares of common stock at such subscription price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the rights represented by such subscription rights certificate are exercised, a new subscription certificate will be issued for the remaining rights. Prior to exercising their subscription rights, holders of subscription rights will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer subscription rights (other than rights to subscribe expiring not later than 120 days after their issuance and issued exclusively and ratably to a class or classes of our security holders) on the condition that (1) the subscription rights expire by their terms within ten years; (2) the exercise price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance; (3) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such subscription rights, and a “required” majority of our Board of Directors approves of such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of THL Credit and our stockholders; and (4) if the subscription rights are accompanied by other securities, the subscription rights are not separately transferable unless no class of such subscription rights and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. A “required” majority of our Board of Directors is a vote of both a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the company. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options and subscription rights at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

For information regarding the dilutive impact of rights offerings, please see “Risks—Risks Related to our Investments—“Your interest in us may be diluted if you do not fully exercise your subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of your shares.”

 

145


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such warrants and will be subject to compliance with the 1940 Act.

We may issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with shares of common stock, preferred stock or debt securities and may be attached or separate from such securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

 

   

the title and aggregate number of such warrants;

 

   

the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;

 

   

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such warrants may be payable;

 

   

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;

 

   

in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the principal amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which this principal amount of debt securities may be purchased upon such exercise;

 

   

in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which these shares may be purchased upon such exercise;

 

   

the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall commence and the date on which such right will expire (subject to any extension);

 

   

whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;

 

   

if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants that may be exercised at any one time;

 

   

if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;

 

   

the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such warrants;

 

   

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

 

   

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;

 

   

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

 

   

any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such warrants.

We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

 

146


Table of Contents

Each warrant will entitle the holder to purchase for cash such common stock or preferred stock at the exercise price or such principal amount of debt securities as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the warrants offered thereby. Warrants may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, unexercised warrants will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and a warrant certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the warrant agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will, as soon as practicable, forward the securities purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the warrants represented by such warrant certificate are exercised, a new warrant certificate will be issued for the remaining warrants. If we so indicate in the applicable prospectus supplement, holders of the warrants may surrender securities as all or part of the exercise price for warrants.

Prior to exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise, including, in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the right to receive principal, premium, if any, or interest payments, on the debt securities purchasable upon exercise or to enforce covenants in the applicable indenture or, in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the right to receive dividends or other distributions, if any, or payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to exercise any voting rights.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (i) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (ii) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (iii) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of THL Credit and its stockholders and (iv) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

 

147


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

We may issue debt securities in one or more series. The specific terms of each series of debt securities will be described in this prospectus and in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, including any supplemental indenture, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series.

As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and U.S. Bank National Association, a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “Events of Default—Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us.

Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities and the indenture. The following description summarizes the material provisions of the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of debt securities. For example, in this section, we use capitalized words to signify terms that are specifically defined in the indenture. We have filed the form of the indenture with the SEC. See “Available Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the indenture.

A prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular terms of any series of debt securities being offered, including the following:

 

   

the designation or title of the series of debt securities;

 

   

the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;

 

   

the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;

 

   

the date or dates on which principal will be payable;

 

   

the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;

 

   

the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;

 

   

the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;

 

   

the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;

 

   

whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest, if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;

 

   

the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the City of New York, of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;

 

   

the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be issued;

 

   

the provision for any sinking fund;

 

   

any restrictive covenants;

 

148


Table of Contents
   

any Events of Default;

 

   

whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated form;

 

   

any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;

 

   

if applicable, U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to original issue discount;

 

   

whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this option);

 

   

any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;

 

   

whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;

 

   

the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and

 

   

any other terms.

The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any indebtedness and other senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Regulations governing our operation as a BDC may limit our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.”

General

The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the attached prospectus supplement (“offered debt securities”) and any debt securities issuable upon the exercise of warrants or upon conversion or exchange of other offered securities (“underlying debt securities”), may be issued under the indenture in one or more series.

For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of or premium or interest, if any, on debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued under the indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt securities issued under the indenture, are called the “indenture securities.” The indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more different series of indenture securities. See “Resignation of Trustee” section below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk or similar protection.

 

149


Table of Contents

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from those of indenture securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book entry only form represented by global securities.

Conversion and Exchange

If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.

Issuance of Securities in Registered Form

We may issue the debt securities in registered form, in which case we may issue them either in book-entry form only or in “certificated” form. Debt securities issued in book-entry form will be represented by global securities. We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book-entry only form represented by global securities.

Book-Entry Holders

We will issue registered debt securities in book-entry form only, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement. This means debt securities will be represented by one or more global securities registered in the name of a depositary that will hold them on behalf of financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the debt securities held by the depositary or its nominee. These institutions may hold these interests on behalf of themselves or customers.

Under the indenture, only the person in whose name a debt security is registered is recognized as the holder of that debt security. Consequently, for debt securities issued in book-entry form, we will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the debt securities and we will make all payments on the debt securities to the depositary. The depositary will then pass along the payments it receives to its participants, which in turn will pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depositary and its participants do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers; they are not obligated to do so under the terms of the debt securities.

As a result, investors will not own debt securities directly. Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution that participates in the depositary’s book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant. As long as the debt securities are represented by one or more global securities, investors will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Street Name Holders

In the future, we may issue debt securities in certificated form or terminate a global security. In these cases, investors may choose to hold their debt securities in their own names or in “street name.” Debt securities held in

 

150


Table of Contents

street name are registered in the name of a bank, broker or other financial institution chosen by the investor, and the investor would hold a beneficial interest in those debt securities through the account he or she maintains at that institution.

For debt securities held in street name, we will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in whose names the debt securities are registered as the holders of those debt securities and we will make all payments on those debt securities to them. These institutions will pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold debt securities in street name will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Legal Holders

Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the applicable trustee and those of any third parties employed by us or the applicable trustee, run only to the legal holders of the debt securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor chooses to be an indirect holder of a debt security or has no choice because we are issuing the debt securities only in book-entry form.

For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder, we have no further responsibility for the payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depositary participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect holders but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose (for example, to amend an indenture or to relieve us of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of an indenture), we would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect holders, of the debt securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect holders is up to the holders.

When we refer to you, we mean those who invest in the debt securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect holders of those debt securities. When we refer to your debt securities, we mean the debt securities in which you hold a direct or indirect interest.

Special Considerations for Indirect Holders

If you hold debt securities through a bank, broker or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, we urge you to check with that institution to find out:

 

   

how it handles securities payments and notices,

 

   

whether it imposes fees or charges,

 

   

how it would handle a request for the holders’ consent, if ever required,

 

   

whether and how you can instruct it to send you debt securities registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is permitted in the future for a particular series of debt securities,

 

   

how it would exercise rights under the debt securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests, and

 

   

if the debt securities are in book-entry form, how the depositary’s rules and procedures will affect these matters.

Global Securities

As noted above, we usually will issue debt securities as registered securities in book-entry form only. A global security represents one or any other number of individual debt securities. Generally, all debt securities represented by the same global securities will have the same terms.

 

151


Table of Contents

Each debt security issued in book-entry form will be represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of a financial institution or its nominee that we select. The financial institution that we select for this purpose is called the depositary. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, known as DTC, will be the depositary for all debt securities issued in book-entry form.

A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless special termination situations arise. We describe those situations below under “Special Situations when a Global Security Will Be Terminated”. As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all debt securities represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. Beneficial interests must be held by means of an account with a broker, bank or other financial institution that in turn has an account with the depositary or with another institution that has an account with the depositary. Thus, an investor whose security is represented by a global security will not be a holder of the debt security, but only an indirect holder of a beneficial interest in the global security.

Special Considerations for Global Securities

As an indirect holder, an investor’s rights relating to a global security will be governed by the account rules of the investor’s financial institution and of the depositary, as well as general laws relating to securities transfers. The depositary that holds the global security will be considered the holder of the debt securities represented by the global security.

If debt securities are issued only in the form of a global security, an investor should be aware of the following:

 

   

An investor cannot cause the debt securities to be registered in his or her name, and cannot obtain certificates for his or her interest in the debt securities, except in the special situations we describe below.

 

   

An investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her own bank or broker for payments on the debt securities and protection of his or her legal rights relating to the debt securities, as we describe under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

 

   

An investor may not be able to sell interests in the debt securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are required by law to own their securities in non-book-entry form.

 

   

An investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a global security in circumstances where certificates representing the debt securities must be delivered to the lender or other beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be effective.

 

   

The depositary’s policies, which may change from time to time, will govern payments, transfers, exchanges and other matters relating to an investor’s interest in a global security. We and the trustee have no responsibility for any aspect of the depositary’s actions or for its records of ownership interests in a global security. We and the trustee also do not supervise the depositary in any way.

 

   

If we redeem less than all the debt securities of a particular series being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount to be redeemed from each of its participants holding that series.

 

   

An investor is required to give notice of exercise of any option to elect repayment of its debt securities, through its participant, to the applicable trustee and to deliver the related debt securities by causing its participant to transfer its interest in those debt securities, on DTC’s records, to the applicable trustee.

 

   

DTC requires that those who purchase and sell interests in a global security deposited in its book-entry system use immediately available funds. Your broker or bank may also require you to use immediately available funds when purchasing or selling interests in a global security.

 

152


Table of Contents
   

Financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system, and through which an investor holds its interest in a global security, may also have their own policies affecting payments, notices and other matters relating to the debt securities. There may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are not responsible for the actions of any of those intermediaries.

Special Situations when a Global Security will be Terminated

In a few special situations described below, a global security will be terminated and interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated debt securities directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders. We have described the rights of legal holders and street name investors under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

The prospectus supplement may list situations for terminating a global security that would apply only to the particular series of debt securities covered by the prospectus supplement. If a global security is terminated, only the depositary, and not we or the applicable trustee, is responsible for deciding the names of the institutions in whose names the debt securities represented by the global security will be registered and, therefore, who will be the holders of those debt securities.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the applicable trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. That day, often approximately two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants.

Payments on Certificated Securities

We will make payments on a certificated debt security as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date by check mailed on the interest payment date to the holder at his or her address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders against surrender of the debt security.

Alternatively, if the holder asks us to do so, we will pay any amount that becomes due on the debt security by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank in New York City, on the due date. To request payment by wire, the holder must give the applicable trustee or other paying agent appropriate transfer instructions at least 15 business days before the requested wire payment is due. In the case of any interest

 

153


Table of Contents

payment due on an interest payment date, the instructions must be given by the person who is the holder on the relevant regular record date. Any wire instructions, once properly given, will remain in effect unless and until new instructions are given in the manner described above.

Payment when Offices are Closed

If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the attached prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of your series means any of the following (unless the prospectus supplement relating to such debt securities states otherwise):

 

   

we do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, a debt security of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;

 

   

we do not pay interest on a debt security of the series when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days;

 

   

we do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt securities of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;

 

   

we remain in breach of a covenant in respect of debt securities of the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of debt securities of the series;

 

   

we file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days;

 

   

on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, we have an asset coverage of less than 100%; and

 

   

any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the series described in the applicable prospectus supplement occurs.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium or interest, if it considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. In certain circumstances, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series.

 

154


Table of Contents

The trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

 

   

the holder must give your trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured;

 

   

the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action;

 

   

the trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity; and

 

   

the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60 day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due date.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than:

 

   

the payment of principal, any premium or interest; or

 

   

in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities, or else specifying any default.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We may also be permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, unless the prospectus supplement relating to certain debt securities states otherwise, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

 

   

where we merge out of existence or sell our assets, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the debt securities;

 

   

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing;

 

   

under the indenture, no merger or sale of assets may be made if as a result any of our property or assets or any property or assets of one of our subsidiaries, if any, would become subject to any mortgage, lien or other encumbrance unless either (a) the mortgage, lien or other encumbrance could be created

 

155


Table of Contents
 

pursuant to the limitation on liens covenant in the indenture without equally and ratably securing the indenture securities or (b) the indenture securities are secured equally and ratably with or prior to the debt secured by the mortgage, lien or other encumbrance;

 

   

we must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee; and

 

   

we must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to debt securities without specific approval of all of the holders. The following is a list of those types of changes:

 

   

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on a debt security;

 

   

reduce any amounts due on a debt security;

 

   

reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;

 

   

adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;

 

   

change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;

 

   

impair your right to sue for payment;

 

   

adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;

 

   

modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to holders of the debt securities;

 

   

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;

 

   

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults;

 

   

modify any other aspect of the provisions of the indenture dealing with supplemental indentures, modification and waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants; and

 

   

change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect. We also do not need any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under the indenture after the change takes effect.

 

156


Table of Contents

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would require the following approval:

 

   

if the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series; and

 

   

if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under an indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “—Changes Requiring Your Approval.”

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to a debt security:

 

   

for original issue discount securities, we will use the principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the maturity of these debt securities were accelerated to that date because of a default;

 

   

for debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special rule for that debt security described in the prospectus supplement; and

 

   

for debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies, we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent.

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “Defeasance—Full Defeasance.”

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture securities of those series on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

Defeasance

The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. federal tax law, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular series was issued. This is called “covenant

 

157


Table of Contents

defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. If applicable, you also would be released from the subordination provisions as described under the “Indenture Provisions—Subordination” section below. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

 

   

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates;

 

   

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity; and

 

   

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. For example, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

 

   

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and United States government or United States government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates.

 

   

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit;

 

   

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with;

 

   

Defeasance must not result in a breach of the indenture or any other material agreements; and

 

   

Satisfy the conditions for covenant defeasance contained in any supplemental indentures.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If applicable, you would also be released from the subordination provisions described later under “Indenture Provisions—Subordination.”

 

158


Table of Contents

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

Holders may exchange their certificated securities, if any, for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed.

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities, if any, at the office of their trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, if any, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt security, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

If any certificated securities of a particular series are redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.

Resignation of Trustee

Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions—Subordination

Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness (as defined below), but our obligation to you to make payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on senior indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt securities before all senior indebtedness is paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the senior indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the payment of all the senior indebtedness remaining unpaid until all the senior indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the senior indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all senior indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the senior indebtedness to the extent of payments made to the holders of the senior indebtedness out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

 

159


Table of Contents

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities. The indenture provides that these subordination provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.

Senior indebtedness is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

 

   

our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed (other than indenture securities issued under the indenture and denominated as subordinated debt securities), unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that this indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to the subordinated debt securities; and

 

   

renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our senior indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.

Secured Indebtedness

Certain of our indebtedness, including certain series of indenture securities, may be secured. The prospectus supplement for each series of indenture securities will describe the terms of any security interest for such series and will indicate the approximate amount of our secured indebtedness as of a recent date. In the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, the holders of unsecured indenture securities may recover less, ratably, than holders of any of our secured indebtedness.

The Trustee under the Indenture

U.S. Bank National Association will serve as the trustee under the indenture.

Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies

Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Convertible Debt and Certain 1940 Act Limitations

At our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, we received stockholder approval of a proposal to authorize the Company to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that, at the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below our then-current net asset value per share. Each issuance of debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock would comply with Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act, to the extent applicable. If Section 61 is applicable:

 

  (i) the exercise or conversion rights in such warrants or debt expire by their terms within 10 years;

 

  (ii) the warrants and the exercise or conversion rights in such warrants or debt are not separately transferable;

 

  (iii) the exercise or conversion price of such warrants or debt that, at the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below NAV at the date of issuance of such warrants or convertible debt;

 

160


Table of Contents
  (iv) the issuance of such warrants or convertible debt is approved by a majority of the Board who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the non-interested directors on the basis that such issuance is in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders; and

 

  (v) the number of shares of our common stock that would result from the exercise or conversion of such warrants or debt and all other securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into shares of our common stock outstanding at the time of issuance of such warrants or debt will not exceed 25% of our outstanding common stock at such time. However, if the number of shares of our common stock that would result from the exercise of all outstanding securities convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable into shares of our common stock held by our directors, officers and employees pursuant to equity compensation plans exceeds 15% of our outstanding common stock, then the total amount of common stock that will result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, convertible debt, and all other securities convertible, exercisable, or exchangeable into shares of common stock will not exceed 20% of our outstanding common stock at such time.

Pursuant to certain interpretations of the staff of the SEC, not all types of convertible securities that we may issue are required to comply with Section 61(a), including circumstances in which the value of the conversion feature is not the predominate value of the convertible bond. Any convertible securities we issue that are not subject to Section 61(a) will be issued in compliance with the then current views of the SEC and its staff.

 

161


Table of Contents

REGULATION

Regulated Investment Company and Business Development Company Regulations

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We have also elected to be treated for tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by “a majority of our outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company. We do not anticipate any substantial change in the nature of our business.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, issue and sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if (1) our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and (2) our stockholders have approved our policy and practice of making such sales within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities. At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below our then-current net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors for the offering, for a period ending on June 3, 2015. Our stockholders also approved a proposal to authorize us to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that, at the time such warrants or convertible debt are issued, will not be less than the market value per share but may be below our then-current net asset value per share.

As a BDC, we are required to meet a coverage ratio of the value of total assets to senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

Legislation was recently introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives intended to revise certain regulations applicable to BDCs. The legislation provides for (i) modifying the asset coverage ratio from 200% to 150%, (ii) permitting BDCs to file registration statements with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that incorporate information from already-filed reports by reference, (iii) utilizing other streamlined registration processes afforded to operating companies, and (iv) allowing BDCs to own investment adviser subsidiaries. There are no assurances as to when the legislation will be enacted by Congress, if at all, or, if enacted, what final form the legislation would take.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act. We do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, except for registered money market funds, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one

 

162


Table of Contents

investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might indirectly subject our stockholders to additional expenses as they will indirectly be responsible for the costs and expenses of such companies. None of our investment policies are fundamental and any may be changed without stockholder approval.

Qualifying assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

 

   

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

   

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

   

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

   

satisfies either of the following:

 

   

has a market capitalization of less than $250 million or does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or

 

   

is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC, the BDC actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result thereof, the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.

 

   

Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

 

   

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

   

Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

   

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

   

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

Control, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a BDC beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company.

Significant managerial assistance to portfolio companies

A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in “Business—Regulation—

 

163


Table of Contents

Qualifying assets” above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance. Where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, the BDC will satisfy this test if one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance, although this may not be the sole method by which the BDC satisfies the requirement to make available managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we invest in highly rated commercial paper, U.S. Government agency notes, U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements relating to such securities that are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. Consequently, repurchase agreements are functionally similar to loans. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, the 1940 Act and certain diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes typically require us to limit the amount we invest with any one counterparty. Our investment adviser monitors the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Warrants and Options

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the amount of warrants, options, restricted stock or rights to purchase shares of capital stock that it may have outstanding at any time. Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (i) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (ii) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (iii) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of THL Credit and its stockholders and (iv) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities In particular, the amount of capital stock that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase capital stock cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding shares of capital stock.

Senior securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any preferred stock or publicly traded debt securities are outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risks—Risks related to our operations as a BDC.”

 

164


Table of Contents

No-action relief from registration as a commodity pool operator

We are relying on a no-action letter (the “No-Action Letter”) issued by the staff of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) as a basis to avoid registration with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”). The No-Action Letter allows an entity to engage in CFTC-regulated transactions (“commodity interest transactions”) that are “bona fide hedging” transactions (as that term is defined and interpreted by the CFTC and its staff), but prohibit an entity from entering into commodity interest transactions if they are non-bona fide hedging transactions, unless immediately after entering such non-bona fide hedging transaction (a) the sum of the amount of initial margin deposits on the entity’s existing futures or swaps positions and option or swaption premiums does not exceed 5% of the market value of the entity’s liquidating value, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such transactions, or (b) the aggregate net notional value of the entity’s commodity interest transactions would not exceed 100% of the market value of the entity’s liquidating value, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such transactions. We are required to operate pursuant to these trading restrictions if we intend to continue to rely on the No-Action Letter as a basis to avoid CPO registration.

Proxy voting policies and procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to THL Credit Advisors. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of THL Credit Advisors are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by THL Credit Advisors and our independent directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

THL Credit Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, THL Credit Advisors has fiduciary duties to us. As part of this duty, THL Credit Advisors recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. THL Credit Advisors’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures have been formulated to ensure decision-making consistent with these fiduciary duties.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy policies

THL Credit Advisors evaluates routine proxy matters, such as proxy proposals, amendments or resolutions on a case-by-case basis. Routine matters are typically proposed by management and THL Credit Advisors will normally support such matters so long as they do not measurably change the structure, management control, or operation of the corporation and are consistent with industry standards as well as the corporate laws of the state of incorporation.

THL Credit Advisors also evaluates non-routine matters on a case-by-case basis. Non-routine proposals concerning social issues are typically proposed by stockholders who believe that the corporation’s internally adopted policies are ill-advised or misguided. If THL Credit Advisors has determined that management is generally socially responsible, THL Credit Advisors will generally vote against these types of non-routine proposals. Non-routine proposals concerning financial or corporate issues are usually offered by management and seek to change a corporation’s legal, business or financial structure. THL Credit Advisors will generally vote in favor of such proposals provided the position of current stockholders is preserved or enhanced. Non-routine proposals concerning stockholder rights are made regularly by both management and stockholders. They can be generalized as involving issues that transfer or realign board or stockholder voting power. THL Credit Advisors typically would oppose any proposal aimed solely at thwarting potential takeovers by requiring, for example, super-majority approval. At the same time, THL Credit Advisors believes stability and continuity promote profitability. THL Credit Advisors’ guidelines in this area seek a middle road and individual proposals will be carefully assessed in the context of their particular circumstances.

 

165


Table of Contents

If a vote may involve a material conflict of interest, prior to approving such vote, THL Credit Advisors must consult with its chief compliance officer to determine whether the potential conflict is material and if so, the appropriate method to resolve such conflict. If the conflict is determined not to be material, THL Credit Advisors’ employees shall vote the proxy in accordance with THL Credit Advisors’ proxy voting policy.

Proxy voting records

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to:

General Counsel

THL Credit, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Code of ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and we have also approved our investment adviser’s equivalent of a code of ethics under the title of Employee Investment Transaction Policy that was adopted by it under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act. These codes establish procedures for personal investments and restrict certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy our code of ethics and our code of ethics and business conduct at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, our code of ethics and our code of ethics and business conduct are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov and are available on our corporate governance webpage at http://investor.thlcredit.com/governance.

Compliance with Corporate Governance Regulations

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act has required us to review our policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

In addition, The NASDAQ Global Select Market has adopted various corporate governance requirements as part of its listing standards. We believe we are in compliance with such corporate governance listing standards. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future listing standards and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

Other

We have adopted an investment policy that mirrors the requirements applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

We are subject to periodic examination by the SEC for compliance with the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or

 

166


Table of Contents

officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and THL Credit Advisors have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, and will review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We and THL Credit Advisors have designated a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

Our internet address is www.thlcredit.com. We make available free of charge on our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statement and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

 

167


Table of Contents

TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a general summary of certain material United States federal income tax considerations relating to our qualification and taxation as a RIC and the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our preferred stock or common stock, but does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations relating thereto. For example, we have not described tax consequences that we assume to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of investors subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including investors subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, financial institutions, traders in securities that elect to use the mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, United States expatriates, United States persons with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, persons that hold notes as part of an integrated investment (including a “straddle”), “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax. This summary is limited to beneficial owners of our preferred stock or our common stock that will hold our preferred stock or common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, temporary and final U.S. Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regarding our preferred stock or our common stock. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

This summary does not discuss the consequences of an investment in our subscription rights, debt securities or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our preferred stock, common stock or debt securities or as units in combination with such securities. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of such an investment will be discussed in the relevant prospectus supplement. In addition, we may issue preferred stock with terms resulting in U.S. federal income taxation of holders with respect to such preferred stock in a manner different from as set forth in this summary. In such instances, such differences will be discussed in a relevant prospectus supplement.

A “U.S. stockholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our preferred stock or common stock who is for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

   

A citizen or individual resident of the United States including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;

 

   

A corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation, for United States federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

A trust if: (i) a court in the United States has primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust, or (ii) such trust validly elects to be treated as a U.S. person for federal income tax purposes; or

 

   

An estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source.

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our preferred stock or common stock that is not a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes or a U.S. stockholder.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our preferred stock or common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective stockholder

 

168


Table of Contents

who is a partner of a partnership holding shares of our preferred stock or common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our preferred stock or common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment our shares will depend on the facts of their particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

We have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally do not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders from our tax earnings and profits. To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

If we:

 

   

maintain our qualification as a RIC; and

 

   

satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement,

then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our income we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

In order to maintain our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

   

continue to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

   

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and

 

   

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

   

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

 

   

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for each calendar year and (3) any income recognized,

 

169


Table of Contents

but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). We may choose to retain a portion of our ordinary income and/or capital gain net income in any year and pay the 4% U.S. federal excise tax on the retained amounts.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Certain consolidated subsidiaries of the Company are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated with the Company for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

We are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (1) treat dividends that would otherwise qualify for the dividends received deduction or constitute qualified dividend income as ineligible for such treatment, (2) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (3) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (4) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (5) cause us to recognize income or gain without receipt of a corresponding distribution of cash, (6) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (7) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (8) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions, but there can be no assurance that any adverse effects of these provisions will be mitigated.

If we purchase shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), we may be subject to federal income tax on its allocable share of a portion of any “excess distribution” received on, or any gain from the disposition of, such shares even if our allocable share of such income is distributed as a taxable dividend to its stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest generally will be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distribution or gain. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to

 

170


Table of Contents

include in income each year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed by the QEF. Alternatively, we may be able to elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income our allocable share of any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss our allocable share of any decrease in such value to the extent that any such decrease does not exceed prior increases included in its income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of distributions from PFICs and proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we maintain our qualification as a RIC and have satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional preferred stock or common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations , such distributions may be reported by us as “qualified dividend income,” or Qualifying Dividends, eligible to be taxed in the hands of non-corporate stockholders at the rates applicable to long-term gains, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met at both the stockholder and company levels. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us generally will not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not be Qualifying Dividends. Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains which are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its preferred stock or common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional preferred stock or common stock. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s preferred stock or common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder.

We may decide to retain some or all of our net capital gain but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for his, her or its preferred stock or common stock. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, may be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

 

171


Table of Contents

If an investor purchases shares of our preferred stock or common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though economically it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.

A stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our preferred stock or common stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the preferred stock or common stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our preferred stock or common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our preferred stock or common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our preferred stock or common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition, in which case the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently are subject to a reduced maximum federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain (i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. In addition, individuals with income in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate U.S. stockholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate U.S. stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate U.S. stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

We will report to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 20% maximum rate). Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.

In some taxable years, we may be subject to the alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). If we have tax items that are treated differently for AMT purposes than for regular tax purposes, we may apportion those items between us and our stockholders, and this may affect our stockholder’s AMT liabilities. Although regulations explaining the precise method of apportionment have not yet been issued by the IRS, we may apportion these items in the same proportion that dividends paid to each stockholder bear to our taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), unless we determine that a different method for a particular item is warranted under the circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine how an investment in our stock could affect your AMT liability.

 

172


Table of Contents

We may be required to withhold federal income tax, or backup withholding, from all distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in our shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in our shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our preferred stock or common stock.

Distributions of our investment company taxable income to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized long-term capital losses, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless an applicable exception applies. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, we will not be required to withhold federal tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. (Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers.)

In addition, with respect to certain distributions made to Non-U.S. stockholders in our taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014, no withholding is required and the distributions generally will not be subject to federal income tax if (i) the distributions are properly reported by us as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” (ii) the distributions are derived from sources specified in the Code for such dividends and (iii) certain other requirements are satisfied. No assurance can be given that any of our distributions would be designated as eligible for this exemption. In addition, no assurance can be provided that this exception will be extended for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our preferred stock or common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to federal income tax unless (i) the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States, or (ii) the Non-U.S. stockholder is an individual that is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our preferred stock or common stock that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder.

 

173


Table of Contents

Recently enacted legislation generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by United States persons (or held by foreign entities that have United States persons as substantial owners). The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends paid after December 31, 2013 and the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S.-source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2016. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding (subject to the same effective dates) on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. When these provisions become effective, depending on the status of Non-U.S. stockholders and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their units, Non-U.S. stockholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, Non-U.S. stockholders might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

Failure to Maintain Our Qualification as a RIC

If we were unable to maintain our qualification for treatment as a RIC, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates, regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. Distributions would not be required, and any distributions would be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income that would be eligible for the current 20% maximum rate to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits (subject to limitations under the Code). Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis (reducing that basis accordingly), and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, we would be required to distribute to our stockholders our earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. In addition, if we failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then we would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if we had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

 

174


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $300,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, in one or more underwritten public offerings, at-the-market offerings, negotiated transactions, block trades, best efforts or a combination of these methods. We may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of the securities, including: the purchase price of the securities and the proceeds we will receive from the sale; any over-allotment options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; any expenses we incur in connection with the sale of such securities; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; and any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed. Only underwriters named in the prospectus supplement will be underwriters of the securities offered by the prospectus supplement.

The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of our common stock, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our voting securities or (3) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit. The price at which securities may be distributed may represent a discount from prevailing market prices. At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 3, 2014, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 25% of our common stock at a price below our then-current net asset value per share, subject to approval by our board of directors for the offering. The authorization expires on June 3, 2015. See “Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value.”

In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Our common stockholders will bear, directly or indirectly, the expenses of any offering of our securities, including debt securities. Underwriters may sell the securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The maximum amount of any compensation to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than 10% of the gross proceeds of the sale of securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. We may also reimburse the underwriter or agent for certain fees and legal expenses incurred by it.

Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through exercise of the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are

 

175


Table of Contents

purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.

Any underwriters that are qualified market makers on the NASDAQ Global Select Market may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We may sell securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, our agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no trading market, other than our common stock, which is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any securities.

Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of shares of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of our securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

 

176


Table of Contents

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, shares of our common stock offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.

CUSTODIAN

State Street Bank & Trust Company provides administrative and accounting services under a sub-administration agreement. State Street provides custodian services to us pursuant to a custodian services agreement. For the services provided to us by State Street and its affiliates, State Street is entitled to fees as agreed upon from time to time. The address of State Street Bank and Trust Company is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

TRANSFER AGENT

American Stock Transfer and Trust Company provides transfer agency support to us and serves as our dividend paying agent under a transfer agency agreement. The address of American Stock Transfer and Trust Company is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10007.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATIONS AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, THL Credit Advisors is primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. THL Credit Advisors does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While THL Credit Advisors generally seeks reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we may not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, THL Credit Advisors may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to it and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if THL Credit Advisors determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. For three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we paid $0 in brokerage commissions.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for underwriters, if any, by the counsel named in the prospectus supplement.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) as of December 31, 2013 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

177


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement with the SEC on Form N-2, including amendments, relating to the shares we are offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, including any exhibits and schedules it may contain. For further information concerning us or the shares we are offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to describe the material terms thereof but are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each statement is qualified in all respects by this reference.

We file annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and the related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of stockholders and to safeguarding our non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to our investment adviser’s employees with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of THL Credit, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and “THL Credit” refer to THL Credit, Inc. and its Subsidiaries) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in

 

178


Table of Contents

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based upon the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our assessment, management determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

 

179


Table of Contents

I NDEX TO F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

 

A UDITED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Assets & Liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets (Deficit) for the years ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-19   

U NAUDITED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

  

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December  31, 2013

     F-45   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

     F-46   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

     F-47   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

     F-48   

Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013

     F-49   

Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-61   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

R eport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To The Board of Directors and Stockholders of THL Credit, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedule of investments, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in net assets, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of THL Credit, Inc. and its subsidiaries (together the “Company”) at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations, their changes in net assets, and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page 178. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. Our procedures included confirmation of securities at December 31, 2013 by correspondence with the issuers or custodian, and where replies were not received, we performed other auditing procedures. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 7, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

C onsolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Assets:

    

Investments at fair value:

    

Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments (cost of $645,911 and $391,699, respectively)

   $ 648,860      $ 394,339   

Non-controlled, affiliated investments (cost of $7 and $10, respectively)

     7        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments at fair value (cost of $645,918 and $391,709, respectively)

   $ 648,867        394,349   

Cash

     7,829        4,819   

Deferred financing costs

     4,604        3,817   

Interest receivable

     7,225        2,594   

Escrow receivable

     1,800        —     

Due from affiliate

     1,025        420   

Other deferred costs

     825        —     

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     441        134   

Receivable for paydown of investments

     275        125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 672,891      $ 406,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

    

Loans payable

   $ 204,300      $ 50,000   

Payable for investment purchased

     4,400        —     

Accrued incentive fees

     3,421        3,279   

Base management fees payable

     2,243        1,514   

Accrued expenses

     1,617        739   

Deferred tax liability

     2,414        454   

Accrued credit facility fees and interest

     567        115   

Due to affiliate

     474        —     

Interest rate derivative

     284        1,053   

Accrued administrator expenses

     158        304   

Income taxes payable

     71        —     

Dividends payable

     —          1,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     219,949        58,774   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

    

Net Assets:

    

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, 100,000 preferred shares authorized, no preferred shares issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, par value $.001 per share, 100,000 common shares authorized, 33,905 and 26,315 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively

     34        26   

Paid-in capital in excess of par

     450,043        343,723   

Net unrealized appreciation on investments, net of provision for taxes of $2,414 and $454, respectively

     535        2,187   

Net unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative

     (284     (1,053

Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net

     (613     (180

Accumulated undistributed net realized gains

     2,023        348   

Accumulated undistributed net investment income

     1,204        2,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net assets

     452,942        347,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and net assets

   $ 672,891      $ 406,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value per share

   $ 13.36      $ 13.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

C onsolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Investment Income:

      

From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:

      

Interest income

   $ 66,787      $ 49,808      $ 34,903   

Dividend income

     4,074        456        280   

Other income

     790        269        416   

From non-controlled, affiliated investment:

      

Other income

     2,999        2,592        1,810   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     74,650        53,125        37,409   

Expenses:

      

Incentive fees

     10,682        7,017        4,790   

Base management fees

     7,521        4,943        4,012   

Credit facility interest and fees

     5,623        3,138        1,043   

Administrator expenses

     3,608        3,225        2,872   

Other general and administrative expenses

     1,977        1,344        1,321   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     1,470        968        687   

Professional fees

     1,288        1,200        1,092   

Directors’ fees

     581        517        535   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     32,750        22,352        16,352   

Income tax provision and excise tax

     511        581        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

     41,389        30,192        21,035   

Realized and Unrealized Gain on Investments:

      

Net realized gain on non-controlled, non-affiliated investments

     2,604        353        979   

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments:

      

Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments

     309        (1,240     2,120   

Non-controlled, affiliated investments

     —          (1     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

     309        (1,241     2,121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain from investments

     2,913        (888     3,100   

Provision for taxes on unrealized gain on investments

     (1,960     (454     —     

Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net

     (433     (180  

Net change in unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative

     769        (1,053     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 42,678      $ 27,617      $ 24,135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income per common share:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ 1.37      $ 1.38      $ 1.04   

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per common share:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ 1.41      $ 1.26      $ 1.20   

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:

      

Basic and diluted

     30,287        21,852        20,167   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

C onsolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Increase in net assets from operations:

      

Net investment income

   $ 41,389      $ 30,192      $ 21,035   

Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net

     (433     (180     —     

Net realized gain on investments

     2,604        353        979   

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

     309        (1,241     2,121   

Provision for taxes on unrealized appreciation on investments

     (1,960     (454     —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation on interest rate derivative

     769        (1,053     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

     42,678        27,617        24,135   

Distributions to stockholders

      

Distributions to stockholders from net investment income

     (42,999     (28,493     (20,583

Distributions to stockholders from net realized gains

     (400     (918     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions to stockholders

     (43,399     (29,411     (20,583

Capital share transactions:

      

Issuance of common stock

     110,966        85,879        —     

Less offering costs

     (4,787     (4,218     —     

Reinvestment of dividends

     —          —          4,049   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets from capital share transactions

     106,179        81,661        4,049   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase in net assets

     105,458        79,867        7,601   

Net assets at beginning of period

     347,484        267,617        260,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets at end of period

   $ 452,942      $ 347,484      $ 267,617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding at end of period

     33,905        26,315        20,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital share activity:

      

Shares sold

     7,590        6,095        —     

Shares issued from reinvestment of dividends

     —          —          304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in capital activity

     7,590        6,095        304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

C onsolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 42,678      $ 27,617      $ 24,135   

Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash used for operating activities:

      

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

     (309     1,241        (2,121

Unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on interest rate derivative

     (769     1,053        —     

Purchases of investments

     (411,135     (298,493     (141,818

Proceeds from sale and paydown of investments

     168,824        177,671        34,892   

Increase in investments due to PIK

     (3,250     (4,027     (2,550

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     1,470        968        687   

Accretion of discounts on investments and other fees

     (4,397     (3,615     (2,124

Increase in interest receivable

     (4,631     (1,154     (808

Increase in escrow receivable

     (1,800     —          —     

(Increase) decrease in due from affiliate

     (605     91        (512

Increase in other deferred costs

     (825     —          —     

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

     (307     108        (98

Increase in accrued expenses

     878        216        240   

Increase in accrued credit facility fees and interest

     452        110        5   

Increase in income taxes payable

     71        —          —     

Increase in deferred tax liability

     1,960        454        —     

Increase in base management fees payable

     729        501        34   

(Decrease) increase in accrued administrator expenses

     (146     (34     172   

Increase in incentive fees payable

     142        589        2,689   

Increase in dividends payable

     —          1,316        —     

Increase (decrease) in due to affiliate

     474        (21     6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (210,496     (95,409     (87,171

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Borrowings under credit facility

     453,700        189,900        28,500   

Repayments under credit facility

     (299,400     (144,900     (23,500

Issuance of shares of common stock

     110,966        85,879        —     

Distributions paid to stockholders

     (44,715     (29,411     (19,522

Financing and offering costs paid

     (7,045     (6,813     (2,875
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by, (used for) financing activities

     213,506        94,655        (17,397
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,010        (754     (104,568

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     4,819        5,573        110,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 7,829      $ 4,819      $ 5,573   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash interest paid

   $ 3,770      $ 1,499      $ 21   

Income taxes paid

   $ 646      $ 457      $ —     

Non-cash financing activities:

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 0 shares, 2 shares and 304,093 shares, respectively, of common stock were issued in connection with dividend reinvestments of $0, $0 and $4,049, respectively.

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

C onsolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
  Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments —143.26% of net asset value

             

20-20 Technologies Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (4)

  IT services   13.6% (5)   09/12/12   09/12/17   $ 13,650      $ 13,378      $ 13,582   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,378        13,582   

Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.

             

Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  13.7% (12)   03/27/13   04/15/24          $ 9,171      $ 9,110   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,171        9,110   

AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC

             

Member interest (7)(8)

  Media,
entertainment
and leisure
    06/21/12       0.763636      $ 764      $ 1,000   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              764        1,000   

Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC

             

Senior Secured Note

  Aerospace &
defense
  11.0%   09/07/11   03/07/16   $ 4,000      $ 3,894      $ 3,970   

Class A Warrants (9)

      09/07/11       512        113        135   

Series A Preferred Stock (9)

      09/17/13       225        169        255   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              4,176        4,360   

Allen Edmonds Corporation

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Consumer
products
  10% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
  11/26/13   05/27/19   $ 7,333      $ 7,189      $ 7,189   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              7,189        7,189   

Blue Coat Systems, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  IT services   9.5% (LIBOR
+ 8.5%)
  06/27/13   06/27/20   $ 15,000      $ 14,860      $ 15,150   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,860        15,150   

C&K Market, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Retail &
grocery
  18.0% (18)   11/3/2010   11/3/2015   $ 13,650      $ 13,303      $ 10,237   

Warrant for Class B

      11/3/2010       156,552        349          
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,652        10,237   

Charming Charlie, LLC.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Retail &
grocery
  9.0% (LIBOR
+ 8.0%)
  12/18/13   12/31/19   $ 27,000      $ 26,595      $ 26,595   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              26,595        26,595   

Connecture, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Healthcare   10.0% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
  03/18/13   07/15/18   $ 7,000      $ 6,875      $ 7,000   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              6,875        7,000   

Copperweld Bimetallics LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   12.0%   12/11/13   12/11/18   $ 21,725      $ 20,863      $ 20,863   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              20,863        20,863   

Country Pure Foods, LLC

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Food &
beverage
  13.0%   08/13/10   02/13/17   $ 16,181      $ 16,181      $ 16,060   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,181        16,060   

CRS Reprocessing, LLC

             

    Senior Secured Term Loan

  Manufacturing   10.5% (LIBOR
+ 9.5%)
  06/16/11   06/16/15   $ 17,647      $ 17,588      $ 17,647   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              17,588        17,647   

Cydcor LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (20)

  Business
services
  9.8% (LIBOR
+7.3%)
  06/17/13   06/12/17   $ 13,442      $ 13,442      $ 13,442   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,442        13,442   

 

F-7

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of

Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
  Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Dr. Fresh, LLC

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Consumer
products
  14.0% (6)  (12.0%
Cash and 2.0%
PIK)
  05/15/12   11/15/17   $ 14,447      $ 14,223      $ 14,375   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,223        14,375   

Dryden CLO, Ltd.

             

Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  13.6% (12)   09/12/13   11/15/25     —        $ 9,128      $ 9,300   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,128        9,300   

Duff & Phelps Corporation

             

Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights (11)

  Financial
services
  16.2% (12)
  06/01/12   12/31/29     —        $ 12,163      $ 13,844   

Senior Secured Term Loan (11)

    4.5% (LIBOR
+ 3.5%)
  05/15/13   04/23/20   $ 249        252        249   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              12,415        14,093   

Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT services   10.7% (5)   02/15/13   12/28/17   $ 9,817      $ 9,692      $ 9,743   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,692        9,743   

Expert Global Solutions, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Business
services
  12.5% (6)
(LIBOR
+ 10.2% and
0.8% PIK)
  06/21/13   10/03/18   $ 18,727      $ 18,988      $ 18,821   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              18,988        18,821   

Express Courier International, Inc.

             

Secured Subordinated Term Loan

  Business
services
  15.0% (13) (PIK)   01/17/12   07/17/16   $ 8,595      $ 7,652      $ 6,601   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              7,652        6,601   

Firebirds International, LLC

             

Common stock (9)

  Restaurants     05/17/11       1,906      $ 191      $ 257   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              191        257   

Flagship VII, Ltd.

             

Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  13.9% (12)   12/18/13   01/20/26     —        $ 4,400      $ 4,400   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              4,400        4,400   

Food Processing Holdings, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (14)

  Food &
beverage
  10.5% (LIBOR
+9.5%)
  10/31/13   10/31/18   $ 22,202      $ 21,770      $ 21,770   

Senior Secured Delayed Draw Loan (10)

    10.5% (LIBOR
+9.5%)
  10/31/13   10/31/18     —          —          —     

Class A Units (9)

      04/20/10       162.44        163        202   

Class B Units (9)

      04/20/10       406.09        408        150   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              22,341        22,122   

Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP

             

Member interest (16)

  Financial
services
    06/14/13       —        $ 801      $ 801   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              801        801   

Gold, Inc.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Consumer
products
  11.0%   12/31/12   06/30/19   $ 16,788      $ 16,788      $ 16,788   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,788        16,788   

Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P.

             

Partnership interest (16)

  Financial
services
    11/20/12   12/21/18     —        $ 199      $ 384   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              199        384   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of

Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
  Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Harrison Gypsum, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   10.5% (6)
(LIBOR + 8.5%
and 0.5% PIK)
  12/21/12   12/21/17   $ 24,369      $ 24,065      $ 24,247   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              24,065        24,247   

Hart InterCivic, Inc.

             

    Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT services   11.5% (LIBOR
+ 9.0% and
1% PIK) (6)
  07/01/11   07/01/16   $ 8,696      $ 8,597      $ 8,522   

    Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)

    10.5% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
  07/01/11   07/01/16   $ 800        770        800   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,367        9,322   

HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.

             

    Senior Secured Term Loan

  Healthcare   11.9% (5)   08/31/12   08/30/17   $ 9,175      $ 8,958      $ 8,624   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,958        8,624   

Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.

           

    Senior Secured Term Loan

  Energy /
Utilities
  10.0% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
10.0% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
  05/29/13   05/29/18   $ 24,227      $ 23,751      $ 24,227   

    Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)

      05/29/13   05/29/18     —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              23,751        24,227   

Hostway Corporation

             

    Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT services   6.0% (LIBOR +
4.8%) 10.0%
(LIBOR
+ 8.8%)
  12/27/13   12/13/19   $ 10,000      $ 9,900      $ 9,900   

    Second Lien Term Loan

      12/27/13   12/13/20   $ 12,000        11,760        11,760   

    Class A Common Equity (9)

      12/27/13       20        200        200   

    Class A Preferred Equity (9)

      12/27/13       2        1,800        1,800   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              23,660        23,660   

Ingenio Acquisition, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Media,
entertainment
and leisure
  12.8% (6)
(11.3% Cash
and 1.5% PIK)
  05/09/13   05/09/18   $ 9,606      $ 9,433      $ 9,558   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,433        9,558   

Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC

             

Member interest (7)(8)

  Healthcare     04/20/10       1,393      $ 1,393      $ 938   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              1,393        938   

Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Media,
entertainment
and leisure
  9.8% (LIBOR
+ 8.5%) 9.8%
(LIBOR
+ 8.5%)
  08/08/13   08/08/18   $ 13,178      $ 12,931      $ 12,947   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)

      08/08/13   08/08/18   $ 1,478        1,451        1,478   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,382        14,425   

LCP Capital Fund LLC

             

Member interest (8)(15)(16)

  Financial
services
  12.6% (12)   04/20/10   02/15/15   $ 8,354      $ 8,354      $ 8,354   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,354        8,354   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-9


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of

Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
  Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Energy /
Utilities
  9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)

9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)

9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)

  09/28/12   09/28/17   $ 8,828      $ 8,642      $ 8,608   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)

      09/28/12   09/28/17     —          —          —     

Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loans (10)

      09/28/12   09/28/17     —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,642        8,608   

Martex Fiber Southern Corp.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Industrials   13.5% (6)
(12.0% Cash
and 1.5% PIK)
  04/30/12   10/31/19   $ 8,890      $ 8,778      $ 8,445   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,778        8,445   

NCM Group Holdings, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   12.5% (LIBOR
+ 11.5%)
  08/29/13   08/29/18   $ 26,727      $ 25,711      $ 26,193   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              25,711        26,193   

Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Financial
services
  10.5%   09/30/13   09/30/18   $ 13,943      $ 13,676      $ 13,676   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,676        13,676   

Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.

             

Income Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  15.5% (12)   12/19/12   01/15/24     —        $ 8,579      $ 8,656   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,579        8,656   

OEM Group, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Note

  Manufacturing   15.0% (6)
(12.5% Cash
and 2.5% PIK)
  10/07/10   10/07/15   $ 15,162      $ 14,974      $ 14,480   

Warrant for Common

      10/07/10   —       —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,974        14,480   

SeaStar Solutions (f.k.a. Marine Acquisition Corp)

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Manufacturing   13.5% (6)
(11.5% Cash
and 2.0% PIK)
  09/18/12   05/18/17   $ 16,500      $ 16,209      $ 16,830   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,209        16,830   

Sheplers, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loan

  Retail &
grocery
  13.2% (LIBOR
+ 11.7%)
  12/20/11   12/20/16   $ 11,426      $ 11,233      $ 11,426   

Subordinated Term Loan

    17.0% (17)
(10.0% Cash
and 7.0% PIK)
  12/20/11   12/20/17   $ 1,904        1,879        1,904   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,112        13,330   

Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd

             

Income Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  13.2% (12)   03/12/13   04/15/25     —        $ 6,064      $ 6,152   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              6,064        6,152   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-10


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of

Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
  Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Specialty Brands Holdings, LLC

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Restaurants   11.3% (LIBOR
+ 9.8%)
  07/16/13   07/16/18   $ 20,977      $ 20,587      $ 20,587   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              20,587        20,587   

The Studer Group, L.L.C.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Healthcare   12.0%   09/29/11   01/31/19   $ 16,910      $ 16,910      $ 16,910   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,910        16,910   

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Healthcare   9.8% (LIBOR
+ 8.5%)
  04/19/13   04/11/20   $ 15,000      $ 14,652      $ 15,000   

Member interest (8)(9)

      04/20/10       469,673        —          2,000   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,652        17,000   

Tri Starr Management Services, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  IT services   15.8% (6)
(12.5% Cash
and 3.3% PIK)
  03/04/13   03/04/19   $ 18,307      $ 17,981      $ 17,941   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              17,981        17,941   

Trinity Services Group, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Food &
beverage
  14.5% (6)
(12.0% Cash
and 2.5% PIK)
  03/29/12   09/29/17   $ 14,411      $ 14,252      $ 14,122   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,252        14,122   

Vision Solutions, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  IT services   9.5% (LIBOR
+ 8.0%)
  03/31/11   07/23/17   $ 11,625      $ 11,561      $ 11,625   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              11,561        11,625   

Washington Inventory Service

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Business
services
  10.3% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
  12/27/12   06/20/19   $ 11,000      $ 10,861      $ 11,165   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              10,861        11,165   

Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Financial
services
  15.5% (19)   05/21/13   11/21/16   $ 18,768      $ 18,447      $ 15,765   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              18,447        15,765   

YP Equity Investors, LLC

             

Member interest (7)(8)

  Media,
entertainment
and leisure
    05/08/12   —       —        $ —        $ 4,100   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              —          4,100   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlled/non-
affiliated
investments —
143.26% of net asset
value

            $ 645,911      $ 648,860   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-11


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of

Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
  Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Non-controlled/affiliated investments —0.00% of net asset value

             

THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC

             

Member interest (8)(16)

  Financial
services
    01/27/11   1/14/2021          $ 5      $ 5   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              5        5   

THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC

             

Member interest (8)(16)

  Financial
services
    03/01/13   10/10/2021          $ 2      $ 2   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              2        2   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments—143.26% of net asset value

            $ 645,918      $ 648,867   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Derivative Instruments

                                 

Counterparty

  Instrument   Interest Rate   Expiration
Date
  # of
Contracts
  Notional     Cost     Fair
Value
 

ING Capital Markets, LLC

  Interest Rate Swap
– Pay

Fixed/Receive
Floating

  1.1425%/LIBOR   5/10/2017   1   $ 50,000      $      $ (284
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments—
0.06% of net asset value

            $      $ (284
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All debt investments are income-producing. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.

(2)  

Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which are effective as of December 31, 2013. These variable rates reset monthly or quarterly, subject to interest rate floors.

(3)  

Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.

(4)  

Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(5)  

Unitranche investment; interest rate reflected represents the implied interest rate earned on the investment for the most recent quarter.

(6)  

At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.

(7)  

Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.

(8)  

Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.

(9)  

Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.

(10)  

Issuer pays 0.50% unfunded commitment fee on revolving loan facility.

(11)  

Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(12)  

Income-producing security with no stated coupon; interest rate reflects an estimation of the effective yield to expected maturity as of December 31, 2013.

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-12


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(13)  

Loan was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013. Issuer’s contractual rate is 15.0% PIK until December 31, 2013 and then for each of the quarters ending March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, the lesser of excess cash flow for the quarter or 12% paid in cash with the remainder amount paid in PIK up to a total rate of 15%.

(14)  

Debt investment interest held in companies related to the portfolio company.

(15)  

The Company’s investment in LCP Capital Fund LLC is in the form of membership interests and its contributed capital is for the most recent quarter maintained in a collateral account held by a custodian and acts as collateral for certain credit default swaps for the Series 2005-1 equity interest. See Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(16)  

Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(17)  

Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.

(18)  

C&K Market, Inc. filed for bankruptcy in November 2013. Loan was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013. Contractual default rate of interest is 18.0%.

(19)  

Contractual default rate of interest is 15.5%. Certain interest payments have been deferred until April 15, 2014.

(20)  

Of the $13,442 senior secured term loans outstanding, $11,981 is based in the United States and $1,461 is based in Canada.

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-13


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2012

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
  Principal (3)
No. of Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Cost     Fair
Value
 

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—113.49% of net asset value

             

20-20 Technologies Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (4)

  IT Services   13.2% (5)  (LIBOR +
11.0%)
  09/12/12   09/12/17   $ 14,000      $ 13,666      $ 13,666   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,666        13,666   

AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC

             

Second Lien Loan

  Media,

entertainment
and leisure

  16.0%   06/21/12   06/21/17   $ 9,976        9,743        9,775   

Member interest (7)(8)

      06/21/12   —       0.763636        764        764   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              10,507        10,539   

Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC

             

Senior Secured Note

  Aerospace &
defense
  11.0%   09/07/11   03/07/16   $ 4,000        3,854        3,900   

Class A Warrants (9)

      09/07/11   —       511,812        113        120   

Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loans (10)

    11.0%   09/07/11   03/07/16     —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              3,967        4,020   

C&K Market, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Retail &
grocery
  16.0% (14.0%
Cash and 2.0%
PIK)
  11/03/10   11/03/15   $ 13,582        13,176        13,480   

Warrant for Class B

      11/03/10   —       156,552        349        350   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,525        13,830   

Country Pure Foods, LLC

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Food &
beverage
  15% (12.5%
Cash and 2.5%
PIK)
  08/13/10   02/13/16   $ 16,079        15,871        15,758   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              15,871        15,758   

CRS Reprocessing, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Manufacturing   10.3% (LIBOR +
9.3%)
  06/16/11   06/16/15   $ 8,438        8,327        8,375   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,327        8,375   

Cydcor LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Business
services
  12.3% (LIBOR
+9.8%)
  09/18/12   09/17/16   $ 14,649        14,270        14,270   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,270        14,270   

Dr. Fresh, LLC

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Consumer
products
  14.0% (6) (12.0%
Cash and 2.0%
PIK)
  05/15/12   11/15/17   $ 14,158        13,893        13,946   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,893        13,946   

Duff & Phelps Corporation

             

Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights

  Financial
services
  16.4% (12)   06/01/12   12/31/29     —          12,262        12,262   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              12,262        12,262   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-14


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2012

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Cost     Fair
Value
 

Express Courier International, Inc.

             

Secured Subordinated Term Loan

  Business
services
  15.0%  (13) (PIK)   01/17/12     07/17/16      $ 7,479        7,358        6,357   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              7,358        6,357   

Firebirds International, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Restaurants   10.5%   05/17/11     05/17/16      $ 8,200        8,080        8,200   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (14)(15)

    (LIBOR + 9.0%)   05/17/11     05/17/16        —          (67)        —     

Common stock (9)

    10.5%

(LIBOR + 9.0%)

  05/17/11     —          1,906        191        215   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,204        8,415   

Food Processing Holdings, LLC

             

Senior Subordinated Note (16)

  Food &
beverage
  15.0% (6)  (12.0%
Cash and 3.0%
PIK)
  02/28/12     08/28/17      $ 13,847        13,727        13,397   

Class A Units (9)

      04/20/10     —          162.44        163        181   

Class B Units (9)

      04/20/10     —          406.09        408        150   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,298        13,728   

Gold, Inc.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Consumer
products
  15.0% (6) (13.0%
Cash and 2.0%
PIK)
  12/31/12     12/31/17      $ 36,800        36,064        36,064   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              36,064        36,064   

Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P.

             

Partnership interest

  Financial
services
    11/20/12     12/21/18        —          1,195        1,895   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              1,195        1,895   

Harrison Gypsum, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   10.5% (6)

(LIBOR + 8.5%
and 0.5% PIK)

  12/21/12     12/21/17      $ 25,380        25,001        25,001   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              25,001        25,001   

Hart InterCivic, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT Services   10.5% (LIBOR +
9.0%)
  07/01/11     07/01/16      $ 9,595        9,450        9,499   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)(15)

    10.5% (LIBOR +
9.0%)
  07/01/11     07/01/16      $ —          (42)        —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,408        9,499   

HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Healthcare   11.5% (5)  (LIBOR +
10.0%)
  08/31/12     08/30/17      $ 9,875        9,594        9,594   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,594        9,594   

IMDS Corporation

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Healthcare   15.5% (6) (12.5%
Cash and 3.0%
PIK)
  05/02/12     11/02/17      $ 13,266        12,967        12,404   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              12,967        12,404   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-15


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2012

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
  Principal (3)
No. of Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Cost     Fair
Value
 

Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC

             

Member interest (7)(8)

  Healthcare   N/A   04/20/10   —       1,393        1,393        1,388   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              1,393        1,388   

LCP Capital Fund LLC

             

Member interest (8)(17)(18)

  Financial
services
  16.2% (19)   04/20/10   02/15/15   $ 8,354        8,354        8,354   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,354        8,354   

Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Energy /
Utilities
  9.3%
(LIBOR +8.3%)
  09/28/12   09/28/17   $ 9,709        9,462        9,462   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)

    9.3%
(LIBOR +8.3%)
  09/28/12   09/28/17   $ 290        290        290   

Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loans

    9.3%
(LIBOR +8.3%)
  09/28/12   09/28/17   $ —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,752        9,752   

Marine Acquisition Corp . (Teleflex Marine)

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Manufacturing   13.5% (6)   09/18/12   05/18/17   $ 16,500        16,146        16,170   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,146        16,170   

Martex Fiber Southern Corp .

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Industrials   13.5% (6) (12.0%
Cash and 1.5%
PIK)
  04/30/12   10/31/19   $ 8,756        8,632        8,580   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,632        8,580   

Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.

             

Income Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  15.5% (20)   12/19/12   01/15/24   $ 10,000        9,400        9,400   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,400        9,400   

OEM Group, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Note

  Manufacturing   15.0% (6) (12.5%
Cash and 2.5%
PIK)
  10/07/10   10/07/15   $ 14,784        14,510        13,601   

Warrant for Common

      —     —       —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,510        13,601   

Pinnacle Operating Corporation

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   11.5%
(LIBOR + 10.3%)
  11/26/12   05/15/19   $ 10,000        9,508        9,508   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,508        9,508   

Sheplers, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan (7)

  Retail &
grocery
  13.2%
(LIBOR + 11.7%)
  12/20/11   12/20/16   $ 11,426        11,182        11,369   

Mezzanine Loan (7)

    17.0% (21)  (10.0%
Cash and 7.0%
PIK)
  12/20/11   12/20/17   $ 1,776        1,747        1,768   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              12,929        13,137   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-16


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2012

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

  Industry   Interest Rate (2)   Initial
Acquisition
Date
  Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
  Principal (3)
No. of Shares /
    No. of Units    
    Cost     Fair
Value
 

The Studer Group, L.L.C.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Healthcare   14.0% (12.0%
Cash and 2.0%
PIK)
  09/29/11   03/29/17   $ 12,454        12,251        12,361   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              12,251        12,361   

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Healthcare   15.0%   04/20/10   08/04/17   $ 18,773        18,405        18,960   

Member interest (8)(9)

      —     —       469,673        470        1,850   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              18,875        20,810   

Trinity Services Group, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Food &
beverage
  13.5% (6)  (12.0%
Cash and 1.5%
PIK)
  03/29/12   09/29/17   $ 14,143        13,954        14,073   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,954        14,073   

Vision Solutions, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  IT Services   9.5% (LIBOR +
8.0%)
  03/31/11   07/23/17   $ 11,625        11,547        11,625   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              11,547        11,625   

Washington Inventory Service

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Business
services
  10.3% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
  12/27/12   06/20/19   $ 11,000        10,835        10,835   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              10,835        10,835   

YP Equity Investors, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Media,
entertainment
and leisure
  15.0% (12.0%
Cash and 3.0%
PIK)
  05/08/12   05/08/17   $ 3,322        3,236        3,322   

Member interest (7)(8)

      05/08/12   05/08/17     —          —          1,800   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              3,236        5,122   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—113.49% of net asset value

            $ 391,699      $ 394,339   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
             

Non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value

             

THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC

             

Member interest

  Financial
services
    01/27/11   1/14/2021     —          10        10   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              10        10   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments—113.49% of net asset value

            $ 391,709      $ 394,349   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-17


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2012

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Derivative Instruments

                                 

Counterparty

  Instrument   Interest Rate   Expiration
Date
  # of
Contracts
  Notional     Cost     Fair
Value
 

ING Capital Markets, LLC

  Interest Rate Swap
– Pay Fixed/
Receive Floating
  1.1425%/LIBOR   5/10/2017   1   $ 50,000      $ —        $ (1,053)   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments—(0.30)% of net asset value

            $ —        $ (1,053)   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

All debt investments are income-producing. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.

(2)  

Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which reset monthly or quarterly, subject to interest rate floors. Unless otherwise noted, for each debt investment we have provided the interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2012.

(3)  

Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.

(4)

Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(5)  

Unitranche investment; yield reflected represents the effective yield earned on the investment.

(6)  

At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.

(7)  

Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.

(8)  

Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.

(9)  

Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.

(10)  

Issuer pays 0.5% unfunded commitment fee on facility.

(11)  

Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(12)  

Income-producing security with no stated coupon; yield from initial investment through December 31, 2012 was approximately 16.4%.

(13)

Issuer will pay 15% PIK until April 1, 2013, 13.0% cash interest thereafter.

(14)  

Issuer pays 0.25% unfunded commitment fee on revolving loan quarterly.

(15 )  

The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.

(16)  

Interest held in companies related to the portfolio company.

(17)  

The Company’s investment in LCP Capital Fund LLC is in the form of membership interests and its contributed capital is maintained in a collateral account held by a custodian and acts as collateral for certain credit default swaps for the Series 2005-1 equity interest. See Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(18)  

Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(19)  

Income producing security with no stated coupon; cash yield for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was approximately 16.2%.

(20)  

Income producing security with no stated coupon; cash yield for the three months ended December 31, 2012 was approximately 15.5%.

(21)  

Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-18


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

N otes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

(in thousands, except per share data)

1. Organization

THL Credit, Inc., or the Company, was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 26, 2009. The Company has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or 1940 Act. The Company has elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, as amended. In 2009, the Company was treated for tax purposes as a corporation. The Company’s investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through privately negotiated investments in debt and equity securities of middle market companies.

On April 20, 2010, in anticipation of completing an initial public offering and formally commencing principal operations, the Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement with THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., or BDC Holdings, an affiliate of the Company, to effectuate the sale by THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. to the Company of certain securities valued at $62,107, as determined by the Company’s board of directors, and on the same day issued 4,140 shares of common stock to BDC Holdings valued at $15.00 per share, pursuant to such agreement, in exchange for the aforementioned securities. Subsequently, the Company filed an election to be regulated as a BDC.

On April 21, 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering, formally commencing principal operations, and sold 9,000 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $13.00 per share, less an underwriting discount and commissions totaling $0.8125 per share. Concurrently, the Company sold 6,308 shares of its common stock to BDC Holdings at $13.00 per share, the sale of which was not subject to an underwriting discount and commission. On April 27, 2010, the Company closed the sale of the aforementioned 15,308 shares and received $190,684 of net proceeds, which includes an underwriting discount and offering expenses.

On May 26, 2010, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option under the underwriting agreement and elected to purchase an additional 337 shares of common stock at $13.00 per share resulting in additional net proceeds of $3,892, which includes an underwriting discount and offering expenses.

On September 25, 2012, the Company closed a public equity offering selling 6,095 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $14.09 per share, less an underwriting discount and offering expenses, and received $81,657 in net proceeds.

On June 24, 2013, the Company closed a public equity offering selling 7,590 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $14.62 per share, less an underwriting discount and offering expenses, and received $106,179 in net proceeds.

The Company has established wholly owned subsidiaries, THL Credit AIM Media Holdings Inc., THL Credit Holdings, Inc. and THL Credit YP Holdings Inc, which are structured as Delaware entities, or tax blockers, to hold equity or equity-like investments in portfolio companies organized as limited liability companies, or LLCs (or other forms of pass-through entities). Tax blockers are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may incur income tax expense as a result of their ownership of portfolio companies.

The Company has a wholly owned subsidiary, THL Corporate Finance, Inc. and THL Corporate Finance, LLC, its wholly owned subsidiary, serves as the administrative agent on certain investment transactions.

THL Credit SBIC, LP, or SBIC LP, and its general partner, THL Credit SBIC GP, LLC, or SBIC GP, were organized in Delaware on August 25, 2011 as a limited partnership and limited liability company, respectively. On January 16, 2013, the Company withdrew its application with the Investment Division of

 

F-19


Table of Contents

the U.S. Small Business Administration, or SBA, to license a small business investment company, or SBIC. Both the SBIC LP and SBIC GP remain consolidated wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with Article 6 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company generally will not consolidate its interest in any company other than in investment company subsidiaries and controlled operating companies substantially all of whose business consists of providing services to the Company.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-K and Regulation S-X. The financial results of our portfolio companies are not consolidated in the financial statements. The accounting records of the Company are maintained in U.S. dollars.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets, credit worthiness of our portfolio companies and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ and these differences could be material.

Cash

Cash consists of funds held in demand deposit accounts at several financial institutions and, at certain times, balances may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limit and is therefore subject to credit risk. There were no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs consist of fees and expenses paid in connection with the closing of credit facilities and are capitalized at the time of payment. Deferred financing costs are amortized using the straight line method over the term of the credit facilities.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, including legal, accounting, printing fees and other related expenses, as well as costs incurred in connection with the filing of a shelf registration statement. These costs are capitalized when incurred and recognized as a reduction of offering proceeds when the offering becomes effective.

Escrow Receivable

Escrow receivable represents the Company’s claims to amounts set aside for indemnification claims or purchase price adjustments from the sale of certain investments. Escrow receivable is presented at net realizable value on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. There is a risk that some or all of the escrow amounts might not be ultimately collected by the Company. A current claim against the escrow in excess of the company’s reserve against the receivable will be arbitrated.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Derivative

The Company recognizes derivatives as either interest rate derivative assets or liabilities at fair value on its Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities with valuation changes and interest rate payments recorded as net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative and interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See also the disclosure in Note 7, Interest Rate Derivative.

Partial Loan Sales

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 860 when accounting for loan participations and other partial loan sales. Such guidance requires a participation or other partial loan sale to meet the definition of a “participating interest”, as defined in the guidance, in order for sale treatment to be allowed. Participations or other partial loan sales which do not meet the definition of a participating interest remain on the Company’s consolidated statements of asset and liabilities and the proceeds are recorded as a secured borrowing until the definition is met.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s long-term obligations are disclosed in Note 6, Credit Facility.

Valuation of Investments

Investments, for which market quotations are readily available, are valued using market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or broker-dealers or market makers. Debt and equity securities, for which market quotations are not readily available or are not considered to be the best estimate of fair value, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. Because the Company expects that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in the Company’s portfolio, it is expected that many of the Company’s portfolio investments’ values will be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors in accordance with GAAP. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Company’s board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

the Company’s quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

   

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Advisor;

 

   

to the extent determined by the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors, independent valuation firms engaged by the Company conduct independent appraisals and review the Advisor’s preliminary valuations in light of their own independent assessment;

 

   

the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the Advisor and independent valuation firms and, if necessary, responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments; and

 

F-21


Table of Contents
   

the Company’s board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in the Company’s portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor and the respective independent valuation firms.

The types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. The Company utilizes an income approach to value its debt investments and a combination of income and market approaches to value its equity investments. With respect to unquoted securities, the Advisor and the Company’s board of directors, in consultation with the Company’s independent third party valuation firm, values each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors, which valuation is then approved by the board of directors. For debt investments, the Company determines the fair value primarily using an income, or yield, approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of interest and principal for the debt security, as set forth in the associated loan agreements, as well as the financial position and credit risk of each portfolio investments. The Company’s estimate of the expected repayment date is generally the legal maturity date of the instrument. The yield analysis considers changes in leverage levels, credit quality, portfolio company performance and other factors.

The Company values its interest rate derivative agreement using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows associated with the interest rate derivative agreement. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flows methodology include the forward interest rate yield curves in effect as of the end of the measurement period and an evaluation of the counterparty’s credit risk.

The Company values its residual interest investments in collateralized loan obligations using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of our residual interest. The discounted cash flows model utilizes prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based on historical experience and projected performance, economic factors, the characteristics of the underlying cash flow, and comparable yields for similar collateralized loan obligation fund subordinated notes or equity, when available. Specifically, the Company uses Intex cash flow models, or an appropriate substitute to form the basis for the valuation of the Company’s residual interest. The models use a set of assumptions including projected default rates, recovery rates, reinvestment rates and prepayment rates in order to arrive at estimated cash flows. The assumptions are based on available market data and projections provided by third parties as well as management estimates.

The Company values its investment in payment rights using an income approach that analyzes the discounted projected future cash flow streams assuming an appropriate discount rate, which will among other things consider other transactions in the market, the current credit environment, performance of the underlying portfolio company and the length of the remaining payment stream.

The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future cash flows or earnings to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing the Company’s investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, the current investment performance rating, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, transaction comparables, our principal market as the reporting entity and enterprise values, among other factors.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP, the Company discloses the fair value of its investments in a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2—Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

Level 3—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. However, the determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment by management.

The Company considers whether the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifies transactions that are not orderly in determining fair value. Accordingly, if the Company determines that either the volume and/or level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased (from normal conditions for that asset or liability) or price quotations or observable inputs are not associated with orderly transactions, increased analysis and management judgment will be required to estimate fair value. Valuation techniques such as an income approach might be appropriate to supplement or replace a market approach in those circumstances.

The Company has adopted the authoritative guidance under GAAP for estimating the fair value of investments in investment companies that have calculated net asset value per share in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies. Accordingly, in circumstances in which net asset value per share of an investment is determinative of fair value, the Company estimates the fair value of an investment in an investment company using the net asset value per share of the investment (or its equivalent) without further adjustment, if the net asset value per share of the investment is determined in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for investment companies as of the reporting entity’s measurement date.

Investment Risk

The value of investments will generally fluctuate with, among other things, changes in prevailing interest rates, federal tax rates, counterparty risk, general economic conditions, the condition of certain financial markets, developments or trends in any particular industry and the financial condition of the issuer. During periods of limited liquidity and higher price volatility, the Company’s ability to dispose of investments at a price and time that the Company deems advantageous may be impaired. The extent of this exposure is reflected in the carrying value of these financial assets and recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Lower-quality debt securities involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the credit quality of the issuer. The value of lower-quality debt securities often fluctuates in response to company, political, or economic developments and can decline significantly over short periods of time or during periods of general or regional economic difficulty. Lower-quality debt securities can be thinly traded or have restrictions on resale, making them difficult to sell at an acceptable price. The default rate for lower-quality debt securities is likely to be higher during economic recessions or periods of high interest rates.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had two loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $20,954 and fair value of $16,838. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no loans on non-accrual.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Security Transactions, Payment-in-Kind, Income Recognition, Realized/Unrealized Gains or Losses

Security transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis. The Company measures realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method. The Company reports changes in fair value of investments that are measured at fair value as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation on investments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company reports changes in fair value of the interest rate derivative that is measured at fair value as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that the Company expects to collect such amounts. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date. Original issue discount, principally representing the estimated fair value of detachable equity or warrants obtained in conjunction with the acquisition of debt securities, and market discount or premium are capitalized and accreted or amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective yield method. The amortized cost of investments represents the original cost adjusted for the accretion/amortization of discounts and premiums and upfront loan origination fees.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, the Company may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection.

The Company has investments in its portfolio which contain a contractual paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest provision. PIK interest is computed at the contractual rate specified in each investment agreement, is added to the principal balance of the investment, and is recorded as income. The Company will cease accruing PIK interest if there is insufficient value to support the accrual or if it does not expect amounts to be collectible. To maintain the Company’s status as a RIC, PIK interest income, which is considered investment company taxable income, must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though the Company has not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash.

The following shows a rollforward of PIK income activity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

Accumulated PIK balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 935   

PIK income capitalized/receivable

     2,553   
  

 

 

 

Accumulated PIK balance at December 31, 2011

     3,488   

PIK income capitalized/receivable

     4,124   

PIK received in cash from repayments

     (1,805
  

 

 

 

Accumulated PIK balance at December 31, 2012

     5,807   

PIK income capitalized/receivable

     3,179   

PIK received in cash from repayments

     (2,922
  

 

 

 

Accumulated PIK balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 6,064   
  

 

 

 

Interest income from the Company’s TRA and CLO residual interests is recorded based upon an estimation of an effective yield to expected maturity using anticipated cash flows. Amounts in excess of income recognized are recorded as a reduction to the cost basis of the investment. The Company monitors the anticipated cash flows from its TRA and CLO residual interests and will adjust its effective yield periodically as needed.

The Company capitalizes and amortizes upfront loan origination fees received in connection with the closing of investments. The unearned income from such fees is accreted into interest income over the contractual life of the loan based on the effective interest method. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees, and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

In certain investment transactions, the Company may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned. The Company had no income from advisory services related to portfolio companies for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Other income includes commitment fees, fees related to the management of Greenway and Greenway II, structuring fees, amendment fees and unused commitment fees associated with investments in portfolio companies. These fees are recognized as income when earned by the Company per the terms of the applicable management or credit agreements.

The following is a summary of the levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2013:

 

Description

   Fair Value     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  

First lien secured debt

   $ 262,965      $ —         $ —        $ 262,965   

Subordinated debt

     155,979        —           —          155,979   

Second lien debt

     157,878        —           —          157,878   

CLO residual interests

     37,618        —           —          37,618   

Investment in payment rights

     13,844        —           —          13,844   

Investments in funds

     9,546        —           —          9,546   

Equity investments

     11,037        —           —          11,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 648,867      $ —         $ —        $ 648,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate derivative

     (284     —           (284     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liability at fair value

   $ (284   $ —         $ (284   $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2012:

 

Description

   Fair Value     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  

Subordinated debt

   $ 183,319      $ —         $ —        $ 183,319   

First lien secured debt

     102,256        —           —          102,256   

Second lien debt

     70,035        —           —          70,035   

Investments in payment rights

     12,262        —           —          12,262   

Investments in funds

     10,259        —           —          10,259   

CLO residual interest

     9,400        —           —          9,400   

Equity investments

     6,818        —           —          6,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 394,349      $ —         $ —        $ 394,349   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate derivative

     (1,053     —           (1,053     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liability at fair value

   $ (1,053   $ —         $ (1,053   $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2013:

 

Industry

   Cost      Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

IT services

     100,501         101,023         22.31

Financial services

     91,242         90,698         20.02

Industrials

     79,418         79,748         17.61

Food & beverage

     52,774         52,304         11.55

Healthcare

     48,790         50,472         11.14

Retail & grocery

     53,358         50,163         11.07

Business services

     50,941         50,029         11.05

Manufacturing

     48,770         48,956         10.81

Consumer products

     38,200         38,352         8.47

Energy / utilities

     32,393         32,835         7.25

Media, entertainment and leisure

     24,578         29,083         6.42

Restaurants

     20,778         20,844         4.60

Aerospace & defense

     4,175         4,360         0.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 645,918       $ 648,867         143.26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

 

Region

   Cost      Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

Northeast

   $ 138,835       $ 140,292         30.97

West

     126,770         128,423         28.35

Midwest

     124,248         124,817         27.56

Southwest

     119,357         116,573         25.74

Southeast

     109,679         114,943         25.38

International

     13,378         13,582         3.00

Northwest

     13,651         10,237         2.26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 645,918       $ 648,867         143.26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2012 (1) :

 

Industry

   Cost      Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

Healthcare

   $ 55,080       $ 56,558         16.27

Consumer Products

     49,957         50,010         14.39

Food & beverage

     44,124         43,559         12.54

Industrials

     43,142         43,089         12.40

Manufacturing

     38,982         38,145         10.98

IT services

     34,621         34,790         10.01

Financial services

     31,221         31,921         9.19

Business services

     32,464         31,462         9.05

Retail & grocery

     26,455         26,967         7.76

Media, entertainment and leisure

     13,742         15,661         4.51

Energy / Utilities

     9,752         9,752         2.81

Restaurants

     8,203         8,415         2.42

Aerospace & defense

     3,966         4,020         1.16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 391,709       $ 394,349         113.49
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

(1)

The Company has changed the industry classification of certain investments to conform to new industry classifications adopted as of September 30, 2013.

The following is a summary of the geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2012:

 

Region

   Cost      Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

Southeast

   $ 101,401       $ 104,146         29.98

West

     87,804         88,635         25.51

Northeast

     38,659         38,607         11.11

Southwest

     73,786         72,432         20.84

Midwest

     62,867         63,033         18.14

International

     13,666         13,666         3.93

Northwest

     13,526         13,830         3.98
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 391,709       $ 394,349         113.49
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table rolls forward the changes in fair value during the year ended December 31, 2013 for investments classified within Level 3:

 

    First lien
secured debt
    Second lien
debt
    Subordinated
debt
    Investments
in funds
    Equity
investments
    Investment
in payment
rights
    CLO
residual
interests
    Totals  

Beginning balance, January 1 2013

  $ 102,256      $ 70,035      $ 183,319      $ 10,259      $ 6,818      $ 12,262      $ 9,400      $ 394,349   

Purchases

    203,789        129,343        49,645        1,076        2,169        —          29,514        415,536   

Sales and repayments

    (45,377     (44,167     (75,754     (1,273     (469     (100     (1,834     (168,974

Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) (1)

    909        1,188        (5,748     (516     2,519        1,682        275        309   

Net amortization of premiums, discounts and fees

    1,235        1,062        1,837        —          —          —          263        4,397   

PIK

    153        417        2,680        —          —          —          —          3,250   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2013

  $ 262,965      $ 157,878      $ 155,979      $ 9,546      $ 11,037      $ 13,844      $ 37,618      $ 648,867   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation from investments still held as of the reporting date (1)

  $ 1,098      $ 1,304      $ (6,086   $ (515   $ 2,519      $ 1,682      $ 275      $ 277   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in the table above is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The following table rolls forward the changes in fair value during the year ended December 31, 2012 for investments classified within Level 3:

 

    First lien
secured debt
    Second lien
debt
    Subordinated
debt
    Investments in
funds
    Equity
investments
    Investment
in payment
rights
    CLO
Residual
interest
    Totals  

Beginning balance, January 1, 2012

  $ 89,488      $ 60,125      $ 101,842      $ 12,011      $ 3,527      $ —        $ —        $ 266,993   

Purchases

    102,786        41,531        130,313        1,199        764        12,500        9,400        298,493   

Sales and repayments

    (90,775     (32,045     (50,830     (3,650     —          (238       (177,538

Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) (1)

    (593     (1,043     (2,831     699        2,527        —          —          (1,241

Net amortization of premiums, discounts and fees

    1,183        836        1,596        —          —          —          —          3,615   

PIK

    167        631        3,229        —          —          —          —          4,027   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2012

  $ 102,256      $ 70,035      $ 183,319      $ 10,259      $ 6,818      $ 12,262      $ 9,400      $ 394,349   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation from investments still held as of the reporting date (1)

  $ 477      $ (295   $ (1,196   $ 699      $ 2,527      $ —        $ —        $ 2,212   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in the table above is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following provides quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2013:

 

Description:

  Fair Value    

Valuation Technique

 

Unobservable
Inputs

  Range
(Average)  (1)

First lien secured debt

  $ 262,965      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)
  11% - 13% (12%)

Second lien debt

    157,878      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)
  12% - 14% (13%)

Subordinated debt

    155,979      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)
  14% - 17% (15%)

Investments in funds

    8,361      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)
  13%
    1,185      Net asset value, as a practical expedient   Net asset value   N/A

Equity investments

    10,100      Market comparable companies (market approach)   EBITDA multiple   6.7x - 7.4x (7.1x)
    937      Recent transaction   Sale price   N/A

Investment in payment rights (2)

    13,844      Discounted cash flows (income approach)  

Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)

Federal tax rates

  14% - 15% (15%)

 

 

35% - 40% (38%)

CLO residual interests

    37,618      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)
  14%
 

 

 

       

Total investments

  $ 648,867         
 

 

 

       

 

(1)  

Ranges were determined using a weighted average based upon the fair value of the investments in each investment category.

(2)  

Investment in a tax receivable agreement, or TRA, payment rights

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The following provides quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2012:

 

Description:

  Fair Value    

Valuation Technique

 

Unobservable
Inputs

  Range (Average)
(1)

First lien secured debt

  $ 102,256      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)
  12% - 13% (12%)

Second lien debt

    70,035      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)
  14% - 16% (15%)

Subordinated debt

    183,319      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)
  15% - 17% (16%)

Investments in funds

   

 

8,364

1,895

  

  

 

Discounted cash flows (income approach)

Net asset value, as a practical expedient

 

Weighted average
cost of capital
(WACC)

Net asset value

  14% - 18% (16%)

N/A

Equity investments

    6,818      Market comparable companies (market approach)   EBITDA multiple   5.0 - 5.7 (5.3)

Investment in payment rights (2)

    12,262      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average cost of capital (WACC) and federal tax rates   14% - 18% (16%)

CLO residual interest

    9,400      Discounted cash flows (income approach)   Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)   15% - 16% (16%)
 

 

 

       

Total investments

  $ 394,349         
 

 

 

       

 

(1)  

Ranges were determined using a weighted average based upon the fair value of the investments in each investment category.

(2)  

Investment in a tax receivable agreement, or TRA, payment rights

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s debt securities (first lien secured debt, second lien debt and subordinated debt), including income-producing investments in funds, payment rights and CLO residual interests is the weighted average cost of capital, or WACC. Significant increases (decreases) in the WACC in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. In determining the WACC, for the income, or yield, approach, the Company considers current market yields and multiples, portfolio company performance, leverage levels, credit quality, among other factors, including federal tax rates, in its analysis. In the case of CLO residual interests, the Company considers prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based upon historical and projected performance as well as comparable yields for other similar CLOs. In the case of the TRA, the Company considers the risks associated with changes in tax rates, the performance of the portfolio company and the expected term of the investment. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate WACC to use in the income approach.

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s equity investments is the EBITDA multiple adjusted by management for differences between the investment and referenced comparables, or the Multiple. Significant increases (decreases) in the Multiple in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. To determine the Multiple for the market approach, the Company considers current market trading and/or transaction multiples, portfolio company performance (financial ratios) relative to public and private peer companies and leverage levels, among other factors. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate Multiple to use in the market approach.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Investment in Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights

In June 2012, the Company invested in a TRA that entitles it to certain payment rights, or TRA Payment Rights, from Duff & Phelps Corporation, or Duff & Phelps. The TRA transfers the economic value of certain tax deductions, or tax benefits, taken by Duff & Phelps to the Company and entitles the Company to a stream of payments to be received. The TRA payment right is, in effect, a subordinated claim on the issuing company which can be valued based on the credit risk of the issuer, which includes projected future earnings, the liquidity of the underlying payment right, risk of tax law changes, the effective tax rate and any other factors which might impact the value of the payment right.

Through the TRA, the Company is entitled to receive an annual tax benefit payment based upon 85% of the savings from certain deductions along with interest. The payments that the Company is entitled to receive result from cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that Duff & Phelps realizes (i) from the tax savings derived from the goodwill and other intangibles created in connection with the Duff & Phelps initial public offering and (ii) from other income tax deductions. These tax benefit payments will continue until the relevant deductions are fully utilized, which is projected to be 17 years. Pursuant to the TRA, the Company maintains the right to enforce Duff & Phelps payment obligations as a transferee of the TRA contract. If Duff & Phelps chooses to pre-pay and terminate the TRA, the Company will be entitled to the present value of the expected future TRA payments. If Duff & Phelps breaches any material obligation than all obligations are accelerated and calculated as if an early termination occurred. Failure to make a payment is a breach of a material obligation if the failure occurs for more than.

The projected annual tax benefit payment will be accrued on a quarterly basis and paid annually. The payment will be allocated between a reduction in the cost basis of the investment and interest income based upon an amortization schedule. Based upon the characteristics of the investment, the Company has chosen to categorize the investment in the TRA payment rights as investment in payment rights in the fair value hierarchy.

Managed Funds

The Advisor and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, the Advisor may serve as investment adviser to one or more registered closed-end funds. In addition, our officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more registered closed-end funds. The Advisor and its affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, the Advisor or its affiliates may determine that we should invest side-by-side with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with the Advisor’s allocation procedures.

The Company does not have the ability to redeem its investment in funds but distributions are expected to be received until the dissolution of the funds, which is anticipated to be between 2014 and 2021, as the underlying investments are expected to be liquidated.

Greenway

On January 14, 2011, THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Greenway is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway operates under a limited liability agreement dated January 19, 2011, or the Agreement. Greenway will continue in existence until January 14, 2021, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. Greenway had a two year investment period.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Greenway has $150,000 of capital committed by affiliates of a single institutional investor and is managed by the Company. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway is $15. As of December 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, all of the capital had been called by Greenway. The Company’s nominal investment in Greenway is reflected in the December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 Consolidated Schedule of Investments.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Company earned $1,692, $2,592 and $1,809, respectively, in fees related to Greenway, respectively, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $240 and $402 of fees related to Greenway, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

Greenway II

On January 31, 2013, THL Credit Greenway Fund II, LLC, or Greenway II LLC, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company and is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway II LLC is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway II LLC operates under a limited liability agreement dated February 11, 2013, as amended, or the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC will continue in existence for eight years from the final closing date, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC has a two year investment period.

As contemplated in the Greenway II LLC Agreement, the Company has established a related investment vehicle and entered into an investment management agreement with an account set up by an unaffiliated third party investor to invest alongside Greenway II LLC pursuant to similar economic terms. The account is also managed by the Company. References to “Greenway II” herein include Greenway II LLC and the account of the related investment vehicle. Greenway II has $186,505 of commitments primarily from institutional investors. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway II is $5. The Company’s nominal investment in Greenway II LLC is reflected in the December 31, 2013 Consolidated Schedule of Investments. Greenway II LLC is managed by the Company.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway II is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company earned $1,307 in fees related to Greenway II, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2013, $760 of fees related to Greenway II were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold a portion of its investments in seven portfolio companies at fair value, for total proceeds of $19,533, to Greenway II determined in accordance with the normal valuation policies.

Other deferred costs consist of placement agent expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of partnership interests in Greenway II. These costs are capitalized when the partner signs the Greenway II subscription agreement and are recognized as an expense over the period when the Company expects to

 

F-31


Table of Contents

collect management fees from Greenway II. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized $75 in expenses related to placement agent expenses, which are included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2013, $825 was included in other deferred costs on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway II invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway II and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

Investment in Funds

LCP Capital Fund LLC

The Company has invested in a membership interest of LCP Capital Fund LLC, or LCP, a private investment company that was organized to participate in investment opportunities that arise when a special purpose entity, or SPE, or sponsor thereof, needs to raise capital to achieve ratings, regulatory, accounting, tax, or other objectives. LCP is a closed investment vehicle which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. LCP is managed by an unaffiliated third party. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has contributed $12,000 of capital in the form of membership interests in LCP, which is invested in an underlying SPE referred to as Series 2005-01. On May 1, 2012, the Company received $3,646 in connection with a reduction in its commitment pursuant to the governing documents, which is related to the notional amount of the underlying credit default swaps. The Company’s exposure is limited to the amount of its remaining contributed capital. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the value of the Company’s interest in LCP was $8,354, and is reflected in the Consolidated Schedules of Investments.

The Company’s contributed capital in LCP is maintained in a collateral account held by a third-party custodian, who is neither affiliated with the Company nor with LCP, and acts as collateral on certain credit default swaps for the Series 2005-01 for which LCP receives fixed premium payments throughout the year, adjusted for expenses incurred by LCP. The SPE purchases assets on a non-recourse basis and LCP agrees to reimburse the SPE up to a specified amount for potential losses. LCP holds the contributed cash invested for an SPE transaction in a segregated account that secures the payment obligation of LCP. The Company expects to receive distributions from LCP on a quarterly basis. Such distributions are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations as interest income in the period earned. As of December 31, 2013, LCP has a remaining life of 18 years. Regardless of the date of dissolution, LCP has the right to receive amounts held in the collateral account if there is an event of default under LCP’s operative agreements. LCP may have other series which will have investments in other SPEs to which we will not be exposed. The Company expected that Series 2005-01 would terminate on February 15, 2015; however, on February 3, 2014, LCP was liquidated and the Company received proceeds of $8,354, which is the remaining value of the Company’s interest.

CLO Residual Interests

The Company invested $41,851 in the CLO residual interests, or the subordinated notes, which can also be structured as income notes, of five CLOs. The Company owns between 10.4% and 23.1% of the subordinated notes of these CLOs. The subordinated notes are subordinated to the secured notes issued in connection with each CLO. The secured notes in each structure are collateralized by portfolios consisting primarily of broadly syndicated senior secured bank loans. The first investment was in the income notes of a $625,900 CLO of Octagon Investment Partners XIV, Ltd. The income notes are part of a class of subordinated notes, which are paid equal with other subordinated notes within this class. The subordinated notes are subordinated to the claims of $569,250 in secured notes issued by the structure. The second investment was in the income notes of a $724,534 CLO of Sheridan Square CLO Ltd. The income notes are part of a class of subordinated notes, which are paid equal with other subordinated notes within this class.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The subordinated notes are subordinated to the claims of $658,700 in secured notes issued by the structure. The third investment was in the subordinated notes of the $517,000 CLO of Adirondack Park CLO Ltd. There is only one class of subordinated notes that are subordinated to the claims of $463,500 in secured notes issued by the structure. The fourth investment was in the subordinated notes of a $516,400 CLO of Dryden 30 Senior Loan Fund. The subordinated notes are subordinated to the claims of $473,150 in secured notes issued by the structure. The fifth investment was in the subordinated notes of a $441,810 CLO of Flagship VII, Ltd. The subordinated notes are subordinated to the claims of $402,100 in secured notes issued by the structure.

In each case, the subordinated notes do not have a stated rate of interest, but are entitled to receive distributions on quarterly payment dates subject to the priority of payments to secured note holders in the structures if and to the extent funds are available for such purpose. The payments on the subordinated notes are subordinated not only to the interest and principal claims of all secured notes issued, but to certain administrative expenses, taxes, and the base and subordinated fees paid to the collateral manager. Payments to the subordinated notes may vary significantly quarter to quarter for a variety of reasons and may be subject to 100% loss. Investments in subordinated notes, due to the structure of the CLO, can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices, interest rates and other risks associated with the assets.

Revolving and Unfunded Delayed Draw Loans

For the Company’s investments in revolving and delayed draw loans, the cost basis of the investments purchased is adjusted for the cash received for the discount on the total balance committed. The fair value is also adjusted for price appreciation or depreciation on the unfunded portion. As a result, the purchase of commitments not completely funded may result in a negative value until it is offset by the future amounts called and funded.

Income Taxes, Including Excise Tax

The Company has elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and currently qualifies, and intends to continue to qualify each year, as a RIC under the Code. Accordingly, the Company is not subject to federal income tax on the portion of its taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders.

In order to qualify for favorable tax treatment as a RIC, the Company is required to distribute annually to its stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax on undistributed earnings, the Company is required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of its net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which the Company paid no federal income tax. The Company, at its discretion, may choose not to distribute all of its taxable income for the calendar year and pay a non-deductible 4% excise tax on this income. If the Company chooses to do so, all other things being equal, this would increase expenses and reduce the amount available to be distributed to stockholders. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year dividend distributions from such taxable income, the Company accrues excise taxes on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned using an annual effective excise tax rate. The annual effective excise tax rate is determined by dividing the estimated annual excise tax by the estimated annual taxable income. See also the disclosure in Note 10, Dividends, for a summary of the dividends paid. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred excise tax expense of $175, $125 and $22, respectively.

Certain consolidated subsidiaries of the Company are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from permanent and temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized a current income tax provision of $336 and $456, respectively, which is shown as income tax (benefit) provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These income taxes relate primarily related to the proceeds received in June 2013 from its equity investment in YP Equity Investors, LLC into one of the Company’s wholly owned tax blocker corporations and may be subject to further change once tax information is finalized for the year. The Company did not recognize current tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2013, $381 of income tax receivable was included in prepaid expenses and other assets and $71 was included as income taxes payable on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to dividend income and other projected earnings of tax blocker corporations. As of December 31, 2012, there were no income taxes receivable or payable.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized a provision for tax on unrealized gain on investments of $1,960 and $454, respectively, for consolidated subsidiaries in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company did not recognize a benefit or provision for tax on unrealized gain on investments during the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $2,414 and $454, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to deferred tax on unrealized gain on investments held in tax blocker corporations.

The Company follows the provisions under the authoritative guidance on accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. The provisions require management to determine whether a tax position of the Company is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. There are no unrecognized tax benefits or obligations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Although the Company files federal and state tax returns, the Company’s major tax jurisdiction is federal. The Company’s inception-to-date federal tax years remain subject to examination by taxing authorities.

Dividends

Dividends and distributions to stockholders are recorded on the applicable record date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend is determined by the Company’s board of directors on a quarterly basis. Net realized capital gains, if any, are generally distributed at least annually out of assets legally available for such distributions, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

Capital transactions in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan are recorded when shares are issued.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-08, “Financial Services – Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements,” which amends the criteria that define an investment company and clarifies the measurement guidance and requires new disclosures for investment companies. Under ASU 2013-08, an entity already regulated under the 1940 Act will be automatically deemed an investment company under the new GAAP definition. As such, the Company anticipates no impact from adopting this standard on the Company’s consolidated financial results. The Company is currently assessing the additional disclosure requirements. ASU 2013-08 will be effective for interim and annual reporting periods in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2013.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

3. Related Party Transactions

Investment Management Agreement

On March 4, 2014, the Company’s investment management agreement was re-approved by its board of directors, including a majority of our directors who are not interested persons of the Company. Under the investment management agreement, the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s board of directors, manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to the Company.

The Advisor receives a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of the Company’s gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined as the value of the Company’s assets without deduction for any liabilities. The base management fee is calculated based on the value of the Company’s gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Company incurred base management fees of $7,521, $4,943, and $4,012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $2,243 and $1,514, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets attributable to the Company’s common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Company’s administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the

 

F-35


Table of Contents

amount by which the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the Advisor is not paid the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest until the Company actually receives such interest in cash.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred $10,414, $7,442 and $3,818, respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $2,074 and $2,296, respectively, of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Advisor. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $1,277 and $630, respectively, of incentive fees incurred by the Company were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

GAAP requires that the incentive fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments, such as an interest rate derivative, in the calculation, as an incentive fee would be payable if such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation were realized, even though such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the investment management agreement (“GAAP incentive fee”). There can be no assurance that unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the investment management agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, we incurred $268, $(459), and $776, respectively, of incentive fees related to the GAAP incentive fee. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $70 and $353, respectively, of GAAP incentive fees incurred by the Company are not currently payable until the hurdle is met as described below.

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of the Company’s cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated. The capital gains incentive fee payable to our Advisor under the investment management agreement as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $0 and $35, respectively.

Administration Agreement

The Company has also entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor under which the Advisor will provide administrative services to the Company. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor performs, or oversees the performance of administrative services necessary for the operation of the Company, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which the Company is required to maintain and preparing reports to the Company’s stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Advisor assists in determining and publishing the Company’s net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of the Company’s tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to the Company’s stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. The Company will reimburse the Advisor for its allocable portion of the costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for overhead in performance by the Advisor of its duties under the administration agreement and

 

F-36


Table of Contents

the investment management agreement, including facilities, office equipment and our allocable portion of cost of compensation and related expenses of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to the Company. Such costs are reflected as administrator expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor provides, on behalf of the Company, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. To the extent that our Advisor outsources any of its functions, the Company pays the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Advisor.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred administrator expenses of $3,608, $3,225 and $2,872, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $158 and $304, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

The Company and the Advisor have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners, L.P., or THL Partners, under which THL Partners has granted to the Company and the Advisor a non-exclusive, personal, revocable, worldwide, non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL, which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with the Company’s and the Advisor’s respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means the Company is not charged a fee for its use of the trade name and service mark THL. The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to the Company or the Advisor by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either the Company or the Advisor by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either the Company or the Advisor at the Company or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, the Company and the Advisor must cease to use the name and mark THL , including any use in the Company’s respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require the Company to withdraw or replace the Company’s names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, the Company and the Advisor have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. The Company is an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with the Company have no recourse against THL Partners.

Due To and From Affiliates

The Advisor paid certain other general and administrative expenses on behalf of the Company. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $14 and $0, respectively, of expenses were included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees. As a result, Greenway and Greenway II are classified as affiliates of the Company. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $1,011 and $411 of total fees related to Greenway and Greenway II, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $463 and $0 was included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities related to the portion of the escrow receivable, due to THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as the administrative agent, to Greenway.

4. Realized Gains and Losses on Investments

The Company recognized net realized gains on its portfolio investments of $2,604 during the year ended December 31, 2013 related primarily to distributions from equity investments. The Company recognized realized gains on its portfolio investments during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $353 and $979, respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

5. Net Increase in Net Assets Per Share Resulting from Operations

The following information sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations:

 

     For the ended December 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  

Numerator—net increase in net assets resulting from operations:

   $ 42,678       $ 27,617       $ 24,135   

Denominator—basic and diluted weighted average common shares:

     30,287         21,852         20,167   

Basic and diluted net increase in net assets per common share resulting from operations:

   $ 1.41       $ 1.26       $ 1.20   

Diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations equals basic net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations for each period because there were no common stock equivalents outstanding during the above periods.

6. Credit Facility

There is $232,000 available to borrow under the Company’s revolving credit agreement, or Revolving Facility, and $93,000 million available to borrow under the Company’s term loan agreement, or Term Loan Facility.

The Revolving Facility has a maturity date of May 2017 (with a one year term out period beginning in May 2016). The one year term out period is the one year anniversary between the revolver termination date, or the end of the availability period, and the maturity date. During this time, the Company is required to make mandatory prepayments on its loans from the proceeds it receive from the sale of assets, extraordinary receipts, returns of capital or the issuances of equity or debt. The Revolving Facility has an interest rate of (i) when the facility is more than or equal to 35% drawn and the step-down condition is satisfied, LIBOR plus 2.75%, (ii) when the facility is more than or equal to 35% drawn and the step-down condition is not satisfied, LIBOR plus 3.00%, (iii) when the facility is less than 35% drawn and the step-down condition is satisfied, LIBOR plus 2.75%, and (iv) when the facility is less than 35% drawn and the step-down condition is not satisfied, LIBOR plus 3.25%. The non-use fee is 1.00% annually if the Company uses 35% or less of the Revolving Facility and 0.50% annually if the Company uses more than 35% of the Revolving Facility. The Company elects the LIBOR rate on the loans outstanding on our Revolving Facility, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or six months. The LIBOR rate on the borrowings outstanding on its Revolving Facility currently has a one month maturity.

The Term Loan Facility has a maturity date of May 2018. The Term Loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 4.00% (with no LIBOR Floor) and has substantially similar terms to our existing Revolving Facility (as amended by the Amendment). The Company elects the LIBOR rate on our Term Loan, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or six months. The LIBOR rate on its Term Loan currently has a one month maturity.

Each of the Facilities includes an accordion feature permitting the Company to expand the Facilities, if certain conditions are satisfied; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of the Facilities, collectively, is capped at $400,000.

The Facilities generally require payment of interest on a quarterly basis for ABR loans (commonly based on the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate), and at the end of the applicable interest period for Eurocurrency loans bearing interest at LIBOR, the interest rate benchmark used to determine the variable rates paid on the Facilities. LIBOR maturities can range between one and six months at the election of the Company. All outstanding principal is due upon each maturity date. The Facilities also require a mandatory prepayment of interest and principal upon certain customary triggering events (including, without limitation, the disposition of assets or the issuance of certain securities).

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Borrowings under the Facilities are subject to, among other things, a minimum borrowing/collateral base. The Facilities have certain collateral requirements and/or financial covenants, including covenants related to: (a) limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, (b) limitations on certain investments, (c) limitations on certain restricted payments, (d) limitations on the creation or existence of agreements that prohibit liens on certain properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (e) compliance with certain financial maintenance standards including (i) minimum stockholders’ equity, (ii) a ratio of total assets (less total liabilities not represented by senior securities) to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness, of the Company and its subsidiaries, of not less than 2.25:1.0, (iii) minimum liquidity, (iv) minimum net worth, and (v) a consolidated interest coverage ratio. In addition to the financial maintenance standards, described in the preceding sentence, borrowings under the Facilities (and the incurrence of certain other permitted debt) are subject to compliance with a borrowing base that applies different advance rates to different types of assets in the Company’s portfolio.

The Facilities’ documents also include default provisions such as the failure to make timely payments under the Facilities, the occurrence of a change in control, and the failure by the Company to materially perform under the operative agreements governing the Facilities, which, if not complied with, could, at the option of the lenders under the Facilities, accelerate repayment under the Facilities, thereby materially and adversely affecting the Company’s liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Each loan originated under the Revolving Facility is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Company cannot be assured that it will be able to borrow funds under the Revolving Facility at any particular time or at all. The Company is currently in compliance with all financial covenants under the Facilities.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company borrowed $453,700 and repaid $299,400 under the Facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company borrowed $189,900 and repaid $144,900 under the Facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company borrowed $28,500 and repaid $23,500 under the Facilities.

The following shows a summary of our Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

As of December 31, 2013

  

  

Facility

   Commitments      Borrowings
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
 

Revolving Facility

   $ 232,000       $ 111,300         3.19

Term Loan Facility

     93,000         93,000         4.17
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 325,000       $ 204,300         3.63
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

        

Facility

   Commitments      Borrowings
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
 

Revolving Facility

   $ 140,000       $ —           —     

Term Loan Facility

     50,000         50,000         4.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 190,000       $ 50,000         4.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the carrying amount of the Company’s outstanding Facilities approximated fair value. The fair values of the Company’s Facilities are determined in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value in terms of the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The fair value of the Company’s Facilities are estimated based upon market interest rates and entities with similar credit risk. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Facilities would be deemed to be level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Interest expense and related fees, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, of $5,623, $3,138 and $1,043 were incurred in connection with the Facilities during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. The asset coverage as of December 31, 2013 is in excess of 200%.

7. Interest Rate Derivative

On May 10, 2012, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement, or swap agreement, with ING Capital Markets, LLC in connection with its Term Loan Facility. Under the swap agreement, with a notional value of $50,000, the Company pays a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receives a floating rate based upon the current three-month LIBOR rate. The Company entered into the swap agreement to manage interest rate risk and not for speculative purposes.

The Company records the change in valuation of the swap agreement in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) as of each measurement period. When the quarterly interest rate swap amounts are paid or received under the swap agreement, the amounts are recorded as a realized gain (loss) through interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The Company recognized a realized loss for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 of $433 and $180, respectively, which is reflected as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized $769 and $(1,053), respectively, of net change in unrealized depreciation from the swap agreement, which is listed under net change in unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company’s fair value of its swap agreement is ($284) and ($1,053), respectively, which is listed as an interest rate derivative liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, the Company, or the Advisor, may become party to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings related to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Neither the Company, nor the Advisor, is currently subject to any material legal proceedings. A claim against the escrow receivable is proceeding to arbitration. There is a risk that some or all of the $1.8 million escrow receivable as of December 31, 2013 might not ultimately be collectible.

Unfunded commitments to provide funds to portfolio companies are not reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. The Company’s unfunded commitments may be significant from time to time. These commitments will be subject to the same underwriting and ongoing portfolio maintenance as are the on-balance sheet financial instruments that the Company holds. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company intends to use cash flow from normal and early principal repayments and proceeds from borrowings and offerings to fund these commitments.

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company has the following unfunded commitments to portfolio companies:

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Unfunded revolving commitments

   $ 9,200       $
10,910
  

Unfunded delayed draw and capital expenditure facilities

     9,500         12,000   

Unfunded commitments to investments in funds

     3,970         3,980  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unfunded commitments

   $ 22,670       $ 26,890   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

9. Distributable Taxable Income

The following reconciles net increase in net assets resulting from operations to taxable income:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 42,678      $ 27,617   

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

     (309     1,241   

Provision for taxes on unrealized gain on investments

     1,960        454   

Net change in unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative

     (769     1,053   

Expenses not currently deductible and income not currently includable

     704        814   

Non-deductible expenses and income not includable

     150        69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxable income before deductions for dividends paid or deemed paid

   $ 44,414      $ 31,248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The above amount of 2013 taxable income before deductions for dividends is an estimate. Taxable income will be finalized before the Company files its Federal tax return by September 2014.

The tax character of distributions declared and paid in 2013 represented $43,347 from ordinary income, $52 from capital gains and $0 from tax return of capital. The tax character of distributions declared and paid in 2012 represented $28,493 from ordinary income, $918 from capital gains and $0 from tax return of capital. Generally accepted accounting principles require adjustments to certain components of net assets to reflect permanent differences between financial and tax reporting. These adjustments have no affect on net asset value per share. Permanent differences between financial and tax reporting at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 were $150, $223, and $69, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded the following adjustments for permanent book to tax differences to reflect their tax characteristics. The adjustments only change the classification in net assets in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

 

       Years ended December 31,  
       2013      2012  

Accumulated undistributed net realized gains

     $ (529    $ (5

Accumulated undistributed net investment income

     $ 379       $ 228   

Paid-in capital in excess of par

     $ (150    $ (223

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the cost of investments for tax purposes was $647,021 and $391,797, respectively, resulting in net unrealized appreciation of $1,846 and $2,552, respectively. There was no unrealized depreciation in the Company’s investments at December 31, 2013 and 2012. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no net capital loss carry forwards.

10. Dividends

The Company has elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain its status as a RIC, it is required to distribute annually to its stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% excise tax on undistributed earnings, the Company is required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of its net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which the Company paid no federal income tax. The Company intends to make distributions to stockholders on a quarterly basis of substantially all of its net investment income. In addition, although the Company intends to make distributions of net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually, out of assets legally available for such distributions, it may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

In addition, the Company may be limited in its ability to make distributions due to the BDC asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to the Company as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

The following table summarizes the Company’s dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares:

 

Date Declared    Record Date    Payment Date    Amount Per Share

August 5, 2010

   September 2, 2010    September 30, 2010    $0.05

November 4, 2010

   November 30, 2010    December 28, 2010    $0.10

December 14, 2010

   December 31, 2010    January 28, 2011    $0.15

March 10, 2011

   March 25, 2011    March 31, 2011    $0.23

May 5, 2011

   June 15, 2011    June 30, 2011    $0.25

July 28, 2011

   September 15, 2011    September 30, 2011    $0.26

October 27, 2011

   December 15, 2011    December 30, 2011    $0.28

March 6, 2012

   March 20, 2012    March 30, 2012    $0.29

March 6, 2012

   March 20, 2012    March 30, 2012    $0.05

May 2, 2012

   June 15, 2012    June 29, 2012    $0.30

July 26, 2012

   September 14, 2012    September 28, 2012    $0.32

November 2, 2012

   December 14, 2012    December 28, 2012    $0.33

December 20, 2012

   December 31, 2012    January 28, 2013    $0.05

February 27, 2013

   March 15, 2013    March 29, 2013    $0.33

May 2, 2013

   June 14, 2013    June 28, 2013    $0.34

August 2, 2013

   September 16, 2013    September 30, 2013    $0.34

August 2, 2013

   September 16, 2013    September 30, 2013    $ 0.08

October 30, 2013

   December 16, 2013    December 31, 2013    $0.34

March 4, 2014

   March 17, 2014    March 31, 2014    $0.34

The Company may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow it to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. If the Company does not distribute a certain percentage of its income annually, it will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of its status as a regulated investment company. The Company cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions at a particular level.

The Company maintains an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, unless stockholders specifically elect to have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, stockholders will receive all such dividends in cash. There were no dividends reinvested for the year ended December 31, 2013 under the dividend reinvestment plan. With respect to our dividends and distributions paid to stockholders during the years ended December 31, 2012, and 2011 dividends reinvested pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan totaled $26 and $4,048,597, respectively.

Under the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan, dividends will primarily be paid in newly issued shares of common stock. However, the Company reserves the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the plan. This feature of the plan means that, under certain circumstances, the Company may issue shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which could cause our stockholders to experience dilution.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated profits and earnings would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions will be made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. Therefore, a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of our distributions for a full year. Each year, a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be mailed to our stockholders.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

11. Financial Highlights

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2013     2012     2011     2010  

Per Share Data: (5)

        

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 13.20      $ 13.24      $ 13.06      $ 12.99   

Net investment income, after taxes (1)

     1.37        1.38        1.04        0.31   

Net realized (loss) gains on investments (1)

     0.09        0.01        0.05        —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments (1) (2)

     0.01        (0.06     0.11        0.06   

Provision for taxes on unrealized appreciation on investments (1)(3)

     (0.07     (0.02     —          —     

Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation of interest rate derivative (1)(3)

     0.02        (0.06     —          —     

Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net (1)

     (0.01     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations (3)

     1.41        1.25        1.20        0.37   

Accretive effect of share issuance

     0.18        0.05        —          —     

Distributions to stockholders from net investment income

     (1.42     (1.29     (1.02     (0.30

Distributions to stockholders from net realized gains

     (0.01     (0.05     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 13.36      $ 13.20      $ 13.24      $ 13.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        

Per share market value at end of period (5)

   $ 16.49      $ 14.79      $ 12.21      $ 13.01   

Total return (4)(5)

     22.10     33.43     1.87     2.38

Shares outstanding at end of period (5)

     33,905        26,315        20,220        19,916   

Ratio/Supplemental Data (5) :

        

Net assets at end of period

   $ 452,942      $ 347,484      $ 267,617      $ 260,016   

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets

     8.24     8.08     6.18     3.44

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     10.25     10.39     7.94     3.39

Portfolio turnover

     33.09     53.95     15.43     8.63

 

(1)  

Calculated based on weighted average common shares outstanding.

(2)  

Net change in unrealized appreciation of investments includes the effect of rounding on a per share basis.

(3)  

Includes the cumulative effect of rounding.

(4)  

Total return is based on the change in market price per share during the period. Total return takes into account dividends and distributions, if any, reinvested in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan. The Company has revised the previously reported total return of 27.10% to 33.43% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to correct for an error related to the exclusion of assumed dividend reinvestments in periods during which there were no actual reinvestments. This change was determined not to be material to the financial statements taken as a whole.

(5)  

Financial highlights for the period from May 26, 2009 (inception) through December 31, 2009 are not presented as the Company’s operations were limited to organization and offering activities only.

12. Subsequent Events

From January 1, 2014 through March 7, 2014, the Company settled five new investments for a total of $39,909 in the transportation, energy and utilities, food and beverage and financial services industries. Of the $39,909 of new investments 43.7% were first lien senior secured debt, 50.1% were second lien debt, 4.1% were equity investments and 2.1% were investments in funds. All of the new debt investments were floating rate and had a weighted average yield based upon cost at the time of the investment of 10.2%. One of the new investments had a remaining unfunded commitment of $4,588.

From January 1, 2014 through March 7, 2014, THL Credit received proceeds of $28.8 million from prepayments or sales of investments in eight companies in the IT services, financial services, healthcare and

 

F-43


Table of Contents

manufacturing industries, including prepayment premiums of $0.3 million. Of the aggregate principal amount of investments prepaid or sold, 5.8% were first lien senior secured debt, 57.9% were subordinated debt, 29.3% were investment in funds, 3.7% were CLO residual interests and 3.3% was an equity investment. Of the debt investments prepaid, 9.1% were floating rate and 90.9% were fixed rate with a PIK election.

From January 1, 2014 through March 7, 2014, the Company received proceeds of $2.8 million from its equity investments in YP and Surgery. The character of these proceeds as dividends or capital gains will be determined in connection with closing of the first quarter of 2014.

On March 4, 2014, the Company’s investment management agreement was re-approved by its board of directors.

On March 4, 2014, the Company’s board of directors declared a dividend of $0.34 per share payable on March 31, 2014 to stockholders of record at the close of business on March 17, 2014.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     March 31,
2014
(unaudited)
    December 31,
2013
 

Assets:

    

Investments at fair value:

    

Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments (cost of $736,678 and $645,911, respectively)

   $ 739,019      $ 648,860   

Non-controlled, affiliated investments (cost of $8 and $7, respectively)

     8        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments at fair value (cost of $736,686 and $645,918, respectively)

   $ 739,027      $ 648,867   

Cash

     13,951        7,829   

Deferred financing costs

     4,297        4,604   

Interest receivable

     7,641        7,225   

Escrow receivable

     1,800        1,800   

Receivable for paydown of investments

     1,006        275   

Due from affiliate

     839        1,025   

Other deferred assets

     779        825   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     392        441   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 769,732      $ 672,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

    

Loans payable

   $ 305,350      $ 204,300   

Payable for investment purchased

     —          4,400   

Accrued incentive fees

     4,486        3,421   

Base management fees payable

     2,524        2,243   

Deferred tax liability

     1,329        2,414   

Accrued expenses

     1,393        1,617   

Income taxes payable

     630        71   

Due to affiliate

     498        474   

Accrued administrator expenses

     427        158   

Other deferred liabilities

     247        —     

Accrued credit facility fees and interest

     223        567   

Interest rate derivative

     230        284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     317,337        219,949   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

    

Net Assets:

    

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, 100,000 preferred shares authorized, no preferred shares issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, par value $.001 per share, 100,000 common shares authorized, 33,905 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

     34        34   

Paid-in capital in excess of par

     449,164        450,043   

Net unrealized appreciation on investments, net of provision for taxes of $1,443 and $2,414, respectively

     897        535   

Net unrealized depreciation on interest rate derivative

     (230     (284

Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net

     (726     (613

Accumulated undistributed net realized gains

     —          2,023   

Accumulated undistributed net investment income

     3,256        1,204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net assets

     452,395        452,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and net assets

   $ 769,732      $ 672,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value per share

   $ 13.34      $ 13.36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-45


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited)

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the three  months
ended March 31,
 
     2014     2013  

Investment Income:

    

From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:

    

Interest income

   $ 17,552      $ 13,890   

Dividend income

     2,147        —     

Other income

     442        35   

From non-controlled, affiliated investment:

    

Other income

     754        498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     20,895        14,423   

Expenses:

    

Incentive fees

     2,745        2,312   

Base management fees

     2,524        1,523   

Credit facility interest and fees

     2,089        1,094   

Administrator expenses

     927        889   

Other general and administrative expenses

     585        349   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     307        496   

Professional fees

     311        227   

Directors’ fees

     149        127   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     9,637        7,017   

Income tax provision and excise tax

     558        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

     10,700        7,406   

Realized Gain (Loss) and Change in Unrealized Appreciation on Investments:

    

Net realized gain on non-controlled, non-affiliated investments

     299        —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments:

    

Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments

     (609     1,699   

Non-controlled, affiliated investments

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

     (609     1,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain from investments

     (310     1,699   

Provision for taxes on realized gain on investments

     (321     —     

Benefit (provision) for taxes on unrealized gain on investments

     971        (529

Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net

     (113     (104

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative

     54        142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 10,981      $ 8,614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.32      $ 0.28   

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.32      $ 0.33   

Dividends declared and paid

   $ 0.34      $ 0.33   

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted

     33,905        26,315   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-46


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets (unaudited)

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the three  months
ended March 31,
 
     2014     2013  

Increase in net assets from operations:

    

Net investment income

   $ 10,700      $ 7,406   

Interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net

     (113     (104

Net realized gain on investments

     299        —     

Income tax provision, realized gain

     (321     —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

     (609     1,699   

Benefit (provision) for taxes on unrealized appreciation on investments

     971        (529

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative

     54        142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

     10,981        8,614   

Distributions to stockholders from net investment income

     (9,244     (8,684

Distribution to stockholders from net realized gain

     (2,284     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total decrease in net assets

     (547     (70

Net assets at beginning of period

     452,942        347,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets at end of period

   $ 452,395      $ 347,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding at end of period

     33,905        26,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-47


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

     For the three  months
ended March 31,
 
     2014     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 10,981      $ 8,614   

Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash used for operating activities:

    

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

     609        (1,699

Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on interest rate derivative

     (54     (142

Realized loss on investments

     455        —     

Increase in investments due to PIK

     (535     (1,002

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     307        496   

Accretion of discounts on investments and other fees

     (1,106     (438

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Purchases of investments

     (128,636     (59,418

Proceeds from sale and paydown of investments

     38,322        25,076   

Increase in interest receivable

     (416     (3,946

Decrease (increase) in due from affiliate

     186        (246

Decrease in other deferred assets

     56        —     

Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets

     49        (41

Decrease in payable for investment purchased

     (4,400     —     

Decrease in accrued expenses

     (234     (157

(Decrease) increase in accrued credit facility fees and interest

     (344     158   

Increase in income taxes payable

     559        —     

(Decrease) increase in deferred tax liability

     (1,085     529   

Increase in base management fees payable

     281        9   

Increase (decrease) in accrued administrator expenses

     269        (296

Increase in other deferred liabilities

     247        —     

Increase (decrease) in incentive fees payable

     1,065        (19

Increase in due to affiliate

     24        23   

Decrease in dividend payable

     —          (1,316
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (83,400     (33,815

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Borrowings under credit facility

     122,550        107,700   

Repayments under credit facility

     (21,500     (67,850

Distributions paid to stockholders

     (11,528     (8,684

Financing and offering costs paid

     —          (1,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     89,522        29,824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     6,122        (3,991

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     7,829        4,819   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 13,951      $ 828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

    

Cash interest paid

   $ 1,916      $ 599   

PIK income earned

   $ 535      $ 1,002   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-48


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited)

March 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type
of Investment (1)(21)

 

Industry

 

Interest Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Non-controlled/non-affiliated
investments —163.36% of net asset value

             

20-20 Technologies Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (4)

  IT services   10.8% (5)     09/12/12        03/31/19      $ 32,000      $ 31,630      $ 31,680   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              31,630        31,680   

Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.

             

Subordinated Notes,
Residual Interest (4)

  Financial services   12.40%  (12)     03/27/13        04/15/24        —        $ 8,731      $ 9,000   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,731        9,000   

AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC

             

Member interest (7)(8)

  Media, entertainment and leisure       06/21/12        —          0.763636      $ 764      $ 934   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              764        934   

Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC

             

Senior Secured Note

  Aerospace & defense   11.0%     09/07/11        03/07/16      $ 4,000      $ 3,904      $ 3,980   

Class A Warrants (9)

        09/07/11        —          511,812        113        100   

Series A Preferred Stock (9)

        09/17/13        —          225,000        169        243   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              4,186        4,323   

Allen Edmonds Corporation

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Consumer products   10% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    11/26/13        05/27/19      $ 7,333      $ 7,194      $ 7,194   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              7,194        7,194   

Allied Wireline Services, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Energy / Utilities   9.5% (LIBOR
+ 8.0%)
    02/28/14        02/28/19      $ 10,314      $ 9,837      $ 9,837   

Class A Common Equity (7)(8)(9)

            618,868        619        619   

Warrant for Common (7)(8)(9)

            501,159        175        175   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              10,631        10,631   

BeneSys Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Business services   10.8% (LIBOR
+ 9.8%)
    03/31/14        03/31/19      $ 8,333      $ 8,167      $ 8,167   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,167        8,167   

Blue Coat Systems, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  IT services   9.5% (LIBOR + 8.5%)     06/27/13        06/27/20      $ 15,000      $ 14,865      $ 15,450   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,865        15,450   

C&K Market, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Retail & grocery   18.0% (18)     11/3/2010        11/3/2015      $ 13,650      $ 13,302      $ 10,237   

Warrant for Class B

        11/3/2010        —          156,552        349        —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,651        10,237   

Charming Charlie, LLC.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Retail & grocery   9.0% (LIBOR + 8.0%)     12/18/13        12/31/19      $ 27,000      $ 26,608      $ 27,000   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              26,608        27,000   

Connecture, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Healthcare   10.0% (LIBOR + 9.0%)     03/18/13        07/15/18      $ 7,000      $ 6,881      $ 6,860   

Second Lien Term Loan

  Healthcare   12.5% (LIBOR + 11.5%)     03/19/14        07/15/18      $ 4,900        4,790        4,949   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              11,671        11,809   

Copperweld Bimetallics LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   12.0%     12/11/13        12/11/18      $ 21,450      $ 20,630      $ 21,023   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              20,630        21,023   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-49


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)(21)

 

Industry

 

Interest
Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Country Pure Foods, LLC

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Food & beverage   13.0%     08/13/10        02/13/17      $ 16,181      $ 16,181      $ 16,019   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,181        16,019   

CRS Reprocessing, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Manufacturing   10.3% (LIBOR + 9.3%)     06/16/11        06/16/15      $ 16,554      $ 16,511      $ 16,554   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,511        16,554   

Cydcor LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (20)

  Business services   9.8% (LIBOR +7.3%)     06/17/13        06/12/17      $ 13,156      $ 13,156      $ 13,156   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,156        13,156   

Dr. Fresh, LLC

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Consumer products   14.0% (6) (12.0% Cash and 2.0% PIK)     05/15/12        11/15/17      $ 14,520      $ 14,306      $ 14,520   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,306        14,520   

Dryden CLO, Ltd.

             

Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial services   13.6% (12)     09/12/13        11/15/25        —        $ 9,159      $ 9,400   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,159        9,400   

Duff & Phelps Corporation

             

Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights (11)

  Financial services   17.0% (12)     06/01/12        12/31/29        —        $ 12,163      $ 13,853   

Senior Secured Term Loan (11)

    4.5% (LIBOR + 3.5%)     05/15/13        04/23/20      $ 248        251        249   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              12,414        14,102   

Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT services   10.5% (5)     02/15/13        12/28/17      $ 9,688      $ 9,571      $ 9,639   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,571        9,639   

Expert Global Solutions, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Business services  

12.5% (6)  (LIBOR

+ 10.2% and
0.8% PIK)

    06/21/13        10/03/18      $ 18,727      $ 18,977      $ 18,353   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              18,977        18,353   

Express Courier International, Inc.

             

Secured Subordinated Term Loan

  Business services   15.0% (13) (PIK)     01/17/12        07/17/16      $ 8,922      $ 7,652      $ 6,601   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              7,652        6,601   

Firebirds International, LLC

             

Common stock (9)

  Restaurants       05/17/11          1,906      $ 191      $ 249   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              191        249   

Flagship VII, Ltd.

             

Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial services   14.2% (12)     12/18/13        01/20/26        —        $ 4,409      $ 4,450   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              4,409        4,450   

Food Processing Holdings, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (14)

  Food & beverage   10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)     10/31/13        10/31/18      $ 22,202      $ 21,787      $ 21,980   

Senior Secured Delayed Draw Loan (10)

    10.5% (LIBOR + 9.5%)     10/31/13        10/31/18        —          —          —     

Class A Units (9)

        04/20/10          162.44        163        210   

Class B Units (9)

        04/20/10          406.09        408        300   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              22,358        22,490   

Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP

             

Member interest (16)

  Financial services       06/14/13          —        $ 1,649      $ 1,649   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              1,649        1,649   

 

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-50


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)(21)

 

Industry

 

Interest Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Gold, Inc.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Consumer products   11.0%     12/31/12        06/30/19      $ 16,788      $ 16,788      $ 16,788   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,788        16,788   

Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P.

             

Partnership interest (16)

  Financial services       11/20/12        12/21/18        —        $ 199      $ 438   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              199        438   

Harrison Gypsum, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   10.5% (6) (LIBOR
+ 8.5% and 0.5% PIK)
    12/21/12        12/21/17      $ 24,114      $ 23,829      $ 23,993   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              23,829        23,993   

Hart InterCivic, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT services   11.5% (LIBOR
+ 9.0% and 1% PIK)
    07/01/11        07/01/16      $ 8,717      $ 8,628      $ 8,543   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)

    10.5% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    07/01/11        07/01/16      $ 800        773        800   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,401        9,343   

HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Healthcare   12.5% (5)     08/31/12        08/30/17      $ 9,050      $ 8,848      $ 8,462   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,848        8,462   

Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Energy / Utilities   10.0% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    05/29/13        05/29/18      $ 24,227      $ 23,772      $ 24,227   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)

    10.0% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    05/29/13        05/29/18        —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              23,772        24,227   

Hostway Corporation

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT services   6.0% (LIBOR
+ 4.8%)
    12/27/13        12/13/19      $ 9,938      $ 9,842      $ 9,842   

Second Lien Term Loan

    10.0% (LIBOR
+ 8.8%)
    12/27/13        12/13/20      $ 12,000        11,766        11,766   

Class A Common Equity (9)

        12/27/13        —          20,000        200        200   

Class A Preferred Equity (9)

        12/27/13        —          1,800        1,800        1,800   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              23,608        23,608   

Igloo Products Corp.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Consumer products   10.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.8%)
    03/28/14        03/28/20      $ 24,922      $ 24,362      $ 24,362   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              24,362        24,362   

Ingenio Acquisition, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Media, entertainment and leisure   11.3% (10.3% Cash + 1.0% PIK)     05/09/13        05/09/18      $ 9,199      $ 9,040      $ 9,199   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,040        9,199   

Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Media, entertainment and leisure   9.8% (LIBOR
+ 8.5%)
    08/08/13        08/08/18      $ 13,178      $ 12,942      $ 13,046   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)(15)

    9.8% (LIBOR
+ 8.5%)
    08/08/13        08/08/18        —          (26     —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              12,916        13,046   

Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Energy / Utilities   9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)
    09/28/12        09/28/17      $ 8,828      $ 8,652      $ 8,784   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)(14)

  Energy / Utilities   9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)
    09/28/12        09/28/17      $ 1,750        1,750        1,750   

Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loans (10)

    9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)
    09/28/12        09/28/17        —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              10,402        10,534   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-51


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)(21)

 

Industry

 

Interest
Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Martex Fiber Southern Corp.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Industrials   13.5% (6) (12.0% Cash and 1.5% PIK)     04/30/12        10/31/19      $ 8,923      $ 8,815      $ 8,388   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,815        8,388   

NCM Group Holdings, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   12.5% (LIBOR
+ 11.5%)
    08/29/13        08/29/18      $ 26,727      $ 25,751      $ 27,796   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              25,751        27,796   

Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Financial services   10.5%     09/30/13        09/30/18      $ 13,943      $ 13,686      $ 13,804   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,686        13,804   

Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.

             

Income Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial services   15.5% (12)     12/19/12        01/15/24        —        $ 8,254      $ 8,600   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,254        8,600   

OEM Group, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Note

  Manufacturing   15.0% (6) (12.5% Cash and 2.5% PIK)     10/07/10        10/07/15      $ 15,257      $ 15,092      $ 14,494   

Warrant for Common

        10/07/10        —          —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              15,092        14,494   

Sheplers, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loan

  Retail & grocery   13.2% (LIBOR
+ 11.7%)
    12/20/11        12/20/16      $ 11,426      $ 11,247      $ 11,484   

Subordinated Term Loan

    17.0% (17) (10.0% Cash and 7.0% PIK)     12/20/11        12/20/17      $ 1,937        1,913        1,947   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,160        13,431   

Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd

             

Income Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial services   13.2% (12)     03/12/13        04/15/25        —        $ 5,871      $ 6,097   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              5,871        6,097   

Specialty Brands Holdings, LLC

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Restaurants   11.3% (LIBOR
+ 9.8%)
    07/16/13        07/16/18      $ 20,977      $ 20,604      $ 20,610   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              20,604        20,610   

The Studer Group, L.L.C.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Healthcare   12.0%     09/29/11        01/31/19      $ 16,910      $ 16,910      $ 16,910   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,910        16,910   

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Healthcare   9.8% (LIBOR
+ 8.5%)
    04/19/13        04/11/20      $ 10,000      $ 9,775      $ 9,925   

Member interest (8)(9)

        04/20/10          469,673        —          1,300   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,775        11,225   

Synarc-Biocore Holdings, LLC

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Healthcare   9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)
    03/13/14        03/13/22      $ 11,000      $ 10,890      $ 10,890   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              10,890        10,890   

Tectum Holdings, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Transportation   9.0% (LIBOR
+ 8.0%)
    03/12/14        03/12/19      $ 12,000      $ 11,941      $ 11,941   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              11,941        11,941   

Tri Starr Management Services, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  IT services   15.8% (6) (12.5% Cash and 3.3% PIK)     03/04/13        03/04/19      $ 18,456      $ 18,141      $ 18,086   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              18,141        18,086   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-52


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

Portfolio company/Type of

Investment (1)(21)

 

Industry

 

Interest Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

TriMark USA, LLC

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Food & beverage   10.0% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    02/18/14        08/11/19      $ 20,000        19,606        19,606   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              19,606        19,606   

Trinity Services Group, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Food & beverage   14.5% (6) (12.0% Cash and 2.5% PIK)     03/29/12        09/29/17      $ 22,911      $ 22,636      $ 22,796   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              22,636        22,796   

Vision Solutions, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  IT services   9.5% (LIBOR
+ 8.0%)
    03/31/11        07/23/17      $ 11,625      $ 11,565      $ 11,625   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              11,565        11,625   

Washington Inventory Service

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Business services   10.3% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    12/27/12        06/20/19      $ 11,000      $ 10,867      $ 11,055   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              10,867        11,055   

Wheels Up Partners, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Transportation   9.6% (LIBOR
+ 8.6%)
    01/31/14        10/15/20      $ 5,377        5,240        5,240   

Common stock (7)(8)(9)

            1,000,000        1,000        1,000   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              6,240        6,240   

Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Financial services   15.5% (19)     05/21/13        11/21/16      $ 18,768      $ 18,447      $ 14,545   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              18,447        14,545   

YP Equity Investors, LLC

             

Member interest (7)(8)

  Media, entertainment and leisure       05/08/12        —          —        $ —        $ 2,250   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              —          2,250   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments —163.36% of net asset value

            $ 736,678      $ 739,019   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlled/affiliated investments —0.00% of net asset value

             

THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC

             

Member interest (8)(16)

  Financial services       01/27/11        1/14/2021        —        $ 5      $ 5   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              5        5   

THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC

             

Member interest (8)(16)

  Financial services       03/01/13        10/10/2021        —        $ 3      $ 3   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              3        3   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments—163.36% of net asset value

            $ 736,686      $ 739,027   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
             

 

Derivative Instruments  
Counterparty    Instrument    Interest Rate    Expiration
Date
     # of Contracts    Notional      Cost      Fair Value  

ING Capital Markets, LLC

   Interest Rate Swap –
Pay Fixed/Receive
Floating
   1.1425%/LIBOR      5/10/2017       1    $ 50,000       $ —         $ (230
                 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments—0.05% of net asset value

            $ —         $ (230
                 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-53


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (unaudited)—(Continued)

March 31, 2014

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(1)

All debt investments are income-producing, unless otherwise noted. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.

(2)

Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which are effective as of March 31, 2014. These variable rates reset monthly or quarterly, subject to interest rate floors.

(3)

Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.

(4)

Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(5)

Unitranche investment; interest rate reflected represents the implied interest rate earned on the investment for the most recent quarter.

(6)

At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.

(7)

Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.

(8)

Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.

(9)

Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.

(10)

Issuer pays 0.50% unfunded commitment fee on revolving loan facility.

(11)

Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(12)

Income-producing security with no stated coupon; interest rate reflects an estimation of the effective yield to expected maturity as of March 31, 2014.

(13)

Loan was on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2014. Issuer’s contractual rate was 15.0% PIK until December 31, 2013 and then for each of the quarters ending March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, the lesser of excess cash flow for the quarter or 12% paid in cash with the remainder amount paid in PIK up to a total rate of 15%.

(14)

Debt investment interest held in companies related to the portfolio company.

(15)

The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.

(16)

Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(17)

Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.

(18)

C&K Market, Inc. filed for bankruptcy in November 2013. Loan was on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2014. Contractual default rate of interest is 18.0%.

(19)

Contractual default rate of interest is 15.5%. Loan was on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2014. Previously accrued and unpaid interest totaling $1,391 that was deferred until April 15, 2014 was reversed during the quarter against interest income in connection with the loan going on non-accrual status.

(20)

Of the $13,156 senior secured term loans outstanding, $11,695 is based in the United States and $1,461 is based in Canada. The Canadian investment is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940

(21)

All investments are pledged as collateral under the Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility.

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-54


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

 

Industry

 

Interest Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—143.26% of net asset value

             

20-20 Technologies Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (4)

  IT services   13.6% (5)     09/12/12        09/12/17      $ 13,650      $ 13,378      $ 13,582   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,378        13,582   

Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.

             

Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  13.7% (12)     03/27/13        04/15/24        —        $ 9,171      $ 9,110   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,171        9,110   

AIM Media Texas Operating, LLC

             

Member interest (7)(8)

  Media,
entertainment
and leisure
      06/21/12        —          0.763636      $ 764      $ 1,000   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              764        1,000   

Airborne Tactical Advantage Company, LLC

             

Senior Secured Note

  Aerospace &
defense
  11.0%     09/07/11        03/07/16      $ 4,000      $ 3,894      $ 3,970   

Class A Warrants (9)

        09/07/11        —          512        113        135   

Series A Preferred Stock (9)

        09/17/13        —          225        169        255   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              4,176        4,360   

Allen Edmonds Corporation

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Consumer
products
  10% (LIBOR + 9.0%)     11/26/13        05/27/19      $ 7,333      $ 7,189      $ 7,189   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              7,189        7,189   

Blue Coat Systems, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  IT services   9.5% (LIBOR
+ 8.5%)
    06/27/13        06/27/20      $ 15,000      $ 14,860      $ 15,150   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,860        15,150   

C&K Market, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Retail &
grocery
  18.0% (18)     11/3/2010        11/3/2015      $ 13,650      $ 13,303      $ 10,237   

Warrant for Class B

        11/3/2010        —          156,552        349        —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,652        10,237   

Charming Charlie, LLC.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Retail &
grocery
  9.0% (LIBOR
+ 8.0%)
    12/18/13        12/31/19      $ 27,000      $ 26,595      $ 26,595   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              26,595        26,595   

Connecture, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Healthcare   10.0% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    03/18/13        07/15/18      $ 7,000      $ 6,875      $ 7,000   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              6,875        7,000   

Copperweld Bimetallics LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   12.0%     12/11/13        12/11/18      $ 21,725      $ 20,863      $ 20,863   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              20,863        20,863   

Country Pure Foods, LLC

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Food & beverage   13.0%     08/13/10        02/13/17      $ 16,181      $ 16,181      $ 16,060   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,181        16,060   

CRS Reprocessing, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Manufacturing   10.5% (LIBOR
+ 9.5%)
    06/16/11        06/16/15      $ 17,647      $ 17,588      $ 17,647   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              17,588        17,647   

Cydcor LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (20)

  Business
services
  9.8% (LIBOR + 7.3%)     06/17/13        06/12/17      $ 13,442      $ 13,442      $ 13,442   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,442        13,442   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-55


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

 

Industry

 

Interest
Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Dr. Fresh, LLC

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Consumer
products
  14.0% (6) (12.0% Cash and 2.0%
PIK)
    05/15/12        11/15/17      $ 14,447      $ 14,223      $ 14,375   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,223        14,375   

Dryden CLO, Ltd.

             

Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  13.6% (12)     09/12/13        11/15/25        —        $ 9,128      $ 9,300   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,128        9,300   

Duff & Phelps Corporation

             

Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights (11)

  Financial
services
  16.2% (12)     06/01/12        12/31/29        —        $ 12,163      $ 13,844   

Senior Secured Term Loan (11)

    4.5% (LIBOR
+ 3.5%)
    05/15/13        04/23/20      $ 249        252        249   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              12,415        14,093   

Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT services   10.7% (5)     02/15/13        12/28/17      $ 9,817      $ 9,692      $ 9,743   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,692        9,743   

Expert Global Solutions, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Business
services
  12.5% (6)
(LIBOR
+ 10.2% and
0.8% PIK)
    06/21/13        10/03/18      $ 18,727      $ 18,988      $ 18,821   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              18,988        18,821   

Express Courier International, Inc.

             

Secured Subordinated Term Loan

  Business
services
  15.0% (13)
(PIK)
    01/17/12        07/17/16      $ 8,595      $ 7,652      $ 6,601   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              7,652        6,601   

Firebirds International, LLC

             

Common stock (9)

  Restaurants       05/17/11          1,906      $ 191      $ 257   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              191        257   

Flagship VII, Ltd.

             

Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  13.9% (12)     12/18/13        01/20/26        —        $ 4,400      $ 4,400   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              4,400        4,400   

Food Processing Holdings, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan (14)

  Food &
beverage
  10.5% (LIBOR
+ 9.5%)
    10/31/13        10/31/18      $ 22,202      $ 21,770      $ 21,770   

Senior Secured Delayed Draw Loan (10)

    10.5%
(LIBOR
+ 9.5%)
    10/31/13        10/31/18        —          —          —     

Class A Units (9)

        04/20/10          162.44        163        202   

Class B Units (9)

        04/20/10          406.09        408        150   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              22,341        22,122   

Freeport Financial SBIC Fund LP

             

Member interest (16)

  Financial
services
      06/14/13          —        $ 801      $ 801   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              801        801   

Gold, Inc.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Consumer
products
  11.0%     12/31/12        06/30/19      $ 16,788      $ 16,788      $ 16,788   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,788        16,788   

Gryphon Partners 3.5, L.P.

             

Partnership interest (16)

  Financial
services
      11/20/12        12/21/18        —        $ 199      $ 384   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              199        384   

Harrison Gypsum, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   10.5% (6)
(LIBOR + 8.5%
and 0.5% PIK)
    12/21/12        12/21/17      $ 24,369      $ 24,065      $ 24,247   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              24,065        24,247   

Hart InterCivic, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT services   11.5% (LIBOR
+ 9.0% and
1% PIK) (6)
    07/01/11        07/01/16      $ 8,696      $ 8,597      $ 8,522   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)

    10.5% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    07/01/11        07/01/16      $ 800        770        800   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,367        9,322   

HEALTHCAREfirst, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Healthcare   11.9% (5)     08/31/12        08/30/17      $ 9,175      $ 8,958      $ 8,624   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,958        8,624   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-56


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

 

Industry

 

Interest Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Holland Intermediate Acquisition Corp.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Energy /
Utilities
  10.0% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
10.0% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    05/29/13        05/29/18      $ 24,227      $ 23,751      $ 24,227   

Senior Secured Revolving
Loan (10)

        05/29/13        05/29/18        —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              23,751        24,227   

Hostway Corporation

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  IT services   6.0% (LIBOR
+ 4.8%) 10.0%
(LIBOR
+ 8.8%)
    12/27/13        12/13/19      $ 10,000      $ 9,900      $ 9,900   

Second Lien Term Loan

        12/27/13        12/13/20      $ 12,000        11,760        11,760   

Class A Common Equity (9)

        12/27/13        —          20        200        200   

Class A Preferred Equity (9)

        12/27/13        —          2        1,800        1,800   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              23,660        23,660   

Ingenio Acquisition, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Media,
entertainment
and leisure
  12.8% (6)
(11.3% Cash
and 1.5% PIK)
    05/09/13        05/09/18      $ 9,606      $ 9,433      $ 9,558   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              9,433        9,558   

Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC

             

Member interest (7)(8)

  Healthcare       04/20/10          1,393      $ 1,393      $ 938   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              1,393        938   

Key Brand Entertainment, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Media,
entertainment
and leisure
  9.8% (LIBOR
+ 8.5%) 9.8%
(LIBOR
+ 8.5%)
    08/08/13        08/08/18      $ 13,178      $ 12,931      $ 12,947   

Senior Secured Revolving
Loan (10)

        08/08/13        08/08/18      $ 1,478        1,451        1,478   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,382        14,425   

LCP Capital Fund LLC

             

Member interest (8)(15)(16)

  Financial
services
  12.6% (12)     04/20/10        02/15/15      $ 8,354      $ 8,354      $ 8,354   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,354        8,354   

Loadmaster Derrick & Equipment, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Energy /
Utilities
 

9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)

9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)

9.3% (LIBOR
+ 8.3%)

    09/28/12        09/28/17      $ 8,828      $ 8,642      $ 8,608   

Senior Secured Revolving Loan (10)

        09/28/12        09/28/17        —          —          —     

Senior Secured Delayed Draw Term Loans (10)

        09/28/12        09/28/17        —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,642        8,608   

Martex Fiber Southern Corp.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Industrials   13.5% (6)
(12.0% Cash
and 1.5% PIK)
    04/30/12        10/31/19      $ 8,890      $ 8,778      $ 8,445   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,778        8,445   

NCM Group Holdings, LLC

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Industrials   12.5% (LIBOR
+ 11.5%)
    08/29/13        08/29/18      $ 26,727      $ 25,711      $ 26,193   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              25,711        26,193   

Oasis Legal Finance Holding Company LLC

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Financial
services
  10.5%     09/30/13        09/30/18      $ 13,943      $ 13,676      $ 13,676   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,676        13,676   

Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.

             

Income Notes, Residual
Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  15.5% (12)     12/19/12        01/15/24        —        $ 8,579      $ 8,656   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              8,579        8,656   

OEM Group, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Note

  Manufacturing   15.0% (6)
(12.5% Cash
and 2.5% PIK)
    10/07/10        10/07/15      $ 15,162      $ 14,974      $ 14,480   

Warrant for Common

        10/07/10        —          —          —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,974        14,480   

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-57


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

 

Industry

 

Interest Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

SeaStar Solutions (f.k.a. Marine Acquisition Corp)

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Manufacturing   13.5% (6)
(11.5% Cash
and 2.0% PIK)
    09/18/12        05/18/17      $ 16,500      $ 16,209      $ 16,830   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,209        16,830   

Sheplers, Inc.

             

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loan

  Retail &
grocery
 

13.2% (LIBOR
+ 11.7%)

17.0% (17)
(10.0% Cash
and 7.0% PIK)

    12/20/11        12/20/16      $ 11,426      $ 11,233      $ 11,426   

Subordinated Term Loan

        12/20/11        12/20/17      $ 1,904        1,879        1,904   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              13,112        13,330   

Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd

             

Income Notes, Residual Interest (4)

  Financial
services
  13.2% (12)     03/12/13        04/15/25        —        $ 6,064      $ 6,152   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              6,064        6,152   

Specialty Brands Holdings, LLC

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Restaurants   11.3% (LIBOR
+ 9.8%)
    07/16/13        07/16/18      $ 20,977      $ 20,587      $ 20,587   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              20,587        20,587   

The Studer Group, L.L.C.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Healthcare   12.0%     09/29/11        01/31/19      $ 16,910      $ 16,910      $ 16,910   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              16,910        16,910   

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  Healthcare   9.8% (LIBOR
+ 8.5%)
    04/19/13        04/11/20      $ 15,000      $ 14,652      $ 15,000   

Member interest (8)(9)

        04/20/10          469,673        —          2,000   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,652        17,000   

Tri Starr Management Services, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  IT services   15.8% (6)
(12.5% Cash
and 3.3% PIK)
    03/04/13        03/04/19      $ 18,307      $ 17,981      $ 17,941   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              17,981        17,941   

Trinity Services Group, Inc.

             

Senior Subordinated Note

  Food &
beverage
  14.5% (6)
(12.0% Cash
and 2.5% PIK)
    03/29/12        09/29/17      $ 14,411      $ 14,252      $ 14,122   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              14,252        14,122   

Vision Solutions, Inc.

             

Second Lien Term Loan

  IT services   9.5% (LIBOR
+ 8.0%)
    03/31/11        07/23/17      $ 11,625      $ 11,561      $ 11,625   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              11,561        11,625   

Washington Inventory Service

             

Senior Secured Term Loan

  Business
services
  10.3% (LIBOR
+ 9.0%)
    12/27/12        06/20/19      $ 11,000      $ 10,861      $ 11,165   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              10,861        11,165   

Wingspan Portfolio Holdings, Inc.

             

Subordinated Term Loan

  Financial
services
  15.5% (19)     05/21/13        11/21/16      $ 18,768      $ 18,447      $ 15,765   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              18,447        15,765   

YP Equity Investors, LLC

             

Member interest (7)(8)

  Media,
entertainment
and leisure
      05/08/12        —          —        $ —        $ 4,100   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              —          4,100   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments—143.26% of net asset value

            $ 645,911      $ 648,860   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-58


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Portfolio company/Type of
Investment (1)

 

Industry

 

Interest Rate (2)

  Initial
Acquisition
Date
    Maturity/
Dissolution
Date
    Principal (3)
No. of  Shares /
No. of Units
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

Non-controlled/affiliated investments—0.00% of net asset value

             

THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC

             

Member interest (8)(16)

  Financial
services
      01/27/11        1/14/2021        —        $ 5      $ 5   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              5        5   

THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC

             

Member interest (8)(16)

  Financial
services
      03/01/13        10/10/2021        —        $ 2      $ 2   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
              2        2   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments—143.26% of net asset value

            $ 645,918      $ 648,867   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
             

 

Derivative Instruments  
Counterparty    Instrument    Interest Rate    Expiration
Date
     # of Contracts    Notional      Cost      FairValue  

ING Capital Markets, LLC

  

Interest Rate Swap –

Pay Fixed/Receive
Floating

   1.1425%/LIBOR      5/10/2017       1    $ 50,000       $ —         $ (284
                 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments—0.06% of net asset value

            $ —         $ (284
                 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

All debt investments are income-producing. Equity and member interests are non-income-producing unless otherwise noted.

(2)

Variable interest rate investments bear interest in reference to LIBOR or ABR, which are effective as of December 31, 2013. These variable rates reset monthly or quarterly, subject to interest rate floors.

(3)

Principal includes accumulated PIK, or paid-in-kind, interest and is net of repayments.

(4)

Foreign company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(5)

Unitranche investment; interest rate reflected represents the implied interest rate earned on the investment for the most recent quarter.

(6)

At the option of the issuer, interest can be paid in cash or cash and PIK. The percentage of PIK shown is the maximum PIK that can be elected by the company.

(7)

Interest held by a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit, Inc.

(8)

Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.

(9)

Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.

(10)

Issuer pays 0.50% unfunded commitment fee on revolving loan facility.

(11)

Publicly-traded company with a market capitalization in excess of $250 million at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(12)

Income-producing security with no stated coupon; interest rate reflects an estimation of the effective yield to expected maturity as of December 31, 2013.

(13)

Loan was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013. Issuer’s contractual rate is 15.0% PIK until December 31, 2013 and then for each of the quarters ending March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014, the lesser of excess cash flow for the quarter or 12% paid in cash with the remainder amount paid in PIK up to a total rate of 15%.

 

(Continued on next page)

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-59


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments—(Continued)

December 31, 2013

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(14)  

Debt investment interest held in companies related to the portfolio company.

(15)  

The Company’s investment in LCP Capital Fund LLC is in the form of membership interests and its contributed capital is for the most recent quarter maintained in a collateral account held by a custodian and acts as collateral for certain credit default swaps for the Series 2005-1 equity interest. See Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(16)  

Non-registered investment company at the time of investment and, as a result, is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(17)  

Issuer has the option to increase its aggregate interest rate to 18.5% all PIK for a period of time under certain conditions in the credit agreement.

(18)  

C&K Market, Inc. filed for bankruptcy in November 2013. Loan was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2013. Contractual default rate of interest is 18.0%.

(19)  

Contractual default rate of interest is 15.5%. Certain interest payments have been deferred until April 15, 2014.

(20)  

Of the $13,442 senior secured term loans outstanding, $11,981 is based in the United States and $1,461 is based in Canada.

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

 

F-60


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

March 31, 2014

(in thousands, except per share data)

1. Organization

THL Credit, Inc., or the Company, was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 26, 2009. The Company has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or 1940 Act. The Company has elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, as amended. In 2009, the Company was treated for tax purposes as a corporation. The Company’s investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through privately negotiated investments in debt and equity securities of middle market companies.

On April 20, 2010, in anticipation of completing an initial public offering and formally commencing principal operations, the Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement with THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., or BDC Holdings, an affiliate of the Company, to effectuate the sale by THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. to the Company of certain securities valued at $62,107, as determined by the Company’s board of directors, and on the same day issued 4,140 shares of common stock to BDC Holdings valued at $15.00 per share, pursuant to such agreement, in exchange for the aforementioned securities. Subsequently, the Company filed an election to be regulated as a BDC.

On April 21, 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering, formally commencing principal operations, and sold 9,000 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $13.00 per share, less an underwriting discount and commissions totaling $0.8125 per share. Concurrently, the Company sold 6,308 shares of its common stock to BDC Holdings at $13.00 per share, the sale of which was not subject to an underwriting discount and commission. On April 27, 2010, the Company closed the sale of the aforementioned 15,308 shares and received $190,684 of net proceeds, which includes an underwriting discount and offering expenses.

On May 26, 2010, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option under the underwriting agreement and elected to purchase an additional 337 shares of common stock at $13.00 per share resulting in additional net proceeds of $3,892, which includes an underwriting discount and offering expenses.

On September 25, 2012, the Company closed a public equity offering selling 6,095 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $14.09 per share, less an underwriting discount and offering expenses, and received $81,657 in net proceeds.

On June 24, 2013, the Company closed a public equity offering selling 7,590 shares of its common stock through a group of underwriters at a price of $14.62 per share, less an underwriting discount and offering expenses, and received $106,179 in net proceeds.

The Company has established wholly owned subsidiaries, THL Credit AIM Media Holdings Inc., THL Credit Holdings, Inc. and THL Credit YP Holdings Inc, which are structured as Delaware entities, or tax blockers, to hold equity or equity-like investments in portfolio companies organized as limited liability companies, or LLCs (or other forms of pass-through entities). Tax blockers are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may incur income tax expense as a result of their ownership of portfolio companies.

The Company has a wholly owned subsidiary, THL Corporate Finance, Inc. and THL Corporate Finance, LLC, its wholly owned subsidiary, serves as the administrative agent on certain investment transactions.

THL Credit SBIC, LP, or SBIC LP, and its general partner, THL Credit SBIC GP, LLC, or SBIC GP, were organized in Delaware on August 25, 2011 as a limited partnership and limited liability company, respectively. On January 16, 2013, the Company withdrew its application with the Investment Division of

 

F-61


Table of Contents

the U.S. Small Business Administration, or SBA, to license a small business investment company, or SBIC. Both the SBIC LP and SBIC GP remain consolidated wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company is an investment company following the accounting and reporting guidance under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946, Financial Services Investment Companies .

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with Article 6 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company generally will not consolidate its interest in any company other than in investment company subsidiaries and controlled operating companies substantially all of whose business consists of providing services to the Company.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain disclosures accompanying annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are omitted. In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial results included herein contain all adjustments, consisting solely of normal accruals, considered necessary for the fair statement of financial statements for the interim period included herein. The current period’s results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the period ended December 31, 2014. The financial results of our portfolio companies are not consolidated in the financial statements. The accounting records of the Company are maintained in U.S. dollars.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets, credit worthiness of our portfolio companies and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ and these differences could be material.

Cash

Cash consists of funds held in demand deposit accounts at several financial institutions and, at certain times, balances may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limit and is therefore subject to credit risk. There were no cash equivalents as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs consist of fees and expenses paid in connection with the closing of credit facilities and are capitalized at the time of payment. Deferred financing costs are amortized using the straight line method over the term of the credit facilities.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, including legal, accounting, printing fees and other related expenses, as well as

 

F-62


Table of Contents

costs incurred in connection with the filing of a shelf registration statement. These costs are capitalized when incurred and recognized as a reduction of offering proceeds when the offering becomes effective.

Escrow Receivable

Escrow receivable represents the Company’s claims to amounts set aside for indemnification claims or purchase price adjustments from the sale of certain investments. Escrow receivable is presented at net realizable value on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. There is a risk that some or all of the escrow amounts may not be ultimately collected by the Company. A current claim against the escrow in excess of the company’s reserve against the receivable is in arbitration.

Interest Rate Derivative

The Company recognizes derivatives as either interest rate derivative assets or liabilities at fair value on its Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities with valuation changes and interest rate payments recorded as net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative and interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See also the disclosure in Note 7, Interest Rate Derivative.

Partial Loan Sales

The Company follows the guidance in ASC Topic 860 when accounting for loan participations and other partial loan sales. Such guidance requires a participation or other partial loan sale to meet the definition of a “participating interest”, as defined in the guidance as a pro-rata ownership interest in an entire financial asset, in order for sale treatment to be allowed. Participations or other partial loan sales which do not meet the definition of a participating interest remain on the Company’s consolidated statements of asset and liabilities and the proceeds are recorded as a secured borrowing until the definition is met.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s long-term obligations are disclosed in Note 6, Credit Facility.

Valuation of Investments

Investments, for which market quotations are readily available, are valued using market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or broker-dealers or market makers. Debt and equity securities, for which market quotations are not readily available or are not considered to be the best estimate of fair value, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. Because the Company expects that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in the Company’s portfolio, it is expected that many of the Company’s portfolio investments’ values will be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors in accordance with GAAP. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Company’s board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

the Company’s quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

F-63


Table of Contents
   

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Advisor;

 

   

to the extent determined by the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors, independent valuation firms engaged by the Company conduct independent appraisals and review the Advisor’s preliminary valuations in light of their own independent assessment;

 

   

the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the Advisor and independent valuation firms and, if necessary, responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments; and

 

   

the Company’s board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in the Company’s portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor and the respective independent valuation firms.

The types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. The Company utilizes an income approach to value its debt investments and a combination of income and market approaches to value its equity investments. With respect to unquoted securities, the Advisor and the Company’s board of directors, in consultation with the Company’s independent third party valuation firm, values each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors, which valuation is then approved by the board of directors. For debt investments, the Company determines the fair value primarily using an income, or yield, approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of interest and principal for the debt security, as set forth in the associated loan agreements, as well as the financial position and credit risk of each portfolio investments. The Company’s estimate of the expected repayment date is generally the legal maturity date of the instrument. The yield analysis considers changes in leverage levels, credit quality, portfolio company performance and other factors.

The Company values its interest rate derivative agreement using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows associated with the interest rate derivative agreement. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flows methodology include the forward interest rate yield curves in effect as of the end of the measurement period and an evaluation of the counterparty’s credit risk.

The Company values its residual interest investments in collateralized loan obligations using an income approach that analyzes the discounted cash flows of our residual interest. The discounted cash flows model utilizes prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based on historical experience and projected performance, economic factors, the characteristics of the underlying cash flow, and comparable yields for similar collateralized loan obligation fund subordinated notes or equity, when available. Specifically, the Company uses Intex cash flow models, or an appropriate substitute to form the basis for the valuation of the Company’s residual interest. The models use a set of assumptions including projected default rates, recovery rates, reinvestment rates and prepayment rates in order to arrive at estimated cash flows. The assumptions are based on available market data and projections provided by third parties as well as management estimates.

The Company values its investment in payment rights using an income approach that analyzes the discounted projected future cash flow streams assuming an appropriate discount rate, which will among other things consider other transactions in the market, the current credit environment, performance of the underlying portfolio company and the length of the remaining payment stream.

The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future cash flows or earnings to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In

 

F-64


Table of Contents

following these approaches, the types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing the Company’s investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, the current investment performance rating, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, transaction comparables, our principal market as the reporting entity and enterprise values, among other factors.

In accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures under GAAP, the Company discloses the fair value of its investments in a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2—Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

Level 3—Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. However, the determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment by management.

The Company considers whether the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifies transactions that are not orderly in determining fair value. Accordingly, if the Company determines that either the volume and/or level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased (from normal conditions for that asset or liability) or price quotations or observable inputs are not associated with orderly transactions, increased analysis and management judgment will be required to estimate fair value. Valuation techniques such as an income approach might be appropriate to supplement or replace a market approach in those circumstances.

The Company has adopted the authoritative guidance under GAAP for estimating the fair value of investments in investment companies that have calculated net asset value per share in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for Investment Companies. Accordingly, in circumstances in which net asset value per share of an investment is determinative of fair value, the Company estimates the fair value of an investment in an investment company using the net asset value per share of the investment (or its equivalent) without further adjustment. If the net asset value per share of the investment is determined in accordance with the specialized accounting guidance for investment companies as of the reporting entity’s measurement date.

Investment Risk

The value of investments will generally fluctuate with, among other things, changes in prevailing interest rates, federal tax rates, counterparty risk, general economic conditions, the condition of certain financial markets, developments or trends in any particular industry and the financial condition of the issuer. During periods of limited liquidity and higher price volatility, the Company’s ability to dispose of investments at a price and time that the Company deems advantageous may be impaired. The extent of this exposure is reflected in the carrying value of these financial assets and recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Lower-quality debt securities involve greater risk of default or price changes due to changes in the credit quality of the issuer. The value of lower-quality debt securities often fluctuates in response to company, political, or economic developments and can decline significantly over short periods of time or during periods of general or regional economic difficulty. Lower-quality debt securities can be thinly traded or have restrictions on resale, making them difficult to sell at an acceptable price. The default rate for lower-quality debt securities is likely to be higher during economic recessions or periods of high interest rates.

Security Transactions, Payment-in-Kind, Income Recognition, Realized/Unrealized Gains or Losses

Security transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis. The Company measures realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method. The Company reports changes in fair value of investments that are measured at fair value as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation on investments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company reports changes in fair value of the interest rate derivative that is measured at fair value as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that the Company expects to collect such amounts. Dividend income is recognized on the ex-dividend date. Original issue discount, principally representing the estimated fair value of detachable equity or warrants obtained in conjunction with the acquisition of debt securities, and market discount or premium are capitalized and accreted or amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective yield method. The amortized cost of investments represents the original cost adjusted for the accretion/amortization of discounts and premiums and upfront loan origination fees.

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest will be collected. However, the Company may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. The Company records the reversal of any previously accrued income against the same income category reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of March 31, 2014, the Company had three loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $39,401 and fair value of $31,384. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had two loans on non-accrual with an amortized cost basis of $20,954 and fair value of $16,838.

The Company has investments in its portfolio which contain a contractual paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest provision. PIK interest is computed at the contractual rate specified in each investment agreement, is added to the principal balance of the investment, and is recorded as income. The Company will cease accruing PIK interest if there is insufficient value to support the accrual or if it does not expect amounts to be collectible. To maintain the Company’s status as a RIC, PIK interest income, which is considered investment company taxable income, must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though the Company has not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash.

The following shows a rollforward of PIK income activity for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Three months ended      Three months ended  
     March 31, 2014      March 31, 2013  

Accumulated PIK balance, beginning of period

   $ 6,064       $ 5,807   

PIK income capitalized/receivable

     535         1,092   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated PIK balance, end of period

   $ 6,599       $ 6,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Interest income from the Company’s TRA and CLO residual interests is recorded based upon an estimation of an effective yield to expected maturity using anticipated cash flows. Amounts in excess of income recognized are recorded as a reduction to the cost basis of the investment. The Company monitors the anticipated cash flows from its TRA and CLO residual interests and will adjust its effective yield periodically as needed.

The Company capitalizes and amortizes upfront loan origination fees received in connection with the closing of investments. The unearned income from such fees is accreted into interest income over the contractual life of the loan based on the effective interest method. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees, and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income.

In certain investment transactions, the Company may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned. The Company had no income from advisory services related to portfolio companies for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

Other income includes commitment fees, fees related to the management of Greenway and Greenway II, structuring fees, amendment fees and unused commitment fees associated with investments in portfolio companies. These fees are recognized as income when earned by the Company per the terms of the applicable management or credit agreements.

The following is a summary of the levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the Company invests as of March 31, 2014:

 

Description

   Fair Value         Level 1          Level 2     Level 3  

First lien secured debt

   $ 329,307      $ —         $ —        $ 329,307   

Subordinated debt

     146,839        —           —          146,839   

Second lien debt

     200,006        —           —          200,006   

CLO residual interests

     37,547        —           —          37,547   

Investment in payment rights

     13,853        —           —          13,853   

Investments in funds

     2,095        —           —          2,095   

Equity investments

     9,380        —           —          9,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 739,027      $ —         $ —        $ 739,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate derivative

     (230     —           (230     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liability at fair value

   $ (230   $ —         $ (230   $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the levels within the fair value hierarchy in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2013:

 

Description

   Fair Value         Level 1          Level 2     Level 3  

First lien secured debt

   $ 262,965      $ —         $ —        $ 262,965   

Subordinated debt

     155,979        —           —          155,979   

Second lien debt

     157,878        —           —          157,878   

CLO residual interests

     37,618        —           —          37,618   

Investment in payment rights

     13,844        —           —          13,844   

Investments in funds

     9,546        —           —          9,546   

Equity investments

     11,037        —           —          11,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 648,867      $ —         $ —        $ 648,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate derivative

     (284     —           (284     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liability at fair value

   $ (284   $ —         $ (284   $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of March 31, 2014:

 

Industry

   Cost      Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

IT services

   $ 118,781       $ 119,431         26.39

Financial services

     82,828         82,095         18.15

Industrials

     79,025         81,198         17.95

Food & beverage

     80,782         80,912         17.89

Consumer products

     62,650         62,863         13.90

Healthcare

     58,094         59,297         13.11

Business services

     58,818         57,332         12.67

Retail & grocery

     53,419         50,668         11.20

Energy / utilities

     44,805         45,392         10.03

Manufacturing

     31,603         31,047         6.86

Media, entertainment and leisure

     22,720         25,429         5.62

Restaurants

     20,794         20,859         4.61

Transportation

     18,181         18,181         4.02

Aerospace & defense

     4,186         4,323         0.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 736,686       $ 739,027         163.36
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of March 31, 2014:

 

Region

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

Northeast

   $ 154,143       $ 155,988         34.49

Southwest

     152,906         149,529         33.05

Midwest

     143,506         143,527         31.73

West

     126,109         129,666         28.66

Southeast

     114,741         118,400         26.17

International

     31,630         31,680         7.00

Northwest

     13,651         10,237         2.26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 736,686       $ 739,027         163.36
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the industry classification in which the Company invests as of December 31, 2013:

 

Industry

   Cost      Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

IT services

   $ 100,501       $ 101,023         22.31

Financial services

     91,242         90,698         20.02

Industrials

     79,418         79,748         17.61

Food & beverage

     52,774         52,304         11.55

Healthcare

     48,790         50,472         11.14

Retail & grocery

     53,358         50,163         11.07

Business services

     50,941         50,029         11.05

Manufacturing

     48,770         48,956         10.81

Consumer products

     38,200         38,352         8.47

Energy / utilities

     32,393         32,835         7.25

Media, entertainment and leisure

     24,578         29,083         6.42

Restaurants

     20,778         20,844         4.60

Aerospace & defense

     4,175         4,360         0.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 645,918       $ 648,867         143.26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

 

Region

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      % of
Net Assets
 

Northeast

   $ 138,835       $ 140,292         30.97

West

     126,770         128,423         28.35

Midwest

     124,248         124,817         27.56

Southwest

     119,357         116,573         25.74

Southeast

     109,679         114,943         25.38

International

     13,378         13,582         3.00

Northwest

     13,651         10,237         2.26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 645,918       $ 648,867         143.26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table rolls forward the changes in fair value during the three months ended March 31, 2014 for investments classified within Level 3:

 

    First lien
secured debt
    Second
lien debt
    Subordinated
debt
    Investments
in Funds
    Equity
investments
    Investment in
payment
rights
    CLO residual
interest
    Totals  

Beginning balance, January 1, 2014

  $ 262,965      $ 157,878      $ 155,979      $ 9,546      $ 11,037      $ 13,844      $ 37,618      $ 648,867   

Purchases

    70,499        47,220        8,275        849        1,793        —          —          128,636   

Sales and repayments

    (7,316     (4,887     (16,500     (8,354     (938     —          (1,058     (39,053

Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) (1)

    2,569        (404     (1,629     54        (2,057     9        849        (609

Realized loss (1)

    —          —          —          —          (455     —          —          (455

Net amortization of premiums, discounts and fees

    538        104        326        —          —          —          138        1,106   

PIK

    52        95        388        —          —          —          —          535   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, March 31, 2014

  $ 329,307      $ 200,006      $ 146,839      $ 2,095      $ 9,380      $ 13,853      $ 37,547      $ 739,027   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation from investments still held as of the reporting date (1)

    2,569        (404     (1,008     54        (1,602     9        849        467   

 

(1)  

All realized loss and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in the table above is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table rolls forward the changes in fair value during the three months ended March 31, 2013 for investments classified within Level 3:

 

    First lien
secured debt
    Second
lien debt
    Subordinated
debt
    Investments
in Funds
    Equity
investments
    Investment in
payment
rights
    CLO residual
interest
    Totals  

Beginning balance, January 1, 2013

  $ 102,255      $ 70,035      $ 183,319      $ 10,259      $ 6,818      $ 12,262      $ 9,400      $ 394,348   

Purchases

    15,525        7,892        19,986        1        —          —          16,014        59,418   

Sales and repayments

    (6,033     (1,952     (17,866     —          —          —          —          (25,851

Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) (1)

    98        49        541        5        1,008        —          —          1,701   

Net amortization of premiums, discounts and fees

    154        123        137        —          —          —          25        439   

PIK

    36        117        850        —          —          —          —          1,003   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, March 31, 2013

  $ 112,035      $ 76,264      $ 186,967      $ 10,265      $ 7,826      $ 12,262      $ 25,439      $ 431,058   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation from investments still held as of the reporting date (1)

    98        49        540        4        1,008        —          —          1,699   

 

(1)  

All unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in the table above is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

The following provides quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of March 31, 2014:

 

Description:

   Fair Value     

Valuation
Technique

  

Unobservable Inputs

  

Range (Average) (1)

First lien secured debt

   $ 329,307       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    11% - 12% (11%)

Second lien debt

     200,006       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    10% - 11% (11%)

Subordinated debt

     146,839       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    15% - 17% (15%)

Investments in funds

     2,095       Net asset value, as a practical expedient    Net asset value    N/A

Equity investments

     9,380       Market comparable companies (market approach)    EBITDA multiple    6.5x - 7.3x (6.9x)

Investment in payment rights (2)

     13,853       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    14% - 15% (15%)
         Federal tax rates    35% - 40% (38%)

CLO residual interests

     37,547       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    14%
  

 

 

          

Total investments

   $ 739,027            
  

 

 

          

 

(1)  

Ranges were determined using a weighted average based upon the fair value of the investments in each investment category.

(2)  

Investment in a tax receivable agreement, or TRA, payment rights

 

F-70


Table of Contents

The following provides quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2013:

 

Description:

   Fair Value     

Valuation
Technique

  

Unobservable Inputs

  

Range (Average)  (1)

First lien secured debt

   $ 262,965       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    11% - 13% (12%)

Second lien debt

     157,878       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    12% - 14% (13%)

Subordinated debt

     155,979       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    14% - 17% (15%)

Investments in funds

     8,361       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    13%
     1,185       Net asset value, as a practical expedient    Net asset value    N/A

Equity investments

     10,100       Market comparable companies (market approach)    EBITDA multiple    6.7x - 7.4x (7.1x)
     937       Recent transaction    Sale price    N/A

Investment in payment rights (2)

     13,844       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    14% - 15% (15%)
         Federal tax rates    35% - 40% (38%)

CLO residual interests

     37,618       Discounted cash flows (income approach)    Weighted average cost of capital (WACC)    14%
  

 

 

          

Total investments

   $ 648,867            
  

 

 

          

 

(1)  

Ranges were determined using a weighted average based upon the fair value of the investments in each investment category.

(2)  

Investment in a tax receivable agreement, or TRA, payment rights

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s debt securities (first lien secured debt, second lien debt and subordinated debt), including income-producing investments in funds, payment rights and CLO residual interests is the weighted average cost of capital, or WACC. Significant increases (decreases) in the WACC in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. In determining the WACC, for the income, or yield, approach, the Company considers current market yields and multiples, portfolio company performance, leverage levels, credit quality, among other factors, including federal tax rates, in its analysis. In the case of CLO residual interests, the Company considers prepayment, re-investment and loss assumptions based upon historical and projected performance as well as comparable yields for other similar CLOs. In the case of the TRA, the Company considers the risks associated with changes in tax rates, the performance of the portfolio company and the expected term of the investment. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate WACC to use in the income approach.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

The primary significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s equity investments is the EBITDA multiple adjusted by management for differences between the investment and referenced comparables, or the Multiple. Significant increases (decreases) in the Multiple in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. To determine the Multiple for the market approach, the Company considers current market trading and/or transaction multiples, portfolio company performance (financial ratios) relative to public and private peer companies and leverage levels, among other factors. Changes in one or more of these factors can have a similar directional change on other factors in determining the appropriate Multiple to use in the market approach.

Investment in Tax Receivable Agreement Payment Rights

In June 2012, the Company invested in a TRA that entitles it to certain payment rights, or TRA Payment Rights, from Duff & Phelps Corporation, or Duff & Phelps. The TRA transfers the economic value of certain tax deductions, or tax benefits, taken by Duff & Phelps to the Company and entitles the Company to a stream of payments to be received. The TRA payment right is, in effect, a subordinated claim on the issuing company which can be valued based on the credit risk of the issuer, which includes projected future earnings, the liquidity of the underlying payment right, risk of tax law changes, the effective tax rate and any other factors which might impact the value of the payment right.

Through the TRA, the Company is entitled to receive an annual tax benefit payment based upon 85% of the savings from certain deductions along with interest. The payments that the Company is entitled to receive result from cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that Duff & Phelps realizes (i) from the tax savings derived from the goodwill and other intangibles created in connection with the Duff & Phelps initial public offering and (ii) from other income tax deductions. These tax benefit payments will continue until the relevant deductions are fully utilized, which is projected to be 16 years. Pursuant to the TRA, the Company maintains the right to enforce Duff & Phelps payment obligations as a transferee of the TRA contract. If Duff & Phelps chooses to pre-pay and terminate the TRA, the Company will be entitled to the present value of the expected future TRA payments. If Duff & Phelps breaches any material obligation than all obligations are accelerated and calculated as if an early termination occurred. Failure to make a payment is a breach of a material obligation if the failure occurs for more than three months.

The projected annual tax benefit payment will be accrued on a quarterly basis and paid annually. The payment will be allocated between a reduction in the cost basis of the investment and interest income based upon an amortization schedule. Based upon the characteristics of the investment, the Company has chosen to categorize the investment in the TRA payment rights as investment in payment rights in the fair value hierarchy.

Managed Funds

The Advisor and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, the Advisor may serve as investment adviser to one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds, and presently serves as an investment adviser to a collateralized loan obligation (CLO), THL Credit Wind River 2013-2 CLO, Ltd., and a subadviser to a closed-end fund, THL Credit Senior Loan Fund (NYSE: TSLF). In addition, our officers may serve in similar capacities for one or more private funds or registered closed-end funds. The Advisor and its affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, the Advisor or its affiliates may determine that we should invest side-by-side with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with the Advisor’s allocation procedures.

We do not have the ability to redeem our investment in funds but distributions are expected to be received as the underlying investments are expected to be liquidated at the dissolution of the funds, which is anticipated to be between 2014 and 2021.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Greenway

On January 14, 2011, THL Credit Greenway Fund LLC, or Greenway, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Greenway is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway operates under a limited liability agreement dated January 19, 2011, or the Agreement. Greenway will continue in existence until January 14, 2021, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Agreement. Greenway had a two year investment period.

Greenway has $150,000 of capital committed by affiliates of a single institutional investor and is managed by the Company. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway is $15. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, all of the capital had been called by Greenway. The Company’s nominal investment in Greenway is reflected in the March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 Consolidated Schedules of Investments. As of March 31, 2014, distributions representing 85.5% of the committed capital of the investor have been made from Greenway. Distributions from Greenway, including returns of capital and earnings, to its members from inception through March 31, 2014 totaled $128,284.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company earned $207 and $474 , respectively, in fees related to Greenway which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $265 and $240 of fees related to Greenway, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

Greenway II

On January 31, 2013, THL Credit Greenway Fund II, LLC, or Greenway II LLC, was formed as a Delaware limited liability company and is a portfolio company of the Company. Greenway II LLC is a closed-end investment fund which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. Greenway II LLC operates under a limited liability agreement dated February 11, 2013, as amended, or the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC will continue in existence for eight years from the final closing date, subject to earlier termination pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. The term may also be extended for up to three additional one-year periods pursuant to certain terms of the Greenway II LLC Agreement. Greenway II LLC has a two year investment period.

As contemplated in the Greenway II LLC Agreement, the Company has established a related investment vehicle and entered into an investment management agreement with an account set up by an unaffiliated third party investor to invest alongside Greenway II LLC pursuant to similar economic terms. The account is also managed by the Company. References to “Greenway II” herein include Greenway II LLC and the account of the related investment vehicle. Greenway II has $186,505 of commitments primarily from institutional investors. The Company’s capital commitment to Greenway II is $5. The Company’s nominal investment in Greenway II LLC is reflected in the March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 Consolidated Schedules of Investments. Greenway II LLC is managed by the Company. Distributions from Greenway II to its members, including returns of capital and earnings, from inception through March 31, 2014 totaled $5,368.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees relating to its investment management services provided, including a base management fee, a performance fee and a

 

F-73


Table of Contents

portion of the closing fees on each investment transaction. As a result, Greenway II is classified as an affiliate of the Company. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company earned $547 and $24, respectively, in fees related to Greenway II, which are included in other income from non-controlled, affiliated investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $570 and $760, respectively, of fees related to Greenway II were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company sold a portion of its investments in two portfolio companies at fair value, for total proceeds of $6,639, to Greenway II. There were no transfers to Greenway II for the three months ended March 31, 2014. Fair value was determined in accordance with the Company’s valuation policies.

Other deferred costs consist of placement agent expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of partnership interests in Greenway II. These costs are capitalized when the partner signs the Greenway II subscription agreement and are recognized as an expense over the period when the Company expects to collect management fees from Greenway II. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $56 and $0, respectively, in expenses related to placement agent expenses, which are included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and 2013, $769 and $825, respectively, was included in other deferred costs on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Greenway II invests in securities similar to those of the Company pursuant to investment and allocation guidelines which address, among other things, the size of the borrowers, the types of transactions and the concentration and investment ratio amongst Greenway II and the Company. However, the Company has the discretion to invest in other securities.

Investment in Funds

LCP Capital Fund LLC

The Company has invested in a membership interest of LCP Capital Fund LLC, or LCP, a private investment company that was organized to participate in investment opportunities that arise when a special purpose entity, or SPE, or sponsor thereof, needs to raise capital to achieve ratings, regulatory, accounting, tax, or other objectives. LCP is a closed investment vehicle which provides for no liquidity or redemption options and is not readily marketable. LCP is managed by an unaffiliated third party. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company has contributed $12,000 of capital in the form of membership interests in LCP, which is invested in an underlying SPE referred to as Series 2005-01. On May 1, 2012, the Company received $3,646 in connection with a reduction in its commitment pursuant to the governing documents, which is related to the notional amount of the underlying credit default swaps.

The Company’s contributed capital in LCP is maintained in a collateral account held by a third-party custodian, who is neither affiliated with the Company nor with LCP, and acts as collateral on certain credit default swaps for the Series 2005-01 for which LCP receives fixed premium payments throughout the year, adjusted for expenses incurred by LCP. The SPE purchases assets on a non-recourse basis and LCP agrees to reimburse the SPE up to a specified amount for potential losses. LCP holds the contributed cash invested for an SPE transaction in a segregated account that secures the payment obligation of LCP. The Company expected that Series 2005-01 would terminate on February 15, 2015; however, on February 3, 2014, LCP was liquidated and the Company received proceeds of $8,354, which was the remaining value of the Company’s interest.

CLO Residual Interests

As of March 31, 2014, the Company had investments, at amortized cost of $36,423 in the CLO residual interests, or the subordinated notes, which can also be structured as income notes, of five CLOs. The subordinated notes are subordinated to the secured notes issued in connection with each CLO. The secured

 

F-74


Table of Contents

notes in each structure are collateralized by portfolios consisting primarily of broadly syndicated senior secured bank loans. The following table shows a summary of our investments in CLO residual interests:

 

Issuer

  

Security Description

   Ownership
Interest
    Total
CLO
Amount at

Initial Par
     THL Credit
Residual
Amount at
Amortized Cost
     THL Credit
Residual
Amount at Fair
Value
 

Adirondack Park CLO Ltd.

  

Subordinated Notes,

Residual Interest

     18.7   $ 517,000       $ 8,731       $ 9,000   

Dryden CLO, Ltd.

   Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest      23.1     516,400         9,158         9,400   

Flagship VII, Ltd.

   Subordinated Notes, Residual Interest      12.6     441,810         4,409         4,450   

Octagon Income Note XIV, Ltd.

   Income Notes, Residual Interest      17.7     625,900         8,254         8,600   

Sheridan Square CLO, Ltd

   Income Notes, Residual Interest      10.4     724,534         5,871         6,097   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CLO Residual Interests

      $ 36,423       $ 37,547   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

The subordinated notes and income notes do not have a stated rate of interest, but are entitled to receive distributions on quarterly payment dates subject to the priority of payments to secured note holders in the structures if and to the extent funds are available for such purpose. The payments on the subordinated notes and income notes are subordinated not only to the interest and principal claims of all secured notes issued, but to certain administrative expenses, taxes, and the base and subordinated fees paid to the collateral manager. Payments to the subordinated notes and income notes may vary significantly quarter to quarter for a variety of reasons and may be subject to 100% loss. Investments in subordinated notes and income notes, due to the structure of the CLO, can be significantly impacted by change in the market value of the assets, the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets along with prices, interest rates and other risks associated with the assets.

Revolving and Unfunded Delayed Draw Loans

For the Company’s investments in revolving and delayed draw loans, the cost basis of the investments purchased is adjusted for the cash received for the discount on the total balance committed. The fair value is also adjusted for price appreciation or depreciation on the unfunded portion. As a result, the purchase of commitments not completely funded may result in a negative value until it is offset by the future amounts called and funded.

Income Taxes, Including Excise Tax

The Company has elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and currently qualifies, and intends to continue to qualify each year, as a RIC under the Code. Accordingly, the Company is not subject to federal income tax on the portion of its taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders.

In order to qualify for favorable tax treatment as a RIC, the Company is required to distribute annually to its stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% federal excise tax on undistributed earnings, the Company is required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of its net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which the Company paid no federal income tax. The Company, at its discretion, may choose not to distribute all of its taxable income for the calendar year and pay a non-deductible 4% excise tax on this income. If the Company chooses to do so, all other things being equal, this would increase expenses and reduce the amount available to be distributed to stockholders. To the extent that the Company

 

F-75


Table of Contents

determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year dividend distributions from such taxable income, the Company accrues excise taxes on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned using an annual effective excise tax rate. The annual effective excise tax rate is determined by dividing the estimated annual excise tax by the estimated annual taxable income. See also the disclosure in Note 9, Dividends, for a summary of the dividends paid. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred excise tax expense of $50 and $0, respectively.

Certain consolidated subsidiaries of the Company are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. These taxable entities are not consolidated for income tax purposes and may generate income tax liabilities or assets from permanent and temporary differences in the recognition of items for financial reporting and income tax purposes at the subsidiaries.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized a current income tax provision of $508 and $0, respectively, which is shown in income tax provision and excise tax in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These income taxes relate primarily to the proceeds received into one of the Company’s tax blocker corporations established to hold equity or equity-like portfolio company investments organized as pass-through entities and may be subject to further change once tax information is finalized for the year. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $0 and $381, respectively, of income tax receivable was included in prepaid expenses and other assets and $630 and $71, respectively, was included as income taxes payable on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities relating to dividend income and other projected earnings of tax blocker corporations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized a benefit (provision) for tax on unrealized gain on investments of $971 and ($529), respectively, for consolidated subsidiaries in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $1,329 and $2,414, respectively, were included in deferred tax liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities primarily relating to deferred taxes on unrealized gains on investments held in tax blocker corporations.

The Company follows the provisions under the authoritative guidance on accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. The provisions require management to determine whether a tax position of the Company is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. There are no unrecognized tax benefits or obligations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Although the Company files federal and state tax returns, the Company’s major tax jurisdiction is federal. The Company’s inception-to-date federal tax years remain subject to examination by taxing authorities.

Dividends

Dividends and distributions to stockholders are recorded on the applicable record date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend is determined by the Company’s board of directors on a quarterly basis. Net realized capital gains, if any, are generally distributed at least annually out of assets legally available for such distributions, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

Capital transactions in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan are recorded when shares are issued.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-08, “Financial Services – Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements,” which amends the criteria that

 

F-76


Table of Contents

define an investment company and clarifies the measurement guidance and requires new disclosures for investment companies. Under ASU 2013-08, an entity already regulated under the 1940 Act will be automatically deemed an investment company under the new GAAP definition. The Company has adopted this standard effective January 1, 2014. The adoption resulted in no additional disclosure requirements.

3. Related Party Transactions

Investment Management Agreement

On March 4, 2014, the Company’s investment management agreement was re-approved by its board of directors, including a majority of our directors who are not interested persons of the Company. Under the investment management agreement, the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s board of directors, manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to the Company.

The Advisor receives a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of the Company’s gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined as the value of the Company’s assets without deduction for any liabilities. The base management fee is calculated based on the value of the Company’s gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred base management fees of $2,524 and $1,523, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2,524 and $2,243, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a cumulative total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets attributable to the Company’s common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Company’s administration agreement (discussed below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest. Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. The Advisor receives no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the cumulative total return requirement described below, the Advisor receives 100% of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing

 

F-77


Table of Contents

incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred $2,689 and $1,944 , respectively, of incentive fees related to ordinary income. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $2,810 and $2,074, respectively, of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Advisor. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $936 and $1,277, respectively, of incentive fees incurred but not paid by the Company were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK, certain discount accretion and deferred interest) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash.

The second component of the incentive fee (capital gains incentive fee) is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date). This component is equal to 20.0% of the Company’s cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated.

GAAP requires that the incentive fee accrual considers the cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation of investments or other financial instruments, such as an interest rate derivative, in the calculation, as an incentive fee would be payable if such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation were realized, even though such realized gains and losses and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the investment management agreement (“GAAP incentive fee”). There can be no assurance that unrealized appreciation or depreciation will be realized in the future. Accordingly, such fee, as calculated and accrued, would not necessarily be payable under the investment management agreement, and may never be paid based upon the computation of incentive fees in subsequent periods.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred $56 and $347, respectively, of incentive fees related to the GAAP Incentive Fee. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $740 and $70, respectively, of GAAP Incentive Fees incurred by the Company are not currently payable until the end of each calendar year and the hurdle is met.

Administration Agreement

The Company has also entered into an administration agreement with the Advisor under which the Advisor will provide administrative services to the Company. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor performs, or oversees the performance of administrative services necessary for the operation of the

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Company, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which the Company is required to maintain and preparing reports to the Company’s stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Advisor assists in determining and publishing the Company’s net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of the Company’s tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to the Company’s stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. The Company will reimburse the Advisor for its allocable portion of the costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for overhead in performance by the Advisor of its duties under the administration agreement and the investment management agreement, including facilities, office equipment and our allocable portion of cost of compensation and related expenses of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to the Company. The Company’s board of directors reviews the allocation methodologies with respect to such expenses. Such costs are reflected as administrator expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the administration agreement, the Advisor provides, on behalf of the Company, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. To the extent that our Advisor outsources any of its functions, the Company pays the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Advisor.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred administrator expenses of $927 and $889, respectively. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $427 and $158, respectively, was payable to the Advisor.

The Company and the Advisor have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners, L.P., or THL Partners, under which THL Partners has granted to the Company and the Advisor a non-exclusive, personal, revocable, worldwide, non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL, which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with the Company’s and the Advisor’s respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means the Company is not charged a fee for its use of the trade name and service mark THL. The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to the Company or the Advisor by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either the Company or the Advisor by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either the Company or the Advisor at the Company or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, the Company and the Advisor must cease to use the name and mark THL , including any use in the Company’s respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require the Company to withdraw or replace the Company’s names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, the Company and the Advisor have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. The Company is an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with the Company have no recourse against THL Partners.

Due To and From Affiliates

The Advisor paid certain other general and administrative expenses on behalf of the Company. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $35 and $14, respectively, of expenses were included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

The Company acts as the investment adviser to Greenway and Greenway II and is entitled to receive certain fees. As a result, Greenway and Greenway II are classified as affiliates of the Company. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $835 and $1,011 of total fees and expenses related to Greenway and Greenway II, respectively, were included in due from affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31 2013, $463 was included in due to affiliate on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities related to the portion of the escrow receivable, due to THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as the administrative agent, to Greenway.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

4. Realized Gains and Losses on Investments

The Company recognized net realized gains on its portfolio investments of $299 during the three months ended March 31, 2014 related primarily to a gain of $754 from distributions from Surgery Center Holdings, Inc., or Surgery, less a realized loss of $455 recognized from the sale of the Company’s equity holdings in Jefferson Management Holdings, LLC. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recognized a current tax provision related to realized gains in connection with an adjustment to tax estimates of $321. The Company did not recognize realized gains or tax provisions related to realized gains during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

5. Net Increase in Net Assets Per Share Resulting from Operations

The following information sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations:

 

     For the three months ended
March 31,
 
     2014      2013  

Numerator—net increase in net assets resulting from operations:

   $ 10,981       $ 8,614   

Denominator—basic and diluted weighted average common shares:

     33,905         26,315   

Basic and diluted net increase in net assets per common share resulting from operations:

   $ 0.32       $ 0.33   

Diluted net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations equals basic net increase in net assets per share resulting from operations for each period because there were no common stock equivalents outstanding during the above periods.

6. Credit Facility

There is $232,000 available to borrow under the Company’s revolving credit agreement, or Revolving Facility, and $93,000 million available to borrow under the Company’s term loan agreement, or Term Loan Facility.

The Revolving Facility has a maturity date of May 2017 (with a one year term out period beginning in May 2016). The one year term out period is the one year anniversary between the revolver termination date, or the end of the availability period, and the maturity date. During this time, the Company is required to make mandatory prepayments on its loans from the proceeds it receive from the sale of assets, extraordinary receipts, returns of capital or the issuances of equity or debt. The Revolving Facility has an interest rate of (i) when the facility is more than or equal to 35% drawn and the step-down condition is satisfied, LIBOR plus 2.75%, (ii) when the facility is more than or equal to 35% drawn and the step-down condition is not satisfied, LIBOR plus 3.00%, (iii) when the facility is less than 35% drawn and the step-down condition is satisfied, LIBOR plus 2.75%, and (iv) when the facility is less than 35% drawn and the step-down condition is not satisfied, LIBOR plus 3.25%. The non-use fee is 1.00% annually if the Company uses 35% or less of the Revolving Facility and 0.50% annually if the Company uses more than 35% of the Revolving Facility. The Company elects the LIBOR rate on the loans outstanding on our Revolving Facility, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or six months. The LIBOR rate on the borrowings outstanding on its Revolving Facility currently has a one month maturity.

The Term Loan Facility has a maturity date of May 2018. The Term Loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 4.00% (with no LIBOR Floor) and has substantially similar terms to our existing Revolving Facility (as amended by the Amendment). The Company elects the LIBOR rate on our Term Loan, which can have a maturity date that is one, two, three or six months. The LIBOR rate on its Term Loan currently has a one month maturity.

Each of the Facilities includes an accordion feature permitting the Company to expand the Facilities, if certain conditions are satisfied; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of the Facilities, collectively, is capped at $400,000.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

The Facilities generally require payment of interest on a quarterly basis for ABR loans (commonly based on the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate), and at the end of the applicable interest period for Eurocurrency loans bearing interest at LIBOR, the interest rate benchmark used to determine the variable rates paid on the Facilities. LIBOR maturities can range between one and six months at the election of the Company. All outstanding principal is due upon each maturity date. The Facilities also require a mandatory prepayment of interest and principal upon certain customary triggering events (including, without limitation, the disposition of assets or the issuance of certain securities).

Borrowings under the Facilities are subject to, among other things, a minimum borrowing/collateral base. The Facilities have certain collateral requirements and/or financial covenants, including covenants related to: (a) limitations on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, (b) limitations on certain investments, (c) limitations on certain restricted payments, (d) limitations on the creation or existence of agreements that prohibit liens on certain properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (e) compliance with certain financial maintenance standards including (i) minimum stockholders’ equity, (ii) a ratio of total assets (less total liabilities not represented by senior securities) to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness, of the Company and its subsidiaries, of not less than 2.25:1.0, (iii) minimum liquidity, (iv) minimum net worth, and (v) a consolidated interest coverage ratio. In addition to the financial maintenance standards, described in the preceding sentence, borrowings under the Facilities (and the incurrence of certain other permitted debt) are subject to compliance with a borrowing base that applies different advance rates to different types of assets in the Company’s portfolio.

The Facilities’ documents also include default provisions such as the failure to make timely payments under the Facilities, the occurrence of a change in control, and the failure by the Company to materially perform under the operative agreements governing the Facilities, which, if not complied with, could, at the option of the lenders under the Facilities, accelerate repayment under the Facilities, thereby materially and adversely affecting the Company’s liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Each loan originated under the Revolving Facility is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Company cannot be assured that it will be able to borrow funds under the Revolving Facility at any particular time or at all. The Company is currently in compliance with all financial covenants under the Facilities.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company borrowed $122,550 and repaid $21,500 under the Facilities. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company borrowed $107,700 and repaid $67,850 under the Facilities.

The following shows a summary of our Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

As of March 31, 2014

  

Facility

   Commitments      Borrowings
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
 

Revolving Facility

   $ 232,000       $ 212,350         3.45

Term Loan Facility

     93,000         93,000         4.15
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 325,000       $ 305,350         3.66
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013

        

Facility

   Commitments      Borrowings
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
 

Revolving Facility

   $ 232,000       $ 111,300         3.19

Term Loan Facility

     93,000         93,000         4.17
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 325,000       $ 204,300         3.63
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the Company’s outstanding Facilities approximated fair value. The fair values of the Company’s Facilities are determined in accordance with ASC 820, which defines fair value in terms of the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The fair value of the Company’s Facilities are estimated based upon market interest rates and entities with similar credit risk. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Facilities would be deemed to be level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Interest expense and related fees, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, of $2,089 and $1,094 were incurred in connection with the Facilities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. The asset coverage as of March 31, 2014 is in excess of 200%. See also the disclosure in Note 11, Subsequent Events, for recent amendments to the Facilities.

7. Interest Rate Derivative

On May 10, 2012, the Company entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement, or swap agreement, with ING Capital Markets, LLC in connection with its Term Loan Facility. Under the swap agreement, with a notional value of $50,000, the Company pays a fixed rate of 1.1425% and receives a floating rate based upon the current three-month LIBOR rate. The Company entered into the swap agreement to manage interest rate risk and not for speculative purposes.

The Company records the change in valuation of the swap agreement in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) as of each measurement period. When the quarterly interest rate swap amounts are paid or received under the swap agreement, the amounts are recorded as a realized gain (loss) through interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The Company recognized a realized loss for three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 of $113 and $104, respectively, which is reflected as interest rate derivative periodic interest payments, net on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $54 and $142, respectively, of net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from the swap agreement, which is listed under net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on interest rate derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company’s fair value of its swap agreement is ($230) and ($284), respectively, which is listed as an interest rate derivative liability on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, the Company, or the Advisor, may become party to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings related to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Neither the Company, nor the Advisor, is currently subject to any material legal proceedings. A claim against the escrow receivable is proceeding to arbitration. There is a risk that some or all of the $1,800 escrow receivable as of March 31, 2014 may not ultimately be collectible.

Unfunded commitments to provide funds to portfolio companies are not reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. The Company’s unfunded commitments may be significant from time to time. These commitments will be subject to the same underwriting and ongoing portfolio maintenance as are the on-balance sheet financial instruments that the Company holds. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company intends to use cash flow from normal and early principal repayments and proceeds from borrowings and offerings to fund these commitments.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company has the following unfunded commitments to portfolio companies:

 

     As of  
     March 31,
2014
     December 31,
2013
 

Unfunded revolving commitments

   $       13,691       $ 9,200   

Unfunded delayed draw facilities

     9,500         9,500   

Unfunded commitments to investments in funds

     3,121         3,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unfunded commitments

   $ 26,312       $ 22,670   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Dividends

The Company has elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain its status as a RIC, it is required to distribute annually to its stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. To avoid a 4% excise tax on undistributed earnings, the Company is required to distribute each calendar year the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year (ii) 98.2% of its net capital gains for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (iii) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which the Company paid no federal income tax. The Company intends to make distributions to stockholders on a quarterly basis of substantially all of its net investment income. In addition, although the Company intends to make distributions of net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually, out of assets legally available for such distributions, it may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

In addition, the Company may be limited in its ability to make distributions due to the BDC asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to the Company as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

The following table summarizes the Company’s dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares, including dividends reinvested, if any:

 

Date Declared    Record Date    Payment Date    Amount Per Share

August 5, 2010

   September 2, 2010    September 30, 2010    $0.05

November 4, 2010

   November 30, 2010    December 28, 2010    $0.10

December 14, 2010

   December 31, 2010    January 28, 2011    $0.15

March 10, 2011

   March 25, 2011    March 31, 2011    $0.23

May 5, 2011

   June 15, 2011    June 30, 2011    $0.25

July 28, 2011

   September 15, 2011    September 30, 2011    $0.26

October 27, 2011

   December 15, 2011    December 30, 2011    $0.28

March 6, 2012

   March 20, 2012    March 30, 2012    $0.29

March 6, 2012

   March 20, 2012    March 30, 2012    $0.05

May 2, 2012

   June 15, 2012    June 29, 2012    $0.30

July 26, 2012

   September 14, 2012    September 28, 2012    $0.32

November 2, 2012

   December 14, 2012    December 28, 2012    $0.33

December 20, 2012

   December 31, 2012    January 28, 2013    $0.05

February 27, 2013

   March 15, 2013    March 29, 2013    $0.33

May 2, 2013

   June 14, 2013    June 28, 2013    $0.34

August 2, 2013

   September 16, 2013    September 30, 2013    $0.34

August 2, 2013

   September 16, 2013    September 30, 2013    $0.08

October 30, 2013

   December 16, 2013    December 31, 2013    $0.34

March 4, 2014

   March 17, 2014    March 31, 2014    $0.34

May 7, 2014

   June 16, 2014    June 30, 2014    $0.34

 

F-83


Table of Contents

The Company may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow it to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. If the Company does not distribute a certain percentage of its income annually, it will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of its status as a regulated investment company. The Company cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions at a particular level.

The Company maintains an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, unless stockholders specifically elect to have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, stockholders will receive all such dividends in cash. There were no dividends reinvested for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 under the dividend reinvestment plan.

Under the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan, dividends will primarily be paid in newly issued shares of common stock. However, the Company reserves the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the plan. This feature of the plan means that, under certain circumstances, the Company may issue shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which could cause our stockholders to experience dilution.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated profits and earnings would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions will be made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. Therefore, a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of our distributions for a full year. If the Company had determined the tax attributes of its 2014 distributions as of March 31, 2014, 80.2% would be from ordinary income, 19.8% would be from capital gains and 0% would be a return of capital. There can be no certainty to stockholders that this determination is representative of what the tax attributes of the Company’s 2014 distributions to stockholders will actually be. Each year, a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the source of the distribution will be mailed to our stockholders.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

10. Financial Highlights

 

     For the three  months
ended March 31,
 
     2014     2013  

Per Share Data:

    

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 13.36      $ 13.20   

Net investment income, after taxes (1)

     0.32        0.28   

Net change in unrealized appreciation on
investments
(1) (2) (3)

     (0.03     0.06   

Benefit (provision) for taxes on unrealized gain on
investments
(1)

     0.03        (0.02

Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation of interest rate derivative (1)

     —          0.01   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

     0.32        0.33   

Distributions to stockholders from net investment income

     (0.27     (0.33

Distributions to stockholders from net realized gains

     (0.07     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 13.34      $ 13.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share market value at end of period

   $ 13.80      $ 14.98   

Total return (4) (5)

     (14.25 %)      3.52

Shares outstanding at end of period

     33,905        26,315   

Ratio/Supplemental Data:

    

Net assets at end of period

   $ 452,395      $ 347,415   

Ratio of operating expenses to average net assets (6)

     8.66     8.19

Ratio of net investment income to average net
assets
(6)

     9.55     8.64

Portfolio turnover (5)

     5.73     6.26

 

(1)  

Calculated based on weighted average common shares outstanding.

(2)  

Net change in unrealized appreciation of investments includes the effect of rounding on a per share basis.

(3)  

Includes the cumulative effect of rounding.

(4)  

Total return is based on the change in market price per share during the period. Total return takes into account dividends and distributions, if any, reinvested in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan. The Company has revised the previously reported total return of 1.28% to 3.52% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 to correct for an error related to the exclusion of assumed dividend reinvestments in periods during which there were no actual reinvestments. This change was determined not to be material to the financial statements taken as a whole.

(5)  

Not annualized.

(6)  

Annualized, except for dividend income, the reversal of previously accrued interest income on an investment placed on non-accrual and the related impact of incentive fees and taxes.

11. Subsequent Events

From April 1, 2014 through May 12, 2014, the Company closed a floating rate senior secured debt investment of $1,353 in an existing portfolio company in the transportation industry with a weighted average yield of 9.6% and an equity investment of $1,686 in an existing portfolio company in the consumer products industry.

On April 1, 2014, the Company received proceeds of $10,325 from a partial sale of the second lien term loan of Blue Coat Systems, Inc. A realized gain of $325 was recognized.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

On April 16, 2014, the Company received proceeds of $13,156 in connection with the prepayment of the senior secured term loan of Cydcor LLC at par.

On April 24, 2014, the Company received proceeds of $28,064 in connection with the prepayment of the senior secured term loan of NCM Group Holdings, LLC. The proceeds included a $1,336 prepayment premium.

On April 30, 2014, the Company closed on an additional $85,000 of commitments to its Facilities, which increased the commitments on the Revolving Facility from $232,000 to $303,500 and commitments on the Term Loan Facility from $93,000 to $106,500. The Company also extended the final maturity of the Revolving Facility from May 2017 to May 2018 and reduced pricing from LIBOR plus 3.00% to LIBOR (with no floor) plus 2.50%. The Company also extended the final maturity of the Term Loan Facility from May 2018 to May 2019 and reduced pricing from LIBOR plus 4.00% to LIBOR (with no floor) plus 3.25%.

On May 7, 2014, the Company’s board of directors declared a dividend of $0.34 per share payable on June 30, 2014 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 16, 2014.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

 

 

$300,000,000

THL Credit, Inc.

Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Warrants

Subscription Rights

Debt Securities

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

                , 2014

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART C—OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

1.  Financial Statements

The following financial statements of THL Credit, Inc. (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) are included in this registration statement in “Part A—Information Required in a Prospectus”:

 

A UDITED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Assets & Liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets (Net Deficit) for the years ended December  31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-19   
U NAUDITED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS   

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013

     F-45   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

     F-46   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

     F-47   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

     F-48   

Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013

     F-49   

Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-61   


Table of Contents

2. Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

a    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
b    Bylaws (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on July 15, 2009).
d.1    Form of Specimen Certificate (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
d.2    Form of Indenture and related exhibits. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on August 25, 2011).
d.3    Form of Warrant Agreement. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on August 25, 2011).
d.4    Form of Subscription Agent Agreement. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on August 25, 2011).
d.5    Form of Subscription Certificate. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on August 25, 2011).
d.6   

Form of Certificate of Designation. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on October 18, 2011).

d.7   

Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed on April 4, 2014).

e    Dividend Reinvestment Plan (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 9, 2010).
f.1    Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated March 11, 2011 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 15, 2011).
f.2    Amendment No. 1 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated May 10, 2012 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 15, 2012).
f.3    Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated February 13, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 7, 2014).
f.4    Amendment No. 3 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated March 15, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 20, 2013).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

f.5    Amendment No. 4 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated as of October 9, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 4, 2013).
f.6    Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated May 10, 2012 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 15, 2012).
f.7    Amendment No. 1 to Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated February 13, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 7, 2014).
f.8    Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated March 15, 2013 (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 20, 2013).
f.9    Amendment No. 3 to Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement between THL Credit and ING Capital LLC, dated as of October 9, 2013, (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on November 4, 2013).
f.10    Amendment No. 5 to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2014, by and among the Company as borrower, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 1, 2014).
f.11    Amendment No. 4 to the Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of April 30, 2014, by and among the Company as borrower, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 1, 2014).
g    Investment Management Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC (Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit number to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
h.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement for equity securities.
h.2*    Form of Underwriting Agreement for debt securities.
j    Custody Agreement between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 9, 2010).
k.1    Administration Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
k.2    Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 9, 2010).
k.3    Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among the Company, THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
k.4    License Agreement by and among Thomas H. Lee Partners, the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
l*    Opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP.
n.1*    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
n.2*    Consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP (included in Exhibit l).
n.3    Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed on April 4, 2014).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

p.1    Subscription Agreement—THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on April 20, 2010).
p.2    Subscription Agreement—THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 9, 2010).
r    Code of Ethics. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s post-effective amendment No.1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on September 10, 2012).
s.1    Form of Prospectus Supplement For Common Stock Offerings. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on October 18, 2011).
s.2    Form of Prospectus Supplement For Preferred Stock Offerings. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on October 18, 2011).
s.3    Form of Prospectus Supplement For Debt Offerings. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on October 18, 2011).
s.4    Form of Prospectus Supplement For Rights Offerings. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on October 18, 2011).
s.5    Form of Prospectus Supplement For Warrant Offerings. (Incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s pre-effective amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form N-2, filed on October 18, 2011).
99.1    Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges. (Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed on April 4, 2014).

 

* Filed herewith.

 

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” of the prospectus is incorporated herein by reference, and any information concerning any underwriters will be contained in any prospectus supplement, if any, accompanying this prospectus.

 

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering (excluding placement fees):

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 20,737   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 24,650   

NASDAQ listing fee

   $ 65,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ 150,000   

Legal fees and expenses

   $ 375,000   

Printing expenses

   $ 125,000   

Miscellaneous

   $ 25,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 785,387   


Table of Contents
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

THL Credit Holdings, Inc., THL Corporate Finance, Inc.; THL Credit SBIC, LP, THL Credit SBIC GP, LLC, THL Credit AIM Media Holdings, Inc. and THL Credit YP Holdings, Inc. are our wholly owned subsidiaries. THL Corporate Finance LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Corporate Finance, Inc. THL Credit YP Holdings, LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of THL Credit YP Holdings, Inc. We serve as the sole limited partner of THL Credit SBIC, LP and, our wholly owned subsidiary, THL Credit SBIC GP, LLC, serves as the general partner of THL Credit SBIC, LP. Accordingly, we may be deemed to control, directly or indirectly, the following entities:

 

   

THL Credit Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)—100%

 

   

THL Corporate Finance, Inc. (Delaware)—100%

 

   

THL Credit SBIC, LP (Delaware)—100%

 

   

THL Credit SBIC GP, LLC (Delaware)—100%

 

   

THL Corporate Finance LLC (Delaware)—100%

 

   

THL Credit AIM Media Holdings, Inc.(Delaware)—100%

 

   

THL Credit YP Holdings, Inc.(Delaware)—100%

 

   

THL Credit YP Holdings, LLC (Delaware)—100%

 

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

The following table sets forth the approximate number of stockholders of record of the Company’s common stock as of June 2, 2014:

 

Title of Class

   Number of
Record Holders
 

Common stock, par value $.001 per share

     4   

 

Item 30. Indemnification

The information contained under the heading “Description of Our Capital Stock” is incorporated herein by reference.

As permitted by Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, the Registrant has adopted provisions in its certificate of incorporation, as amended, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of its directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for: any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws provides that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under Section 145 of the DGCL, the Registrant is permitted to offer indemnification to its directors, officers, employees and agents.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,


Table of Contents

suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. The Registrant carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers (other than with respect to claims resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office) on a claims-made basis.

The investment management agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Advisor and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Advisor’s services under the investment management agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Registrant.

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Administrator and its officers, manager, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Administrator’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the


Table of Contents

payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of an action suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is again public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which THL Credit Advisors LLC, and each managing director, director or executive officer of THL Credit Advisors, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the section entitled “The Advisor.” Additional information regarding THL Credit Advisors and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-71201), and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 

  (1)

the Registrant, THL Credit Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor, Boston, MA 02110;

 

  (2) the Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, NY 10038;

 

  (3) the Custodian, State Street, c/o DTC / New York Window, 55 Water Street, New York, NY 10041; and

 

  (4)

the Advisor, THL Credit Advisors, LLC, 100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

 

Item 33. Management Services

Not applicable.

 

Item 34. Undertakings

The Registrant undertakes:

 

  1. to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds (if applicable) as stated in the prospectus.

 

  2. Not applicable.

 

  3. Not applicable.

 

  4.  

 

  a. to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  i. to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 


Table of Contents
  ii. to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

 

  iii. to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  b. to file, in connection with any offering of securities, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement under Rule 462(d) to include as an exhibit a legal opinion regarding the valid issuance of any shares of common stock being sold.

 

  c. that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

  d. to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

 

  e. that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectus filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness, provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;

 

  f. that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

 

  i. any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act;

 

  ii. the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  iii. any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  g. to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, and to suspend any offers or sales pursuant the registration statement until such post-effective amendment has been declared effective under the 1993 Act, in the event the shares of the Registrant are trading below its net asset value and either (a) the Registrant receives, or has been advised by its independent registered accounting firm that it will receive, an audit report reflecting substantial doubt regarding the Registrant’s ability to continue as a going concern or (b) the Registrant has concluded that a fundamental change has occurred in its financial position or results of operations and


Table of Contents
  5. Not applicable.

 

  6. Not applicable.

 

  7. to not seek to sell shares under a prospectus supplement to the registration statement, or a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, of which the prospectus forms a part (the “current registration statement”) if the cumulative dilution to the Registrant’s net asset value (“NAV”) per share arising from offerings from the effective date of the current registration statement through and including any follow-on offering would exceed 15% based on the anticipated pricing of such follow-on offering. This limit would be measured separately for each offering pursuant to the current registration statement by calculating the percentage dilution or accretion to aggregate NAV from that offering and then summing the anticipated percentage dilution from each subsequent offering. If the Registrant files a new post-effective amendment, the threshold would reset.

 

  8. to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement pursuant to Section 8(c) of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with any rights offering off of the registration statement.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston, and Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 4 th day of June, 2014.

 

THL CREDIT, INC.
/ S /    J AMES K. H UNT      

James K. Hunt

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on June 4, 2014. This document may be executed by the signatories hereto on any number of counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Name

  

Title

/ S /    J AMES K. H UNT

James K. Hunt

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors and

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/ S /    T ERRENCE W. O LSON

Terrence W. Olson

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*

David K. Downes

   Director

*

Nancy Hawthorne

   Director

*

Keith W. Hughes

   Director

*

John A. Sommers

   Director

*

David P. Southwell

   Director

 

* Signed by Terrence W. Olson pursuant to a power of attorney signed by each individual and filed with this Registration Statement on April 4, 2014.

 

C-1

Exhibit h.1

THL CREDIT, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[ ] Shares of Common Stock

(Par Value $0.001 Per Share)

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ], 2014

[Underwriters]

[Address]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

THL Credit, Inc. (the “Company”) and THL Credit Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“THL Advisors” or the “Advisor”), confirm their respective agreements with [ ] and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom [ ] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [ ] additional shares of Common Stock to cover overallotments, if any. The aforesaid [ ] shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [ ] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are hereinafter called, collectively, the “Securities.”

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (No. 333-[ ]), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). The Company filed a Form N-6F “Notice of Intent to Elect to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940” (File No. 814-00789) (the “Notice of Intent”) pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Investment Company Act (as defined below), with the Commission on June 1, 2009, as amended on August 24, 2009, November 23, 2009 and February 22, 2010, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”). The Company filed a Form N-54A “Notification of Election to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 Filed Pursuant to Section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act” (File No. 814-00789) (the “Notification of Election”) under the Investment Company Act with the Commission on April [ ], 2010. Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430C (“Rule 430C”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 497 (“Rule 497”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 430C is referred to as “Rule 430C Information.” Each prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and any prospectus that omitted the Rule 430C Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430C Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein referred to as the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,” and after such filing


the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) or its Interactive Data Electronic Applications system (“IDEA”).

The Company has entered into (i) an investment management agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010 (the “Investment Management Agreement”), with THL Advisors, registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Advisers Act”), (ii) the Administration Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2009 (the “Administration Agreement”), with THL Advisors (THL Advisors, as the administrator, is hereinafter referred to as the “Administrator”). The Company and the Advisor have also entered into a License Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2009 (the “License Agreement”), with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“THL Partners”), which owns the trade name and service mark THL , for the grant of a license by THL Partners to each of the Company and the Advisor to use the THL mark in association with the commercial activities of the Company and the Advisor. This Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the License Agreement are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Company Agreements.”

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties relating to the Company . The Company and the Advisor, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time referred to in Section 1(a)(i) hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements . Each of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, as the case may be, complied and, as so amended, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Investment Company Act and did not and, as so amended, will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), at the time the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement was issued and, as so supplemented, at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

As of the Applicable Time (as defined below), the preliminary prospectus dated [ ], 2014, as of the Applicable Time, and the information included on Schedule B hereto, considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

As used in this subsection and elsewhere in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [ ]:00 [A/P].M. (New York City time) on [ ], 2014 or such other time as agreed by the Company and [ ].


The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through [ ] expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the Prospectus in [ ] (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

Each preliminary prospectus (including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto) complied when so filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Investment Company Act and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(ii) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Accounting Oversight Board.

(iii) Financial Statements . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Company at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act, 1933 Act Regulations or the Investment Company Act.

(iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock or repurchase or redemption by the Company of any class of capital stock.

(v) Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Company Agreements; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries . Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General


Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under the agreements to which it is party and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other ownership interests of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary were issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only “significant subsidiaries” of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Schedule C hereto. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity or debt securities of any corporation or have any equity or debt interest in any firm, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity that is not a Subsidiary.

(vii) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus. The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(viii) Authorization of Company Agreements; Enforceability . (A) The Company Agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. Each of the Company Agreements is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policy underlying such laws.

(ix) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. The Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same; no holder of the Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(x) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . The Company is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Company Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds,”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Company Agreements do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.


(xi) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Government Entity now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xii) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xiii) Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them, and the Company has not received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xiv) Required Actions . The Company, subject to the filing of the Prospectus under Rule 497, has taken all required actions under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Investment Company Act to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement.

(xv) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Government Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Company Agreements, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

(xvi) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(xvii) Offers to Sell . The Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and, prior to the later to occur of (A) the Closing Time and (B) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any written communication that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities other than (w) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement to any of the forgoing; and (x) any prospectus wrapper. All other promotional materials (including “road show slides” or “road show scripts”) prepared in connection with the marketing of the Securities (collectively, “Road Show Materials”) were used in accordance with Section 3. Each of the Road Show Materials and the prospectus wrapper is not inconsistent with the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and when taken together with any preliminary prospectus and the Rule 430C Information, at the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.


(xviii) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by the Company, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xix) Title to Property . The Company has good and marketable title to all real property owned by the Company and good title to all other properties owned by it, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company, and under which the Company holds properties described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company has no notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

(xx) Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.

(xxi) Accounting Controls . The Company maintains effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the 1934 Act (as defined below)) and the Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Such internal controls are effective and the Company is not aware of any material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(xxii) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company and its officers and directors, in their capacities as such, are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(xxiii) Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid. The Company has filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by it pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company except those taxes currently being contested in good faith.

(xxiv) Insurance . The Company is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; all policies of insurance insuring the Company or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors, including the Company’s directors and officers errors and omissions insurance policy and its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the Investment Company Act, are in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.


(xxv) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate, and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such source.

(xxvi) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xxvii) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(xxviii) OFAC . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xxix) Payment and Receipt of Funds . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company has made any payment of funds of the Company or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus.

(xxx) Rule 38a-1 Compliance Policies . The Company has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws by the Company, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance of each investment.

(xxxi) Election as a Business Development Company. The Company has elected, by filing the Notification of Election, to be treated by the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a “business development company” (the “BDC Election”). The Company will not, as of the Closing Time for the Initial Securities and the Date of Delivery for any Option Securities, have filed with the Commission any notice of withdrawal of the BDC Election pursuant to Section 54(c) of the Investment Company Act. The BDC Election is effective and no order of suspension or revocation of such election has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

(xxxii) Investment Management Agreement in Compliance with Laws . The terms of the Investment Management Agreement, including compensation terms, comply with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, including without limitation Section 15 of the Investment Company Act and Section 205 of the Advisers Act, each as applicable to business development companies.

(xxxiii) All Necessary Approvals of Investment Management Agreement . The approval by the board of directors and the sole initial shareholder of the Company of the Investment Management Agreement has been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act applicable to companies that have elected to be “business development companies” under the Investment Company Act.


(xxxiv) Compliance of Company Agreements with Investment Company Act . This Agreement and each of the Company Agreements complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act.

(xxxv) Interested Persons. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package and Registration Statement, (A) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and (B) no director of the Company is an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Company or an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any of the Underwriters.

(xxxvi) Operations Comply with Investment Company Act. The operations of the Company are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act applicable to “business development companies.” The provisions of the corporate charter, by-laws and other similar organizational documents of the Company and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package and Registration Statement, assuming they are implemented as so described, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

(xxxvii) Conditions for Use of Form N-2 . The Company has satisfied the conditions for the use of Form N-2, as set forth in the general instructions thereto, with respect to the Registration Statement.

(xxxviii) RIC Compliance . Since [ ], 2010, the Company has been organized and operated, and currently is organized and operated, in conformance with the requirements to be taxed as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

(xxxix) Absence of Business Relationships . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus which have not been described as required.

(xl) Absence of Extensions of Credit . The Company has not, directly or indirectly, extended credit, arranged to extend credit or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer of the Company, or to or for any family member or affiliate of any director or executive officer of the Company.

(b) Representations and Warranties relating to the Advisor . The Company and the Advisor, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time referred to in Section 1(a)(i), as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of THL Advisors, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect”), and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by THL Advisors, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to THL Advisors.

(ii) Good Standing of THL Advisors . THL Advisors has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Company Agreements; and THL Advisors is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) Authorization of Company Agreements; Enforceability . The Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by THL Advisors and are valid and binding agreements of THL Advisors, enforceable against THL Advisors in accordance with their respective


terms except as the enforcement hereof or thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policy underlying such laws.

(iv) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . THL Advisors is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which THL Advisors is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of THL Advisors is subject (collectively, “THL Advisors Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein and herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and compliance by THL Advisors with its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or THL Advisors Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of THL Advisors pursuant to, the THL Advisors Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or THL Advisors Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents of THL Advisors or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “THL Advisors Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by THL Advisors.

(v) Absence of Employment Disputes; Departures of Key Employees . No employment dispute with the employees of THL Advisors exists or, to the knowledge of the Advisor, is imminent, and the Advisor is not aware of any existing or imminent departure of any key employee of the Advisor.

(vi) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Government Entity now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Advisor, threatened, against or affecting THL Advisors, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Company or THL Advisors or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party or the performance by THL Advisors of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which THL Advisors is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(vii) Possession of Intellectual Property . THL Advisors owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, Intellectual Property necessary to carry on the business now operated by it, and THL Advisors has not received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of THL Advisors therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect or THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(viii) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by THL Advisors of its obligations under the Company Agreements to which it is a party, in connection with the offering or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such Company Agreements, except such as have been already obtained.


(ix) Absence of Manipulation . Neither THL Advisors nor any affiliate of THL Advisors has taken, nor will THL Advisors or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(x) Registration . THL Advisors is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting under the Investment Management Agreement for the Company as contemplated by the Prospectus and Registration Statement. There does not exist any proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Advisor, any facts or circumstances the existence of which could lead to any proceeding which might adversely affect the registration of THL Advisors with the Commission.

(xi) Financial Resources . THL Advisors has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and under the Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party.

(xii) Possession of Licenses and Permits . THL Advisors possesses such Governmental Licenses issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by THL Advisors, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect; THL Advisors is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect; and THL Advisors has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(xiii) Insurance . THL Advisors is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; all policies of insurance insuring THL Advisors are in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that THL Advisors will not be able to (A) renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect. THL Advisors has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xiv) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither THL Advisors nor, to the knowledge of the Advisor, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of THL Advisors, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and THL Advisors and, to the knowledge of the Advisor, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xv) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of THL Advisors are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving THL Advisors with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Advisor, threatened.


(xvi) OFAC . Neither THL Advisors nor, to the knowledge of the Advisor, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of THL Advisors is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and THL Advisors will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xvii) Investment Management Agreement in Compliance with Laws . The terms of the Investment Management Agreement, including compensation terms, comply with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, including without limitation Section 15 of the Investment Company Act and Section 205 of the Advisers Act, each as applicable to business development companies.

(xviii) Compliance Policies . THL Advisors has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act by THL Advisors.

(xix) Description of THL Advisors . The description of THL Advisors in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including in its roles as Advisor and Administrator, is accurate in all material respects.

(c) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of any THL Entity and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such THL Entity to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [ ] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time only for the purpose of covering overallotments made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by [ ] to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by [ ], but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as [ ] in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of [ ], or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at      :              A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the “Closing Time”).

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.


Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. [ ], individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

(d) Denominations; Registration . Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than      :          A.M. (New York City time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, will comply with the requirements of Rule 430C, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 497, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 497, and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497(c) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b) Filing of Amendments and 1934 Act Documents . The Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “1934 Act”) within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as


originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(f) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(h) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

(i) Listing . The Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

(j) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of [ ] days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, lend, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for or repayable with Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the [ ]-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news


or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the [ ]-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the [ ]-day restricted period, the restrictions imposed in this clause (j) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

(k) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(l) Maintain Status as a Business Development Company. The Company will use its reasonable efforts to maintain its status as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act; provided, however , the Company may change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw its election as, a business development company with the approval of the board of directors and a vote of stockholders as required by Section 58 of the Investment Company Act or any successor provision.

(m) Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. The Company will use its reasonable efforts to comply with the applicable requirements to be treated as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code; provided however , that at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, it may elect not to be so treated.

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (viii) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, (ix) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third paragraph of Section 1(a)(i) hereof and (x) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, Road Show Materials.

(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Advisor contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Company and the Advisor delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430C Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at the Closing Time no stop order suspending the


effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430C Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 497(h) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430C.

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(c) Opinion of Counsel for THL Advisors . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for THL Advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of [ ], counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the Company and the Advisor and certificates of public officials.

(e) Officers’ Certificate relating to the Company . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, of each THL Entity, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(f) Officers’ Certificate relating to THL Advisors . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of THL Advisors, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, of each THL Entity, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 1(b) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, and (iii) THL Advisors has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time.


(g) Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 5(g) of this Section 5, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(i) Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for inclusion in the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(j) No Objection . FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(k) Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed by the parties listed on Schedule C hereto.

(l) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Advisor contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company and the Advisor hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

(i) Officers’ Certificate relating to the Company. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer, the Company and the Advisor confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii) Officers’ Certificate relating to THL Advisors. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer, of each THL Entity confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . The favorable opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iv) Opinion of Counsel for THL Advisors . The favorable opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for THL Advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(v) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of [ ], counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.

(vi) Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three days prior to such Date of Delivery.

(m) Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated herein or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated herein shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.


(n) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 14 through 20 hereof shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company and the Advisor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its directors, officers, and employees, its affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”), its selling agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of (x) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any prospectus wrapper (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (y) any Road Show Materials or the Company’s road show presentation;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company or THL Advisors, as applicable;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by [ ]), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and THL Advisors . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, and THL Advisors against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section 6, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any


liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by [ ], and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) hereof effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement, unless it shall have been finally judicially determined that such indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification therefor or unless such failure to reimburse the indemnified party is based on a dispute with a good faith basis as to either the obligation of the indemnifying party arising under this Section 6 to indemnify the indemnified party or the amount of such obligation and the indemnifying party shall have notified the indemnified party of such good faith dispute prior to the date of such settlement.

SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Advisor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Advisor on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company and the Advisor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company and the Advisor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Advisor or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.


The Company, the Advisor and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, (i) each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and (ii) each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company, within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or THL Advisors submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors, any person controlling the Company or any person controlling THL Advisors and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination; General . The Representatives, in their absolute discretion, may terminate this Agreement without liability to the Company and the Advisor, by notice to the Company and the Advisor, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce any contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or if trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Stock Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other Governmental Entity, or (iv) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (v) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 14 through 20 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.


SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to: [ ].

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Company and the Advisor acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and THL Advisors, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or the Advisor, or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company and the Advisor with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or the Advisor on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company or the Advisor with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and the Advisor, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and each of the Company and the Advisor has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 13. Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company and the Advisor and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company, the Advisor and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 hereof and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company, the Advisor and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.


SECTION 14. Trial by Jury . Each of the Company and the Advisor (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 15. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 16. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 17. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

SECTION 18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 19. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company and the Advisor in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,

THL CREDIT, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
THL CREDIT ADVISORS LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

as of the date first above written:

[ ]

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

By:

  [ ]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit h.2

THL CREDIT, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

$              Aggregate Principal Amount Senior Securities

$              Aggregate Principal Amount Subordinated Securities

FORM OF DEBT UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ], 2014

[Underwriters]

[Address]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

THL Credit, Inc. (the “Company”) and THL Credit Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“THL Advisors” or the “Advisor”), confirm their respective agreements with [ ] and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom [ ] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of $     aggregate principal amount of senior debt securities (the “Senior Securities”) or subordinated debt securities (the “Subordinated Securities”), or both, of the Company set forth in Schedule A hereto.

The [Senior Securities] [Subordinated Securities] will be issued under an indenture dated as of      , as supplemented by a Supplemental Indenture dated as of      (collectively, the “Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities are hereinafter referred to as the “Securities.” The Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities may be offered either together or separately. Each issue of Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities may vary, as applicable, as to aggregate principal amount, maturity date, interest rate or formula and timing of payments thereof, redemption provisions, conversion provisions and sinking fund requirements, if any, and any other variable terms which the Indenture contemplates may be set forth in the Senior Securities and Subordinate Securities as issued from time to time. Securities issued in book-entry form will be issued to Cede & Co. as nominee of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) pursuant to a blanket letter of representations, to be dated on or prior to the Closing Time (the “DTC Agreement”), between the Company and DTC.

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the [Senior Securities] [Subordinated Securities] as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (No. 333-[ ]), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). The Company filed a Form N-6F “Notice of Intent to Elect to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940” (File No. 814-00789) (the “Notice of Intent”) pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Investment Company Act (as defined below), with the Commission on June 1, 2009, as amended on August 24, 2009, November 23, 2009 and February 22, 2010, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”). The Company filed a Form N-54A “Notification of Election to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 Filed Pursuant to Section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act” (File No. 814-00789) (the “Notification of Election”) under the Investment Company Act with the Commission on April [ ], 2010. Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430C (“Rule 430C”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 497 (“Rule 497”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted


from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 430C is referred to as “Rule 430C Information.” Each prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and any prospectus that omitted the Rule 430C Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430C Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein referred to as the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,” and after such filing the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”).

The Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “1939 Act”).

The Company has entered into (i) an investment management agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010 (the “Investment Management Agreement”), with THL Advisors, registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Advisers Act”), (ii) the Administration Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2009 (the “Administration Agreement”), with THL Advisors (THL Advisors, as the administrator, is hereinafter referred to as the “Administrator”). The Company and the Advisor have also entered into a License Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2009 (the “License Agreement”), with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“THL Partners”), which owns the trade name and service mark THL , for the grant of a license by THL Partners to each of the Company and the Advisor to use the THL mark in association with the commercial activities of the Company and the Advisor. This Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the License Agreement are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Company Agreements.”

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties relating to the Company . The Company and the Advisor, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time referred to in Section 1(a)(i) hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements . Each of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at the Closing Time, the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, as the case may be, complied and, as so amended, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Investment Company Act and did not and, as so amended, will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), at the time the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement was issued and, as so supplemented, at the Closing Time, included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.


As of the Applicable Time (as defined below), the preliminary prospectus dated [ ], 2013, as of the Applicable Time, and the information included on Schedule B hereto, considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

As used in this subsection and elsewhere in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [    ]:00 [A/P].M. (New York City time) on [ ], 2013 or such other time as agreed by the Company and [ ].

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through [ ] expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the part of the Registration Statement that constitutes the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the 1939 Act (Form T-1) of the Trustee under the Indenture, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the Prospectus in [ ] (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

Each preliminary prospectus (including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto) complied when so filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Investment Company Act and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(ii) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Accounting Oversight Board.

(iii) Financial Statements . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Company at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act, 1933 Act Regulations or the Investment Company Act.

(iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock or repurchase or redemption by the Company of any class of capital stock.


(v) Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Company Agreements; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries . Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under the agreements to which it is party and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other ownership interests of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary were issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only “significant subsidiaries” of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Schedule C hereto. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity or debt securities of any corporation or have any equity or debt interest in any firm, partnership, joint venture, association or other entity that is not a Subsidiary.

(vii) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus. The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(viii) Authorization of Company Agreements; Enforceability . (A) The Company Agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. Each of the Company Agreements is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policy underlying such laws.

(ix) Authorization of Indenture; Enforceability. The Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivery by the Company and when executed and delivered by the Trustee will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policy underlying such laws.

(x) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. The Securities conform to all statements relating thereto contained in the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same; no holder of the Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(xi) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . The Company is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or


agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Company Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds,”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Company Agreements do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.

(xii) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Government Entity now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements or Indenture or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xiii) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xiv) Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them, and the Company has not received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xv) Required Actions . The Company, subject to the filing of the Prospectus under Rule 497, has taken all required actions under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Investment Company Act to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement.

(xvi) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Government Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Company Agreements, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

(xvii) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has


constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(xviii) Offers to Sell . The Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and, prior to the later to occur of (A) the Closing Time and (B) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any written communication that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities other than (w) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement to any of the forgoing; and (x) any prospectus wrapper. All other promotional materials (including “road show slides” or “road show scripts”) prepared in connection with the marketing of the Securities (collectively, “Road Show Materials”) were used in accordance with Section 3. Each of the Road Show Materials and the prospectus wrapper is not inconsistent with the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and when taken together with any preliminary prospectus and the Rule 430C Information, at the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(xix) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by the Company, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xx) Title to Property . The Company has good and marketable title to all real property owned by the Company and good title to all other properties owned by it, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company, and under which the Company holds properties described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company has no notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

(xxi) Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.

(xxii) Accounting Controls . The Company maintains effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the 1934 Act (as defined below)) and the Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Such internal controls are effective and the Company is not aware of any material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(xxiii) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company and its officers and directors, in their capacities as such, are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


(xxiv) Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid. The Company has filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by it pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company except those taxes currently being contested in good faith.

(xxv) Insurance . The Company is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; all policies of insurance insuring the Company or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors, including the Company’s directors and officers errors and omissions insurance policy and its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the Investment Company Act, are in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xxvi) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate, and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such source.

(xxvii) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xxviii) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(xxix) OFAC . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xxx) Payment and Receipt of Funds . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company has made any payment of funds of the Company or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus.

(xxxi) Rule 38a-1 Compliance Policies . The Company has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act reasonably designed to prevent


violation of the federal securities laws by the Company, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance of each investment.

(xxxii) Election as a Business Development Company. The Company has elected, by filing the Notification of Election, to be treated by the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a “business development company” (the “BDC Election”). The Company will not, as of the Closing Time for the Securities, have filed with the Commission any notice of withdrawal of the BDC Election pursuant to Section 54(c) of the Investment Company Act. The BDC Election is effective and no order of suspension or revocation of such election has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

(xxxiii) Investment Management Agreement in Compliance with Laws . The terms of the Investment Management Agreement, including compensation terms, comply with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, including without limitation Section 15 of the Investment Company Act and Section 205 of the Advisers Act, each as applicable to business development companies.

(xxxiv) All Necessary Approvals of Investment Management Agreement . The approval by the board of directors and the sole initial shareholder of the Company of the Investment Management Agreement has been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act applicable to companies that have elected to be “business development companies” under the Investment Company Act.

(xxxv) Compliance of Company Agreements with Investment Company Act . This Agreement and each of the Company Agreements complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act.

(xxxvi) Interested Persons. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package and Registration Statement, (A) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and (B) no director of the Company is an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Company or an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any of the Underwriters.

(xxxvii) Operations Comply with Investment Company Act. The operations of the Company are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act applicable to “business development companies.” The provisions of the corporate charter, by-laws and other similar organizational documents of the Company and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package and Registration Statement, assuming they are implemented as so described, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

(xxxviii) Conditions for Use of Form N-2 . The Company has satisfied the conditions for the use of Form N-2, as set forth in the general instructions thereto, with respect to the Registration Statement.

(xxxix) RIC Compliance . Since [ ], 2010, the Company has been organized and operated, and currently is organized and operated, in conformance with the requirements to be taxed as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

(xl) Absence of Business Relationships . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus which have not been described as required.

(xli) Absence of Extensions of Credit . The Company has not, directly or indirectly, extended credit, arranged to extend credit or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer of the Company, or to or for any family member or affiliate of any director or executive officer of the Company.

(b) Representations and Warranties relating to the Advisor . The Company and the Advisor, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time referred to in Section 1(a)(i), as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of THL Advisors, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect”), and (B) there have been no transactions entered into


by THL Advisors, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to THL Advisors.

(ii) Good Standing of THL Advisors . THL Advisors has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Company Agreements; and THL Advisors is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) Authorization of Company Agreements; Enforceability . The Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by THL Advisors and are valid and binding agreements of THL Advisors, enforceable against THL Advisors in accordance with their respective terms except as the enforcement hereof or thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policy underlying such laws.

(iv) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . THL Advisors is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which THL Advisors is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of THL Advisors is subject (collectively, “THL Advisors Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein and herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and compliance by THL Advisors with its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or THL Advisors Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of THL Advisors pursuant to, the THL Advisors Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or THL Advisors Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents of THL Advisors or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “THL Advisors Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by THL Advisors.

(v) Absence of Employment Disputes; Departures of Key Employees . No employment dispute with the employees of THL Advisors exists or, to the knowledge of the Advisor, is imminent, and the Advisor is not aware of any existing or imminent departure of any key employee of the Advisor.

(vi) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Government Entity now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Advisor, threatened, against or affecting THL Advisors, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Company or THL Advisors or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party or the performance by THL Advisors of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which THL Advisors is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the


Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(vii) Possession of Intellectual Property . THL Advisors owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, Intellectual Property necessary to carry on the business now operated by it, and THL Advisors has not received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of THL Advisors therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect or THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(viii) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by THL Advisors of its obligations under the Company Agreements to which it is a party, in connection with the offering or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such Company Agreements, except such as have been already obtained.

(ix) Absence of Manipulation . Neither THL Advisors nor any affiliate of THL Advisors has taken, nor will THL Advisors or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(x) Registration . THL Advisors is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting under the Investment Management Agreement for the Company as contemplated by the Prospectus and Registration Statement. There does not exist any proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Advisor, any facts or circumstances the existence of which could lead to any proceeding which might adversely affect the registration of THL Advisors with the Commission.

(xi) Financial Resources . THL Advisors has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and under the Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party.

(xii) Possession of Licenses and Permits . THL Advisors possesses such Governmental Licenses issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by THL Advisors, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect; THL Advisors is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect; and THL Advisors has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(xiii) Insurance . THL Advisors is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; all policies of insurance insuring THL Advisors are in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that THL Advisors will not be able to (A) renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect. THL Advisors has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xiv) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither THL Advisors nor, to the knowledge of the Advisor, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of THL Advisors, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign


official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and THL Advisors and, to the knowledge of the Advisor, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xv) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of THL Advisors are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving THL Advisors with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Advisor, threatened.

(xvi) OFAC . Neither THL Advisors nor, to the knowledge of the Advisor, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of THL Advisors is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and THL Advisors will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xvii) Investment Management Agreement in Compliance with Laws . The terms of the Investment Management Agreement, including compensation terms, comply with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, including without limitation Section 15 of the Investment Company Act and Section 205 of the Advisers Act, each as applicable to business development companies.

(xviii) Compliance Policies . THL Advisors has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act by THL Advisors.

(xix) Description of THL Advisors . The description of THL Advisors in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including in its roles as Advisor and Administrator, is accurate in all material respects.

(c) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of any THL Entity and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such THL Entity to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2. Sale to Underwriters; Closing .

(a) Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, the number of Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of the Securities shall be made at the offices of [ ], or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at      :          A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the “Closing Time”).

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. [ ], individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Securities to be purchased by any


Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

(c) Denominations; Registration . The certificates or receipts for the Securities shall be transferred electronically at the Closing Time in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request; provided that any such request must be received in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time.

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, will comply with the requirements of Rule 430C, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 497, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 497, and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497(c) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b) Filing of Amendments and 1934 Act Documents . The Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “1934 Act”) within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or


supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(f) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(h) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

[(i) Listing . The Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.]

(j) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of [ ] days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, lend, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for or repayable with Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the [ ]-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the [ ]-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the [ ]-day restricted period, the restrictions imposed in this clause (j) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

(k) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.


(l) Maintain Status as a Business Development Company. The Company will use its reasonable efforts to maintain its status as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act; provided, however , the Company may change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw its election as, a business development company with the approval of the board of directors and a vote of stockholders as required by Section 58 of the Investment Company Act or any successor provision.

(m) Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. The Company will use its reasonable efforts to comply with the applicable requirements to be treated as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code; provided however , that at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, it may elect not to be so treated.

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, [(viii) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Select Market], (ix) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third paragraph of Section 1(a)(i) hereof and (x) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, Road Show Materials.

(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Advisor contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Company and the Advisor delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430C Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at the Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430C Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 497(h) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430C.

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for the Company, in


form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(c) Opinion of Counsel for THL Advisors . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for THL Advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of [ ], counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the Company and the Advisor and certificates of public officials.

(e) Officers’ Certificate relating to the Company . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, of each THL Entity, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(f) Officers’ Certificate relating to THL Advisors . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of THL Advisors, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, of each THL Entity, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 1(b) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, and (iii) THL Advisors has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time.

(g) Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 5(g) of this Section 5, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.


[(i) Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for inclusion in the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.]

(j) No Objection . FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(k) Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed by the parties listed on Schedule C hereto.

(l) Indenture. At the Closing Time, the Company and the Trustee shall have executed and delivered the Indenture.

(m) Additional Documents . At the Closing Time counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated herein or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated herein shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

(n) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Time and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 14 through 20 hereof shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company and the Advisor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its directors, officers, and employees, its affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”), its selling agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of (x) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any prospectus wrapper (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (y) any Road Show Materials or the Company’s road show presentation;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company or THL Advisors, as applicable;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by [ ]), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, the General Disclosure


Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and THL Advisors . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, and THL Advisors against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section 6, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by [ ], and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) hereof effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement, unless it shall have been finally judicially determined that such indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification therefor or unless such failure to reimburse the indemnified party is based on a dispute with a good faith basis as to either the obligation of the indemnifying party arising under this Section 6 to indemnify the indemnified party or the amount of such obligation and the indemnifying party shall have notified the indemnified party of such good faith dispute prior to the date of such settlement.

SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Advisor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Advisor on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.


The relative benefits received by the Company and the Advisor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company and the Advisor on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Advisor or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company, the Advisor and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, (i) each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and (ii) each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company, within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or THL Advisors submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors, any person controlling the Company or any person controlling THL Advisors and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination; General . The Representatives, in their absolute discretion, may terminate this Agreement without liability to the Company and the Advisor, by notice to the Company and the Advisor, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to


make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce any contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or if trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Stock Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other Governmental Entity, or (iv) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (v) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 14 through 20 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

(i) if the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii) if the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Time for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to: [ ].

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Company and the Advisor acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and THL Advisors, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or the Advisor, or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company and the Advisor with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or the Advisor on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company or the Advisor with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and the Advisor, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and each of the Company and the Advisor has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.


SECTION 13. Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company and the Advisor and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company, the Advisor and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 hereof and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company, the Advisor and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 14. Trial by Jury . Each of the Company and the Advisor (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 15. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 16. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 17. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

SECTION 18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 19. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company and the Advisor in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
THL CREDIT, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
THL CREDIT ADVISORS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

as of the date first above written:

[ ]

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

By:

  [ ]  
 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

Exhibit l

 

LOGO     

SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW, Suite 700

Washington, DC 20001-3980

202.383.0100 Fax 202.637.3593

www.sutherland.com

    

June 4, 2014

THL Credit, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form N-2

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to THL Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation and filing by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a registration statement on Form N-2 on April 4, 2014 (File No. 333-195070) (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with respect to the offer, issuance and sale from time to time pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of up to $300,000,000 in aggregate offering amount of the following securities:

(i) shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”);

(ii) shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Preferred Shares ” and, together with the Common Stock, the “ Shares ”);

(iii) debt securities (“ Debt Securities ”);

(iv) warrants to purchase Common Stock, Preferred Stock or Debt Securities (“ Warrants ”); and

(v) subscription rights to purchase Common Stock (the “ Rights, ” and together with the Common Stock, the Preferred Stock, the Debt Securities and the Warrants, the “ Securities” ).

The Registration Statement provides that the Securities may be issued from time to time in amounts, at prices, and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to the final prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective.

The Debt Securities are to be issued under an indenture (the “ Indenture ”) to be entered into by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Warrants will be issued under warrant agreements (the “ Warrant Agreements ”) to be entered into by and between the Company and the purchasers thereof or a warrant agent to be identified in the applicable agreement. The Rights are to be issued under rights agreements to be entered into by and between the Company and the purchasers thereof or a rights agent to be identified in the applicable agreement (the “ Rights Agreements ”).

As counsel to the Company, we have participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement and have examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction as being true copies, of the following:

 

  (i) The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Charter );


  (ii) The Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”);

 

  (iii) The form of Indenture incorporated by reference as Exhibit d.2 to the Registration Statement;

 

  (iv) A Certificate of Good Standing with respect to the Company issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a recent date (the Certificate of Good Standing ”); and

 

  (v) The resolutions of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) relating to, among other things, (a) the authorization and approval of the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, (b) the authorization of the issuance, offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement and (c) the authorization, execution and delivery of the Indenture, the Warrant Agreements and the Rights Agreements, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company (collectively, the “ Resolutions ).

With respect to such examination and our opinions expressed herein, we have assumed, without any independent investigation or verification, (i) the genuineness of all signatures on all documents submitted to us for examination, (ii) the legal capacity of all natural persons, (iii) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, (iv) the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as conformed or reproduced copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copied documents, and (v) that all certificates issued by public officials have been properly issued. We also have assumed (i) without independent investigation or verification the accuracy and completeness of all corporate records made available to us by the Company, (ii) that the Warrant Agreements and the Rights Agreements will be governed by the laws of the State of New York and (iii) that the Indenture, the Warrant Agreements and the Rights Agreement will be a valid and legally binding obligation of the parties thereto (other than the Company).

As to certain matters of fact relevant to the opinions in this opinion letter, we have relied upon certificates of public officials (which we have assumed remain accurate as of the date of this opinion), upon certificates and/or representations of officers and employees of the Company, upon such other certificates as we deemed appropriate, and upon such other data as we have deemed to be appropriate under the circumstances. We have not independently established the facts, or in the case of certificates of public officials, the other statements, so relied upon.

This opinion letter is limited to the effect of the Delaware General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) and as to the Debt Securities, the Warrants and the Rights constituting valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, the laws of the State of New York, in each case, as in effect on the date of this opinion letter, and we express no opinion as to the applicability or effect of any other laws of such jurisdictions or the laws of any other jurisdictions. Without limiting the preceding sentence, we express no opinion as to any federal or state securities or broker dealer laws or regulations thereunder relating to the offer, issuance and sale of the Securities. This opinion letter has been prepared, and should be interpreted, in accordance with customary practice followed in the preparation of opinion letters by lawyers who regularly give, and such customary practice followed by lawyers who on behalf of their clients regularly advise opinion recipients regarding, opinion letters of this kind.

The opinions expressed below are subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally; (ii) general principles of equity (including, without limitation, the availability of specific performance or injunctive relief and the application of concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing), regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law; and (iii) federal and state securities laws or public policy which may limit rights to indemnification and contribution.

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, and subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth in this opinion letter, we are of the opinion that:

 

  1.

Assuming that (i) the issuance, offer and sale of the Shares from time to time and the final terms and conditions of such issuance, offer and sale, including those relating to the price and amount of the


  Shares to be issued, offered and sold, have been duly authorized and determined or otherwise established by proper action of the Board in accordance with the DGCL, the Charter, the Bylaws and the Resolutions, (ii) the Shares have been delivered to, and the agreed consideration has been fully paid at the time of such delivery by, the purchasers thereof, (iii) upon issuance of the Shares, the total number of shares of Common Stock, in the case that the Shares so issued are Common Stock, or Preferred Stock, in the case that the Shares so issued are Preferred Stock, issued and outstanding does not exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock, in the case that the Shares so issued are Common Stock, or Preferred Stock, in the case that the Shares so issued are Preferred Stock, that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter, (iv) the Certificate of Good Standing remains accurate, (v) in the case of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants or shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the assumptions stated in paragraphs numbered (3) and (4) below are true and correct and (vi) prior to the issuance of a series of Preferred Stock, an appropriate certificate of designation or board resolution relating to such series of Preferred Stock will have been duly authorized by the Company and filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

  2. Assuming that (i) the Indenture relating to the Debt Securities has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, (ii) the issuance, offer and sale of the Debt Securities from time to time and the final terms and conditions of the Debt Securities to be so issued, offered and sold, including those relating to price and amount of Debt Securities to be issued, offered and sold, (a) have been duly authorized and determined or otherwise established by proper action of the Board in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws, (b) are consistent with the terms thereof in the Indenture, (c) do not violate any applicable law, (d) do not violate or result in a default under or breach of any agreement, instrument or other document binding upon the Company, and (e) comply with all requirements or restrictions imposed by any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company and (iii) the Debt Securities have been (a) duly executed and delivered by the Company and duly authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture and (b) delivered to, and the agreed consideration therefor has been fully paid at the time of such delivery by, the purchasers thereof, the Debt Securities will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company.

 

  3. Assuming that (i) the Warrant Agreements relating to the Warrants have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, and that no terms included therein would affect the validity of the opinion expressed in this paragraph numbered (3), (ii) the issuance, offer and sale of Warrants from time to time and the final terms and conditions of the Warrants to be so issued, offered and sold, including those relating to price and amount of Warrants to be issued, offered and sold, (a) have been duly authorized and determined or otherwise established by proper action of the Board in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws, (b) are consistent with the terms thereof in the applicable Warrant Agreement, (c) do not violate any applicable law, (d) do not violate or result in a default under or breach of any agreement, instrument or other document binding upon the Company, and (e) comply with all requirements or restrictions imposed by any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company and (iii) the Warrants have been (a) duly executed and delivered by the Company and duly countersigned in accordance with the applicable Warrant Agreement, and (b) delivered to, and the agreed consideration therefore has been fully paid at the time of such delivery by, the purchasers thereof as anticipated by the Registration Statement, the Warrants will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company.

 

  4.

Assuming that (i) the Rights Agreements relating to the Rights have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereof, and that no terms included therein would affect the validity of the opinion expressed in this paragraph numbered (4), (ii) the issuance, offer and sale of Rights from time to time and the final terms and conditions of the Rights to be so issued, offered and sold, including those relating to price and amount of Rights to be issued, offered and sold, (a) have been duly authorized and determined or otherwise established by proper action of the Board in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws, (b) are consistent with the terms thereof in the applicable Rights Agreement, (c) do not violate any applicable law, (d) do not violate or result in a default under or breach of any


  agreement, instrument or other document binding upon the Company, and (e) comply with all requirements or restrictions imposed by any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company and (iii) the Rights have been (a) duly executed and delivered by the Company and duly countersigned in accordance with the applicable Rights Agreement, and (b) delivered to, and the agreed consideration therefore has been fully paid at the time of such delivery by, the purchasers thereof as anticipated by the Registration Statement, the Rights will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company.

The opinions expressed in this opinion letter (i) are strictly limited to the matters stated in this opinion letter, and without limiting the foregoing, no other opinions are to be implied and (ii) are only as of the date of this opinion letter, and we are under no obligation, and do not undertake, to advise the addressee of this opinion letter or any other person or entity either of any change of law or fact that occurs, or of any fact that comes to our attention, after the date of this opinion letter, even though such change or such fact may affect the legal analysis or a legal conclusion in this opinion letter.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We do not admit by giving this consent that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act. Otherwise, this opinion letter may not be relied on by, or furnished to, any other person or entity without our prior written consent and without limiting the foregoing, may not be quoted, published or otherwise disseminated, without in each instance our prior written consent.

 

Respectfully submitted,
/s/ SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP

Exhibit n.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of THL Credit, Inc. of our reports dated March 7, 2014, relating to the financial statements, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the senior securities table of THL Credit, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Experts”, “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”, and “Senior Securities” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, MA

June 4, 2014